This quick read provides information about data protection.


Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!
- End -

1. Introduction

This chapter outlines the main points of the Equality Act 2010, and also how it relates to safeguarding children. The Act ensures there is consistency in the way organisations provide services. This includes all children who use its services, and their family and friends, as well as other members of the public, staff, volunteers and partner agency staff.

 2. Equality Act 2010

The Equality Act 2010 ensures there is consistency in what an organisation does to provide services in a fair environment and comply with the law. This includes all the people who use its services, their family and friends and other members of the public, staff, volunteers and partner agency staff. See also Section 4.2, Protected characteristics.

The Equality Act references ‘protected characteristics’: all of which must be considered when implementing safeguarding procedures. The Act covers both direct and indirect discrimination against people with these characteristics. These are:

  • age;
  • disability;
  • gender reassignment;
  • race;
  • religion or belief;
  • sex;
  • sexual orientation;
  • marriage and civil partnership;
  • pregnancy and maternity.

An organisation’s commitment to equality and diversity means that every person who is provided support has their individual needs comprehensively addressed. They will be treated equally and without discrimination. This is regardless of any protected characteristics or another aspect that could result in them being discriminated against. Organisations should also be committed to protecting individuals’ human rights. Failure to make reasonable adjustments in the care of a certain group with a protected characteristic (for example, a learning disability) may violate the Equality Act. Public bodies should have a process by which they consider how to promote equality.

 3. Commitment to Equality, Diversity and Human Rights

The organisation should express its commitment to equality and diversity by:

  • respecting the ethnic, cultural and religious practices of people who use the service and making practical provision for them to be observed as appropriate;
  • reassuring people who use the service that their diverse backgrounds enhance the quality of experience of everyone who lives and works in any service provided by it;
  • protecting people’s human rights – treating them and their family and friends, fairly and with respect and dignity;
  • accepting people as individuals;
  • supporting children to express their individuality and to follow their preferred lifestyle, also helping them to celebrate events, anniversaries or festivals which are important to them;
  • showing positive leadership and having management and human resources practices that actively demonstrate a commitment to the principles of equality and diversity;
  • developing an ethos throughout its service that reflects these values and principles;
  • expecting all staff to work to equality and diversity principles and policies and to behave at all times in non-discriminatory ways;
  • provide training, supervision and support to enable staff to do this;
  • having a code of conduct that makes any form of discriminatory behaviour unacceptable. This applies to both staff, people who use services and their family and friends, which is rigorously observed and monitored accordingly.

4. Guidance

4.1 Types of discrimination

All staff involved in the safeguarding process should be familiar with the following types of discrimination.

  • Direct discrimination occurs when a person is treated less favourably than others in similar circumstances on the grounds of race, colour, national or ethnic origins, sex, marital status, sexuality, disability, membership or non-membership of trade union, ‘spent convictions’ of ex-offenders, class, age, political or religious belief.
  • Discrimination by association applies to race, religion or belief, sexual orientation, age, disability, gender reassignment and sex. This is direct discrimination against someone because they associate with another person who possesses a protected characteristic (see Section 4.2, Protected characteristics).
  • Perception discrimination is against an individual because others think they possess a particular protected characteristic. It applies even if the person does not actually possess that characteristic.
  • Indirect discrimination occurs when a condition or requirement is imposed which adversely affects one particular group considerably more than another.
  • Harassment is defined as unwanted, unreciprocated and / or uninvited comments, looks, actions, suggestions or physical contact that is found objectionable and offensive. Harassment is particularly liable to occur as part of sexual or racial discrimination.
  • Victimisation occurs when an employee is treated badly because they have made or supported a complaint or raised a grievance under the Equality Act, or because they are suspected of doing so. People are not protected from victimisation if they have maliciously made or supported an untrue complaint.

4.2 Protected Characteristics

Under the Equality Act 2010, these are as follows.

  • Age: Where this is referred to, it refers to a person belonging to a particular age (for example 32 year olds) or range of ages (for example 18 – 30 year olds).
  • Disability: A person has a disability if they have a physical or mental impairment which has a substantial and long-term adverse effect on that person’s ability to carry out normal day-to-day activities. The Act includes a protection from discrimination arising from disability. This states it is discrimination to treat a disabled person unfavourably because of something connected with their disability.
  • Gender reassignment: A transgender person is someone who proposes to, starts or has completed a process to change their gender. The Act does not require a person to be under medical supervision to be protected – so a woman who decides to live as a man but does not undergo any medical procedures would be covered. It is discrimination to treat transgender people less favourably because they propose to undergo, are undergoing or have undergone gender reassignment than they would be treated if they were ill or injured.
  • Marriage and civil partnership: In England and Wales marriage is not restricted to a union between a man and a woman and includes a marriage between a same-sex couple. Same-sex couples and mixed-sex couples can also have their relationships legally recognised as ‘civil partnerships’. Civil partners must not be treated less favourably than married couples (except where permitted by the Act). The Act protects employees who are married or in a civil partnership against discrimination.
  • Pregnancy and maternity: Pregnancy is the condition of being pregnant or expecting a baby. Maternity refers to the period after the birth. Protection against maternity discrimination is for 26 weeks after giving birth, and this includes treating a woman unfavourably because she is breastfeeding.
  • Race: Race refers to a group of people defined by their race, colour, and nationality (including citizenship) ethnic or national origins.
  • Religion or belief: Religion has the meaning usually given to it but belief includes religious and philosophical beliefs including lack of belief (for example atheism). Generally, a belief should affect life choices or the way a person lives for it to be included in the definition. In the Equality Act, religion includes any religion. It also includes a lack of religion.
  • Sex: Both men and women are protected under the Act.
  • Sexual orientation: Whether a person’s sexual attraction is towards their own sex, the opposite sex or to both sexes. The Act protects bisexual, gay, heterosexual and lesbian people.

 5. Human Rights Legislation

See also Equality and Human Rights Commission 

5.1 Human Rights Act 1998 Overview

The Human Rights Act 1998 (HRA) lays down the fundamental rights and freedoms to which everyone in the UK is entitled. The rights set out in the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) are incorporated in the HRA. It sets out people’s human rights in different ‘articles’, which are all taken from the ECHR. They are:

  • Article 2: Right to life;
  • Article 3: Freedom from torture and inhuman or degrading treatment;
  • Article 4: Freedom from slavery and forced labour;
  • Article 5: Right to liberty and security;
  • Article 6: Right to a fair trial;
  • Article 7: No punishment without law;
  • Article 8: Respect for private and family life, home and correspondence;
  • Article 9: Freedom of thought, belief and religion;
  • Article 10: Freedom of expression;
  • Article 11: Freedom of assembly and association;
  • Article 12: Right to marry and start a family;
  • Article 14: Protection from discrimination in respect of these rights and freedoms;
  • Protocol 1, Article 1: Right to peaceful enjoyment of property;
  • Protocol 1, Article 2: Right to education;
  • Protocol 1, Article 3: Right to participate in free elections;
  • Protocol 13, Article 1: Abolition of the death penalty.

Human rights law applies to public bodies and other organisations carrying out functions of a public nature.

The HRA can be breached in three ways by public bodies if they:

  • inflict explicit physical abuse or allow neglect of a person;
  • intervene in a person’s life unlawfully and disproportionately;
  • fail to intervene to protect a person from being abused or neglected by other persons.

5.2 Articles 2, 3, 5 and 8

5.2.1 Article 2 Right to Life

Article 2 applies in health and social care situations and requires an independent investigation into some deaths – coroner inquests – and may involve a breach of human rights with the state or public organisations implicated.

5.2.3 Article 3 Inhuman and Degrading Treatment

No one shall be subjected to torture or to inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.

Degrading treatment would occur if it “humiliates or debases an individual showing a lack of respect for or diminishing their human dignity or arouses feelings of fear, anguish, or inferiority capable of breaking and individuals moral and physical resistance.” Pretty -v- UK [2002] 2FC 97

Article 3 is breached most frequently when public bodies carry out or are responsible for abusive care and treatment; that is allowing or ignoring actions when they should not have done so.

There is a positive duty under Article 3 for a public body to intervene when abuse is performed by one private individual against another person.

5.3 Article 5: Deprivation of Liberty

People who lack mental capacity are one of the categories when people can be deprived of their liberty (see Mental Capacity and Consent chapter). Legal procedures are set out in the Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) and the Mental Health Act 1983 and should be followed. If they are not adhered to, it may lead to a breach of Article 5.

5.4 Article 8: Respect for private and family life, home and correspondence

Article 8 protects a person’s right to respect for their private life, their family life, their home and correspondence (for example, letters, telephone calls and emails).

5.4.1 Private life

A person has the right to live their life privately without government interference. This is a broad concept as interpreted by the courts, and covers areas such as:

  • sexual orientation;
  • lifestyle choices;
  • how someone chooses to look and dress;
  • the right for someone to control who sees and touches their body. In health services, for example, staff cannot leave someone undressed in a ward, or take a blood sample without the person’s permission;
  • the right to develop a personal identity;
  • to make friendships and other relationships;
  • a right to participate in essential economic, social, cultural and leisure activities. In some circumstances, public bodies, such as the local authority, may need to help someone enjoy their ability to participate in society;
  • the media and others being prevented from interfering in someone’s life.
  • personal information (including official records, photographs, letters, diaries and medical records) being kept securely and not shared without the person’s permission, except in certain circumstances (see Data Protection chapter).

5.4.2 Family life

People have the right to enjoy family relationships without interference from government. This includes the right to live with their family and, where this is not possible, the right to have regular contact. This includes couples who are not married, between an adopted child and adoptive parent and a foster carer and foster child.

If a local authority makes an unjustified intervention in the life of person lacking mental capacity it may also breach Article 8- London Borough of Hillingdon v Neary [2011] EWHC 1377 (COP)

5.4.3 Home life

Everyone has a right to enjoy their existing home peacefully. Public bodies, therefore, should not stop a person from entering or living in their home without very good reason. They also cannot enter it without the person’s permission.

A right to home life does not mean, however, a right to be given housing.

5.4.4 Restrictions to Article 8

There are times when public bodies can interfere with someone’s right to respect for private and family life, home and correspondence. In such situations, the authority must be able to show that such action is lawful, necessary and proportionate in order to:

  • protect national security;
  • protect public safety;
  • protect the economy;
  • protect health or morals;
  • prevent disorder or crime; or
  • protect the rights and freedoms of other people.

Article 8 is not an absolute right. Interference with private life and family life is legally permissible but must be justified within the terms set out above.

A breach of Article 8 would occur if interventions are taken which are:

  • inconsistent with the relevant law;
  • consistent with the law but disproportionate and therefore unnecessary; or
  • for a purpose other than the criteria listed above.

5.5 Article 10 Freedom of Expression

Article 10 is the freedom to hold opinions and to receive and impart information and ideas without inference from the State. This right is not absolute but subject to several provisos. Restrictions can only be justified if they are for a specific purpose, for example:

  • public safety;
  • the prevention of disorder or crime;
  • the protection of health and morals;
  • the protection of the reputation or rights of others;
  • preventing the disclosure of confidential information.
Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction: What is Culturally Competent Practice?

To practice in a way which is culturally competent (also called ‘culturally appropriate’ practice), staff and services need to understand and be respectful of the beliefs, practices and cultures of diverse communities. This is very important when working with people from a variety of cultural backgrounds.

Cultural identity covers many different things. For example, it might be based on a person’s ethnicity, country of birth or religion, or it might be about their sexuality or gender identity. Lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender people have their own cultures, as do Deaf people who use British Sign Language. Cultural identity is an important part of a person’s wellbeing; it can shape a person’s own views and the way they are viewed in society.

Practitioners need to be able to recognise, and respond to, issues linked to the cultural identity of the children and families they are working with. A failure to do this can mean that opportunities to understand a family’s lived experience and views of the world in which they live are lost.

 2. Why is Culturally Competent Practice Important?

Actions taken in response to safeguarding concerns (including referrals, child protection enquiries, assessments and child protection plans) must always take account of issues relating to cultural identity within the lives of children and families.

When people are treated in a way which is respectful to their cultural identity, they are more likely to engage well with staff and services and achieve better outcomes, as they are more likely to feel they are understood.

When people are not supported in a way which recognises their cultural identity, they can:

  • feel marginalised and discriminated against;
  • suffer low self-esteem and low self-confidence;
  • miss out on opportunities to stay safe;
  • have their actions misunderstood;
  • feel stressed and anxious; and
  • experience a loss of rights.

 3. Cultural Competence and Safeguarding

Understanding and communicating well with people from different cultures and belief systems is an important part of providing person-centred care, including safeguarding. Everyone is part of one or more cultures  and people can identify with more than one culture.

A person’s cultural identity can sometimes make it hard for them to ask for help from services or to protect themselves. This can be because they:

  • are worried they will not be believed;
  • do not know how to ask for help;
  • are worried about possible repercussions for them and / or their family;
  • have a lack of trust in statutory services or people in positions of authority;
  • fail to realise that their experience amounts to abuse or neglect;
  • have previously experienced discrimination and mistrust.

Also, if practitioners do not directly ask about possible abuse and neglect it can mean they do not have the opportunity to ask for help.

Factors linked to culture can also increase or reduce the level of risk the child is likely to experience. A failure to consider this can lead to an inaccurate assessment of risk, and safeguarding issues may not be recognised.

Issues of culture and faith can never be used to justify behaviour which constitutes the abuse of a child (see for example the chapters on ‘Honour’ Based AbuseFemale Genital Mutilation and Forced Marriage).

Practice examples

It is important to treat families with respect and ensure interpreters are used where required. Practitioners should ensure names are accurately recorded in terms of spelling and order of names used. Practitioners should be aware the name used on a day-to-day basis may differ from legal names provided.

All cultures have rules about politeness that affect the way people communicate. Be curious and ask questions, sensitively. For example, it is important to address people in the way they prefer.

 4. Role of Practitioners

In providing culturally appropriate care, practitioners should have a respectful and sensitive approach which aims to understand how culture can affect different aspects of people’s lives, including the way they feel, behave and are responded to by other people and organisations.

Practitioners do not need to share the same cultural values as the child to be able to practice in a culturally competent way, nor do they need to be experts on different cultures. However, they do need to be aware of their own cultural values and how these might sometimes be different from the people they are supporting and how that might impact on the child and their family. This will help them understand people better and provide a more appropriate response.

It is important that practitioners do not make assumptions that all people from the same ethnic background or same religion will share the same cultural identity or values.

Practitioners should also think about how their actions – and those of the organisation they work for – could affect people from different cultures, including making it harder for them to seek help or engage with support.

When assessing if someone lacks mental capacity or giving information to support someone to make a decision, you should also take cultural factors into account. Using the Mental Capacity Act 2005 to make a ‘best interests’ decision must include considering the person’s beliefs and values.

 5. Providing Culturally Appropriate Care – Practice Guidance

Often, small changes make a big difference to people. The most important things which practitioners can do include:

  • listening to the child, spend time getting to know them and their families (where appropriate), ask questions about their lives and beliefs;
  • asking about what is important to the person, and what being safe means to them;
  • trying to understand and meet people’s preferences;
  • do not make assumptions, be aware of your own cultural values and beliefs and how that may impact on the child and their family;
  • look at the child’s life and experiences as a whole, including their cultural needs, and experiences of discrimination.

Remember that some people may be put off reporting abuse or neglect or engaging with services because of concerns about their cultural differences. It is also important to remember factors which can make it hard for some people to ask for help: These include:

  • not being able to read or write;
  • not being able to hear;
  • not speaking English as a first language;
  • fear of authority;
  • limited social networks;
  • poor quality / temporary housing / frequent house moves which means their access to services is disrupted;
  • poverty;
  • living in a closed or close-knit community – which can make people worry about bringing shame on their family.

Practice examples

Cultural competence training should be available for staff in all organisations. It is also important to have an open staff culture, so staff can raise any issues with managers and work out solutions together.

It can sometimes be helpful to match staff with children and families from the same culture, for example as a keyworker. However, it is important to ask the child first and not assume it is what they want. You should discuss it both with them and also the staff member. Be aware that some people may not want to share information with someone from their own cultural background, particularly if there are difficult issues for them, as with safeguarding concerns for example.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Capacity and Consent

Practitioners may, at various times, need to assess whether family members they are working with have the mental capacity to give informed consent and / or to make informed decisions.

This may be in relation to children and young people or adults such as their parents / carers. Different considerations apply depending on whether the person is aged 16 or over or is under 16. The Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) and its Code of Practice only apply to people aged 16 or over.

The MCA provides a framework to protect and restore power to those who may lack, or have reduced, mental capacity to make particular decisions at particular times.

Whenever the term ‘a person who lacks capacity’ is used, it means a person who lacks mental capacity to make a particular decision or take a particular action for themselves at the time the decision or action needs to be taken. This reflects the fact that people may lack mental capacity to make some decisions for themselves but will have mental capacity to make other decisions. For example, they may have mental capacity to make small decisions about everyday issues such as what to wear or what to eat but lack mental capacity to make more complex decisions.

It also reflects the fact that a person who lacks mental capacity to make a decision for themselves at a certain time may be able to make that decision at a later date. This may be because they have an illness or condition that means their mental capacity changes. Alternatively, it may be because at the time the decision needs to be made, they are unconscious or barely conscious whether due to an accident or being under anaesthetic or their ability to make a decision may be affected by the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Finally, it reflects the fact that while some people may always lack mental capacity to make some types of decisions – for example, due to a condition or severe learning disability that has affected them from birth – others may learn new skills that enable them to gain capacity and make decisions for themselves (see Mental Capacity Act 2005 Code of Practice: p3).

Where people lack mental capacity to make decisions (whether on a temporary or permanent basis), this means that they are not able to give an informed consent. The requirement is for them to be capable of giving informed consent to the particular decision at the particular time. As their mental capacity can fluctuate, so can their ability to give informed consent. At any particular time they may be able to give informed consent to some decisions but not to others.

2. Mental Capacity of People Aged 16 Years or Over

These provisions apply to children aged 16 or over and to adults such as parents or carers.

See also Learning Difficulties in Parents and Impact of Adults with Mental Illness on Children they Care For chapter.

2.1 Assessing capacity

Assessment may need to be made (on the balance of probabilities, which means – from the evidence presented – it is more likely than not), as to whether the person lacks capacity to make a particular decision, at the time it needs to be made.

2.1.1 Two Stage Test

To help assess if a person lacks mental capacity, the MCA sets out a two stage test:

Stage 1: The functional test

This test looks at whether the person is unable to make a specific decision when they need to.

Stage 2: The diagnostic test

This test looks at whether the person has an impairment of, or a disturbance in the functioning of, their mind or brain.

Examples include:

  • conditions associated with some types of mental illness;
  • dementia;
  • significant learning disabilities;
  • the long-term effects of brain damage;
  • physical or medical conditions that cause confusion, drowsiness or loss of consciousness;
  • delirium;
  • concussion following a head injury; and
  • symptoms of alcohol or drug use.

It is important to determine whether the inability to make the decision is because of this impairment. This is known as the ‘causative nexus’ (PC and NC v City of York Council [2013] EWCA Civ 478). Only where it can be reasonably said that the person cannot make the decision because of the impairment of their mind, can it be said that they lack capacity to make the decision.

If a person does not have such an impairment or disturbance of the mind or brain, they will not lack mental capacity under the MCA.

Inability to make a decision

A person is considered unable to make a decision if they cannot:

  1. understand information about the decision to be made (‘relevant information’);
  2. retain that information in their mind;
  3. use or weigh that information as part of the decision making process; or
  4. communicate their decision (by talking, using sign language or any other means).

If there is evidence that the person cannot do one of these things, it must be due to their specific impairment.

2.2 Assisting decision making

A person should not be treated as unable to make a decision or give consent unless all practicable steps to help them to do so have been taken without success. This might include, for instance, communicating with them or presenting information to them in a different way which might be easier for them to understand.

The Mental Capacity Act 2005 Code of Practice (Office of the Public Guardian) and Quality Standard QS 194: Decision Making and Mental Capacity (NICE) provide further information on supporting decision-making for people aged 16 and over.

Quality Standard QS 194 (NICE) covers decision making in people aged 16 and over, using health and social care services who may lack mental capacity to make their own decisions (now or in the future). It aims to support implementation of the aims and principles of the MCA and relevant Codes of Practice. It is not a substitute for these. It sets out the following Quality Statements:

  • Statement 1 People aged 16 and over who may lack capacity to make decisions are supported with decision making in a way that reflects their individual circumstances and meets their particular needs;
  • Statement 2 People aged 16 and over at risk of losing capacity to make decisions, and those with fluctuating capacity, are given the opportunity to discuss advance care planning at each health and social care review;
  • Statement 3 People aged 16 and over who are assessed as lacking capacity to make a particular decision at the time that decision needs to be made, have a clear record of the reasons why they lack capacity and the practicable steps taken to support them;
  • Statement 4 People aged 16 and over who lack capacity to make a particular decision at the time that decision needs to be made have their wishes, feelings, values and beliefs accounted for in best interests decisions.

3. Mental Capacity of Children Aged Under 16 Years

The MCA does not apply to children under 16 years of age. Instead, practitioners need to assess whether or not a child or young person is ‘Gillick competent’ to make decisions and / or give consent (named after the case of Gillick -v- West Norfolk and Wisbech Area Health Authority 1986).

Where a child is assessed as being Gillick competent to make the particular decision or give the particular consent at the relevant time, they are able to give a valid consent or make a valid decision without the requirement for additional consent by a person with parental responsibility.

3.1 Assessing Gillick competence

There is no set of defined questions to assess Gillick competency. Practitioners need to consider several things when assessing a child’s capacity to consent, including:

  • the child’s age and maturity;
  • their understanding of the issue and what it involves – including advantages, disadvantages and potential long-term impact;
  • their understanding of the risks, implications and consequences that may arise from their decision;
  • how well they understand any advice or information they have been given;
  • their understanding of any alternative options, if available;
  • their ability to explain a rationale around their reasoning and decision making.

Consent is not valid if a young person is being pressured or influenced by someone else.

Children’s capacity to consent may be affected by different factors, for example stress, mental health conditions and the complexities of the decision they are making. The same child may be considered Gillick competent to make one decision but not competent to make a different decision.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Some children and their parents / carers, may require the services of an interpreter, signer or another professional who has specific communication skills. This may be as a result of not having sufficient comprehension or command of spoken English or other communication difficulties, as the result of hearing problems or learning or physical disabilities for example.

Children, parents and carers with specific communication needs should be supported to access interpreters, signers and other communicators to ensure their needs are met. This includes children and parents / carers who are involved in the safeguarding process. The use of interpreters, signers or other communication aids (e.g. cue cards) must be considered at the very beginning of the safeguarding process to ensure that the child and their parents/carers are included and involved in the process, as much as possible. They should receive the same level of service as those in the local population who do not have communication needs.

 2. Principles of Communication Services

There are a number of main principles that should be considered when a person has communication needs:

  • family members should not be used as interpreters / communicators;
  • neither should children (within the family or extended network) be used as interpreters / communicators;
  • the person acting as the interpreters / communicator should be acceptable to both the child / parent / carer and the local authority;
  • the child /parent / carer should be consulted in relation to any concerns they may have about an interpreter’s / communicator’s gender and / or religion, and issues of confidentiality and potential conflicts of interest;
  • the interpreter / communicator should declare in advance of providing the service if they have any personal knowledge of the child/parent// carer;
  • the interpreter / communicator should also be asked in advance about any needs they may have themselves, for example disability access, water and so on
  • the importance of confidentiality should be discussed with the interpreter / communicator prior to them first meeting the child / parent / carer. They should be sourced from an agency who is already contracted with the local authority and where there is an existing confidentiality agreement. If this is not possible, they must sign a confidentiality agreement prior to undertaking any work;
  • the role of the interpreter / communicator is to act solely in relation to issues of communication, not as a mediator between the child / parent / carer and the local authority;
  • the interpreter / communicator should be briefed before the meeting. This may include preparing them for possible disclosure and discussion of sensitive or harrowing information. They should also be briefed if an advocate will also be present.

Decisions about the way in which the interpreter / communicator will be used will depend on their skills and training, the needs of the child / parent / carer and the purpose of the meeting.

Staff working with interpreters / communicators should not use them to obtain information about racial, cultural, religious or language issues. This is not a proper use of an interpreter; also their mores and life experiences may not necessarily reflect those of the child / parent / carer.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

In the context of a child-centred approach, all practitioners should work in partnership with parents and carers as far as possible. Parents and carers need to understand what is happening, what they can expect from the help and support provided, what is expected of them and be supported to say what they think. This is particularly important when there is reasonable cause to suspect that a child is suffering, or is likely to suffer, significant harm, whether the harm is from inside or outside the home including online. Working collaboratively will mean parents and carers have the best chance of making changes, and practitioners can make fair and accurate decisions about how to support children and keep them safe.

While collaborative relationships between practitioners and, parents and carers are important, the wishes and feelings of the child and what is in their best interest remain central to decision-making. Practitioners need to be particularly skilled in engaging and working with parents and carers whom services have found difficult to engage. Some examples may be parents and carers of disabled children, parents, and carers whose children are at risk of, or experiencing, harm from outside the home, fathers, and male carers, and those who are neurodivergent. Practitioners also need to recognise, engage, and work with parents and carers who are unwilling or unable to engage with services.

2. Principles of Working with Parents and Carers

There are four principles which underpin work with parents and carers

2.1 Effective partnership with parents and carers

Effective partnership working with parents and carers happens when practitioners build strong, positive, trusting, and co-operative relationships by:

  • approaching families and their wider family networks and communities with empathy, respect, compassion, and creativity;
  • avoiding reinforcing family shame, suffering, and blaming;
  • using strength-based approaches, working with parents and carers to identify what is working well and how their strengths could support them to effect positive change;
  • ensuring they work sensitively with parents, carers, and children, to identify and understand the impact of adversity and trauma in their lives. Seeking to understand how adversity and trauma might manifest and affect children and parents’ engagement and using their expertise to adapt their response with care and compassion;
  • adapting their responses to meet the diverse needs of parents and carers, including fathers and male carers, and the specific challenges being faced, including parents and carers of disabled children, and where harm is outside the home;
  • ensuring they understand the families’ background, ethnicity, religion, financial situation, ability, education, sex, ages and sexual orientation, and potential barriers these create in seeking and accessing help and support;
  • being alert and recognising where parents or carers may not be acting in the best interest of the child or where children may be experiencing abuse, neglect, and exploitation as a result of actions by parents, carers, or other individuals in their lives. Using their skills and expertise to adapt their response to secure engagement;
  • being mindful of negative stereotypes when making decisions which might lead to false assumptions.

2.2 Communication considerations

Verbal and non-verbal communication should be respectful, non-blaming, clear, inclusive, and adapted to parents and carers needs. Practitioners should ensure that all materials provided to children, parents, carers, and families are jargon-free, developmentally appropriate and in a format that is easily understood. Where appropriate, material provided to children, parents, carers, and families should be made accessible and translated into their first language if necessary. Professional interpreters should be provided where needed. Practitioners should not need to rely on family members or partners for interpretation services, including British Sign Language.

3.3 Involvement in decision-making

Practitioners empower parents and carers to participate in decision-making to help, support and protect children by:

  • creating a culture of ‘no surprises’, for example, making parents and carers aware of who will attend meetings and discussions, if the child will be invited to participate and the format of the meeting or discussion;
  • explaining that parents and carers can bring a family member, a friend or supporter to meetings;
  • giving parents and carers adequate preparation at every stage, relevant information, a safe and appropriate environment for participation and suitable access arrangements;
  • signposting parents and carers to sources of help and support available locally or through the local authority;
  • helping parents and carers to understand what the issues are and how these impact on the child, what decisions could be made, what changes need to be made, why and how, timescales and possible outcomes.

3.4 Co-production

Practitioners involve parents, carers, families, and local communities in designing processes that affect them, including those focused on safeguarding children. They value their contributions, expertise and knowledge reflecting them in service design and continuously seek feedback from parents, carers, family networks, children, and local communities to inform service improvements. Practitioners use feedback from parents and carers to reflect on their own practice.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

Audio & Quick Read Summary

1. Introduction

Data protection legislation should not be seen as an obstacle to sharing information, but as a framework of best practice which helps to ensure that when agencies record and share information they do so safely and in a way which is transparent and in line with the law.

Organisations collect, use, store and retain (for specified time periods) information about people they work with. This includes:

  • children and families, including those who no longer in receipt of services;
  • staff; and
  • suppliers.

When processing data in this way, organisations must comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Act (DPA) 2018 and the UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR).

Organisations must also ensure, through their procedures and working practices, that all employees, contractors, consultants, suppliers and partners who have access to any personal data held by or on behalf of the organisation, are fully aware of and abide by their duties and responsibilities under data protection legislation.

Personal information must be handled and dealt with in accordance with data protection legislation, regardless of how it is collected, recorded, stored and used, and whether it be on paper, on computer or digital records or recorded in any other way.

Organisations may also be required to collect and use information in order to comply with the requirements of central government, such as in the case of a Child Safeguarding Practice Review (see Child Safeguarding Practice Reviews chapter) or Ofsted inspection.

 2. Legislation

2.1 Data Protection Act 2018

The Data Protection Act 2018 aims to ensure that UK data protection legislation keeps pace with technological changes, and the impact these have had on the collection and use of personal data.

2.2 UK General Data Protection Regulation

The UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR) sets out the key principles, rights and obligations for processing personal data. See also UK GDPR Guidance and Resources, Information Commissioner’s Office)

The UK GDPR:

  • gives individuals greater control of their data by improving consent processes;
  • introduces the ‘right to be forgotten’ which enables a data subject to have their data ‘forgotten’ once it is no longer being used for the purpose which it was collected.

If staff receive a query about the collection or handling of personal data, they should contact their organisation’s Information Governance Lead for advice.

 3. Principles of Data Protection: Article 5 GDPR

Anyone processing personal data must comply with the principles laid down in the DPA and UK GDPR. These are legally enforceable and require that when personal data is processed (see also Section 3.2 What is personal data under Article 4?), it must be:

  • lawful and fair and carried out in a transparent manner in relation to the data subject. (lawfulness, fairness and transparency principle);
  • specified, explicit and legitimate and not further processed for other purposes incompatible with those purposes (purpose limitation principle);
  • adequate, relevant and not excessive to what is necessary in relation to the purposes for which data is processed (the data minimisation principle);
  • accurate and kept up to date (the accuracy principle);
  •  kept for no longer than is necessary for the purposes for which the personal data is processed (the storage limitation principle); and
  • in a way that ensures appropriate security including protection against unauthorised or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction or damage, using appropriate technical or organisational measures (the integrity and confidentiality principle and the accountability principle).

3.1 Handling personal data and sensitive personal data

The DPA outlines conditions for the processing of personal data, and makes a distinction between personal data and sensitive personal data.

Personal data is any information relating to a living person who can be identified or who is identifiable, directly from the information in question, or who can be indirectly identified from that information in combination with other information.

3.2 What is personal data under Article 4 GDPR?

Personal data is:

  • any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person such as;
    • a name;
    • an identification number;
    • location data;
    • an online identifier such as an IP address or cookies; or
    • an email address.

3.3 Special categories of data (sensitive personal data) – GDPR Article 9

Special category data is personal data that needs more protection because it is sensitive, it includes personal data which reveals:

  • racial or ethnic origin;
  • political opinion;
  • religious or other beliefs;
  • trade union membership;
  • physical or mental health or condition;
  • sexual life or sexual orientation,

3.4 Identifying a lawful basis for sharing information

Article 6 of the UK GDPR providers practitioners with a number of lawful bases for sharing information. At least one of these must apply whenever personal data is processed.

Where practitioners need to process and share special category data (sensitive personal data), they need to identify both a lawful basis for processing under Article 6 of the UK GDPR and a special category condition for processing in compliance with Article 9 (see: A guide to lawful basis – Information Commissioner’s Office).

 4. Data Protection Practice

The organisation must:

  • observe fully conditions regarding the fair collection and use of personal information;
  • meet its legal obligations to specify the purpose for which information is used;
  • collect and process appropriate information and only to the extent that it is needed to fulfil operational needs or to comply with any legal requirements;
  • ensure the quality of information used;
  • apply strict checks to determine the length of time information is held;
  • take appropriate technical and organisational security measures to safeguard personal information;
  • ensure that personal information is not transferred abroad without suitable safeguards;
  • ensure that the rights of people about whom the information is held can be fully exercised under data protection legislation. These include:
    • the right to be informed that processing is being undertaken;
    • the right of access to one’s personal information within the statutory timescale;
    • the right to prevent processing in certain circumstances;
    • the right to correct, rectify, block or erase information regarded as wrong information.

In addition, the organisation should ensure that:

  • there is someone with specific responsibility for data protection in the organisation;
  • everyone managing and handling personal information understands that they are contractually responsible for following good data protection practice;
  • everyone managing and handling personal information is appropriately trained to do so;
  • everyone managing and handling personal information is appropriately supervised;
  • anyone wanting to make enquiries about handling personal information, whether a member of staff or a member of the public, knows what to do;
  • queries about handling personal information are promptly and courteously dealt with;
  • methods of handling personal information are regularly assessed and evaluated;
  • performance with handling personal information is regularly assessed and evaluated;
  • data sharing is carried out under a written agreement, setting out the scope and limits of the sharing. Any disclosure of personal data will be in compliance with approved procedures.

All employees should be aware of this policy and of their duties and responsibilities under the DPA.

All managers and staff will take steps to ensure that personal data is kept secure at all times against unauthorised or unlawful loss or disclosure and in particular will ensure that:

  • paper files and other records or documents containing personal / sensitive data are kept in a secure environment;
  • personal data held on computers and computer systems is protected by the use of secure passwords, which where possible have forced changes periodically;
  • individual passwords must not be easily compromised, and must not be shared with others;
  • personal data must only be accessible to team members with appropriate access levels.

All contractors, consultants, suppliers and partners of the organisation must:

  • ensure that they and all of their staff who have access to personal data held or processed for or on behalf of the company, are aware of this policy and are fully trained in and are aware of their duties and responsibilities under the DPA. Any breach of any provision of the DPA will be deemed as being a breach of any contract between the company and that individual, partner or firm (see Report a Breach, Information Commissioner’s Office);
  • allow data protection audits by the company of data held on its behalf (if requested);
  • indemnify the company against any prosecutions, claims, proceedings, actions or payments of compensation or damages, without limitation.

All contractors and suppliers who use personal information supplied by the service will be required to confirm that they abide by the requirements of the DPA in relation to such information supplied by the service.

The organisation must also:

  • ensure data subjects are given greater control of their data by improving consent processes. Consent must be freely given, specific, informed and give a clear indication of their wishes. This must be provided by a statement or clear affirmative action, signifying the individual’s agreement to the processing of their personal data;
  • must ensure that data subjects have the ‘right to be forgotten’ which enables them to have their data ‘forgotten’ once it is no longer being used for the purpose which it was collected;
  • keep a record of data operations (mapping data flow within the organisation) and activities and assess if it has the necessary data processing agreements in place, and take action to remedy if not;
  • carry out data protection impact assessments (DPIAs) on its products and systems;
  • designate a data protection officer (DPO) for the organisation (if applicable);
  • review processes for the collection of personal data;
  • be aware of the duty to notify the Information Commissioner’s Office of a data breach (the relevant supervisory authority);
  • ensure ‘privacy by design’ and ‘privacy by default’ in new products (such as a new case recording system) and assess whether existing products used by the organisation meets the new data protection standards and take action accordingly to ensure compliance.

 5. Redaction of Third Party Data

Before sharing information, organisations must redact (or remove) personal data relating to third parties, to protect their privacy. For example, where case file records include references to other people, such as the child’s family and friends, it is likely some of this information will need to be redacted before the record can be shared.

Under the Data Protection Act, it is for each organisation to weigh up how ‘reasonable’ it is to share another person’s information in each case (for example it may be reasonable to share information about another family members’ health condition if is likely to be hereditary). The Act is clear however that any person who appears in records because they were employed to provide care or received payment for providing a service, or acted in an official capacity, should not be treated as ‘third party’. This means that the names and information of professionals should not be redacted.

 6. Rights of the Data Subject

Any person whose information is being processed by an organisation has the following rights:

  1. to be informed of data processing (for example a privacy notice);
  2.  to be able to access information free of charge (also known as a Subject Access Request) – there is a one month time limit for the organisation to respond to any such request;
  3. to have inaccuracies corrected;
  4. to have information erased (although this is not an absolute right);
  5. to restrict processing;
  6. to have data portability;
  7. intervention in respect of automated decision making;
  8. to be able to withdraw consent;
  9. to complain to the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO).

6.1 Right to be informed (Section 44 DPA)

A person whose information is being processed under a subject access request should receive a privacy notice, setting out:

  • lawful basis for processing;
  • contact details for the Data Protection Officer (DPO);
  • what information will be processed;
  • who it will be shared with and why;
  • how long it will be held;
  • how to complain.

6.2 Rectification (Section 46 DPA)

A person whose information is being processed has the following rights:

  • to rectify or correct inaccurate information;
  • if information is incomplete it must be completed;
  • rectification or correction can be achieved by the provision of a supplementary statement;
  • where the rectification is of information maintained for the purposes of evidence, instead if rectifying, the processing should be restricted;
  • be informed in writing if request has been granted and if not the reasons for this.

 7. Action if there is a Data Breach

A breach of data security can be either accidental, deliberate or illegal and involves:

  1. destruction;
  2. loss;
  3. alteration;
  4. unauthorised disclosure;
  5. unauthorised access.

A breach covers accidental and deliberate causes and is more than just losing personal data.

7.1 Examples of data breaches

These are commonly occurring breaches:

  1. access by an unauthorised party, including a third party;
  2. deliberate or accidental action (or inaction) by a controller or processor;
  3. sending personal data to an incorrect recipient;
  4. computing devices containing personal data being lost or stolen;
  5. alteration of personal data without permission; and
  6. loss of availability of personal data

7.2 What constitutes a serious data breach?

A serious data breach:

  • is where it is likely to result in a risk to the rights and freedoms of individuals. If unaddressed such a breach is likely to have a significant detrimental effect on individuals – for example, result in discrimination, damage to reputation, risk of physical harm, financial loss, loss of confidentiality or any other significant economic or social disadvantage;
  • must be assessed on a case by case basis;
  • must consider these factors: detriment / nature of data / volume (detriment includes emotional distress as well as both physical and financial damage).

All serious data breaches must be reported to the ICO within 72 hours of becoming aware of the breach. See Report a Breach (Information Commissioner’s Office) for further information:

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

SUPPORTING INFORMATION

5 Minute Briefing – Professional Curiosity, BSCP website (opens as PDF)

1. What is Professional Curiosity?

Professional curiosity is about exploring and understanding what is happening in a child’s life, rather than accepting things at face value. It involves observing, listening, asking direct questions and sometimes having difficult conversations with children, families and other people involved with the child. It is also known as ‘respectful uncertainty’.

Practitioners need to be vigilant about a child’s presentation and behaviour as this may be an indication of factors impacting a child or young persons lived experience.

Professional curiosity is about practitioners making sure – when working with children and their families / carers– that they keep an open mind, ask questions, dig deeper and challenge their own assumptions as well as those of other practitioners.

Professional curiosity and challenge are essential part of  practice, with the aim of safeguarding children and promoting their welfare. Child Safeguarding Practice Reviews have often found that practitioners have not been curious enough, have not asked enough probing questions and have too easily accepted situations as they have been presented to them.

The risks of abuse or neglect that a child may face are not always immediately obvious, especially if their family / carers do not want practitioners to know what is really happening. This may be more likely if a child is being abused or neglected by their parents or carers or there are other types of criminality in the home. Being more curious as practitioners and digging deeper into areas of a child’s life or circumstances, can help inform assessments and empower staff to influence key moments of decision-making and therefore help to safeguard children and promote their welfare.

Professional curiosity can help practitioners:

  • understand the full picture;
  • make sure they have all the necessary information;
  • improve outcomes for children and families with whom they are working;
  • help safeguard children and promote their welfare;
  • identify disguised compliance (see Section 4, Disguised Compliance);
  • support other professionals working with the child and their parents / carers, including those from partner agencies.

Whilst this information focuses on practitioners working with children, it also applies when working with adults with care and support needs who may be immediate members of the child’s family.

2. Professionally Curious Practice

Professional curiosity requires practitioners to:

  • think ‘outside the box’ and consider a child’s circumstances as a whole, including other how their life is affected by other family members;
  • engage with children and their families / carers in a way that helps them understand the child’s lived experiences. This should include taking a person-centred approach and providing culturally appropriate practice to the children and families with whom they are working (see Principles for Working with Children and Culturally Appropriate Practice chapters).

Children may often not disclose information about abuse and / or neglect directly to practitioners, particularly when they first meet. This can make identifying children who are suffering, or at risk of, abuse or neglect more challenging. Being professionally curious is, therefore, key to being able to identify possible abuse and acting promptly to safeguard children and promote their welfare.

It can also mean considering issues which may be outside of their usual professional role. In such circumstances, discussions should take place with line managers and staff from other agencies to clarify roles and responsibilities, to ensure all relevant support is in place for the child/ren.

There are different ways of being professionally curious. These include observing, asking, listening and clarifying. Practitioners should spend time engaging with children and their families / carers on visits, using these approaches as required.

It is imperative that practitioners are mindful that they do not become ‘groomed’ by parents and carers and lose sight of the lived experience of the child or young person. Local reviews have highlighted practitioners have inadvertently become more focused on the needs of the parents, carers or adults  in the household to the detriment of the child or young person.

3.1 Observing

  • Do you see or observe anything, when you meet with the child / their family / carers, that makes you feel uncomfortable?
  • Do you observe behaviours which indicate abuse or neglect, including domestic abuse (see Domestic Abuse chapter)?
  • Does what you observe either contradict or support what you are being told by the child, their family /carers or other practitioners who are involved?
  • How do the child and their parents / carers interact and communicate with each other, and with you?
  • Do you want to ask further questions as a result of what you have seen?

3.2 Asking

  • Do not assume you know what is happening in the child/ren’s home environment – ask questions and seek clarity if you feel you are not sure.
  • Do not be afraid to ask questions of everyone involved, including any visitors to the home. Be open in the way you ask questions, so that people know it is about being able to achieve the best outcomes for the child/ren – you are not judging or criticising them. Be clear about why you are asking certain questions.
  • Be open to accepting new or unexpected information that may not support your initial assumptions about the situation. Incorporate this into your assessment and child protection plan as necessary (see Assessment and Child Protection Conferences and the Child Protection Plan chapter

3.3 Listening

  • Are you being told anything that you think you needs further clarification (see Section 3.4 Clarifying)?
  • Do you feel the child/ren, family member or carer is trying to tell you something, either verbally or through non-verbal cues, for example you pick up in their body language or what they are not saying?
  • Is there anything that concerns you about how family members or friends interact with the child/ren and what they say?
  • It is essential that you have the time and space to have a private conversation with the child, to give them the opportunity to say anything they want without family / carers listening or speaking for them. This should not just be a one-off conversation but as often as possible, as it may take time for the child to build up a trusting relationship with you.

3.4 Clarifying

  • Are practitioners from other agencies involved? If so, what information do they have, and how does this support your assessment and understanding of the family situation / context?
  • Are other practitioners being told the same things by the child/ren / family / carers as you, or are they being given different accounts of the same situation?
  • Are other practitioners concerned about the child/ren, and if so what are their concerns?
  • Would a multi-disciplinary discussion be useful / required?
  • What action has been taken so far? Is there anything else which could or should be done by you or someone else to support the child/ren?

Sharing relevant information with relevant practitioners from other agencies is key to safeguarding children and promoting their welfare. See Tier 1 – Children Safeguarding Data Sharing Agreement (DSA)

4. Disguised Compliance

Some children, family members or carers may display a behaviour called ‘disguised compliance’. This is when people give the appearance of co-operating with agencies in order to deflect practitioner concerns and avoid raising suspicions.

People will often want to show their ‘best side’ when interacting with practitioners; this can be quite normal behaviour. To a small degree, disguised compliance can be seen in many people. However, there is a difference between this and someone who is being superficially cooperative in order to keep abuse or neglect of the child/ren hidden and practitioners away. In such cases, the child/ren, parent or carer plans this compliance, to make it look like they are cooperating, when in reality they are not.

There is a risk that practitioners who are not professionally curious may delay or avoid taking action, due to disguised compliance.

5. Professional Challenge

Practitioners may experience differences of opinion, concerns and issues both with colleagues in their own organisation and with those from other agencies. In such circumstances it is vital these are resolved as effectively and swiftly as possible.

Working with different professional perspectives is a key part of a healthy and well-functioning partnership, and differences of opinion can usually be resolved by discussion and negotiation between the practitioners concerned. It is essential however, that where differences of opinion arise they are resolved in a constructive and timely manner, so they do not adversely affect the outcomes for children and their families / carers.

If there is a difference of opinion between practitioners, remember:

  • the process of resolving professional differences and disagreements can help find better ways to improve outcomes for children and their families / carers;
  • each practitioner is responsible for their own cases and their actions in relation to individual children;
  • differences and disagreements should be resolved as simply and quickly as possible by individual practitioners and / or their line managers;
  • everyone should respect the views of others, whatever the level of their experience;
  • discussions about disagreements should always be respectful and courteous and remain professional at all times;
  • challenging more senior or experienced practitioners can be difficult, so practitioners may need support to do so when necessary;
  • practitioners should expect to be challenged and not take it personally – working together effectively depends on open and honest relationships between agencies.

The likelihood of professional differences is reduced by everyone being clear about their roles and responsibilities and ensuring that they do what has been agreed as well as the ability to discuss and share problems.

See Escalation, Challenge and Conflict Resolution Procedure for further information.

6. Supervision

Regular supervision helps improve practitioner decision-making, accountability, and supports professional development. It is also an opportunity to question and explore an understanding of a case.

Group supervision and reflective practice can also be effective in promoting professional curiosity, as practitioners can use these spaces to think about their own judgments and observations and discuss them with colleagues in a safe space. It allows practitioners to learn from each other’s experiences, especially as the issues considered may be similar to other cases.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Planned Reforms

The Children’s Wellbeing and Schools Bill published in November 2024, following on from the Policy Paper: Keeping Children Safe Helping Families Thrive (Department for Education) sets out the government’s planned reforms to education and children’s social care.

The Families First Programme Guide confirms the Department for Education’s expectations of safeguarding partners in implementing reforms in the Bill, including reforms relating to:

  • family help;
  • multi-agency child protection; and
  • making greater use of family group decision making.

The Department’s expectation is that the period until March 2026 will be ongoing business-as-usual service delivery, alongside transformation activity. It also expects that the Families First Programme Guide should be used by safeguarding partners and other relevant agencies and organisations within their local areas to begin planning for transformation activity and implementation,  building on the foundations of what is already in place through the requirements of Working Together to Safeguard Children and the Children’s Social Care National Framework: Statutory Guidance on the Purpose, Principles for Practice and Expected Outcomes of Children’s Social Care 2023.

The Department has also commissioned a Foundations Toolkit from the What Works Centre for Children and Families, which includes:

  • Foundations Guidebook – information about interventions that make a difference to children and families’ outcomes;
  • Practice Guides – recommendations about how to put evidence-based support into action.

The Foundations Practice Guides provide evidence-based recommendations for those commissioning and delivering child and family support at the local level, and the Foundations Guidebook provides evidence-based examples of interventions that put these practices into action.

The Practice Guides set out high quality evidence about how best to achieve the outcomes set out in the Children’s Social Care National Framework and translates this into key principles and recommendations to support local leaders in strengthening family services. The Families First Programme Guide states that local partnerships should look to these Foundations Practice Guides as a key source for guidance on the latest evidence.

The Families First Programme Guide sets out the Department’s expectations for practice and areas of local flexibility to support safeguarding partners to plan their transformation activity for family help, multi-agency child protection and family group decision making.

Expectations include that safeguarding partnerships should:

  • work together to publish a refreshed threshold document by March 2026;
  • update their local protocol for assessment and support;
  • establish the Family Help Lead Practitioner (FHLP) role and develop a multi-agency workforce development plan outlining the training, knowledge and skill levels for the family help workforce including the FHLP role;
  • move towards an integrated front door, where contacts and referrals can be triaged to the right level of service, and implement digital solutions such as a service directory, social media and also roles such as community connectors and service access points which provide accessible opportunities for families to understand and access support;
  • establish expert-led Multi-Agency Child Protection Teams (MACPTs);
  • establish expert social worker Lead Child Protection Practitioners (LCPPs), embedded within MACPTs, who will be responsible for statutory child protection decisions drawing on the expertise and knowledge of the wider multi-agency practitioners in the team;
  • consider and set out chairing arrangements for child protection conferences within the MACPT, whilst ensuring clear ongoing quality assurance, and consider how the team will quality assure child protection plans;
  • develop an evidence-based approach to making greater use of family group decision making;
  • develop appropriate infrastructure for sharing, storing and analysing information and updating case management systems (the Bill provides for a consistent child identification number known as a Single Unique Identifier);
  • secure the participation of education and childcare settings as relevant agencies as well as ensuring that their views are sufficiently included and represented at strategic and operational levels in multi-agency safeguarding arrangements.

2. Implementation in Buckinghamshire

Locally, the Families First programme team, led by the Council’s Service Director for Transformation has established a dedicated programme structure to prepare for the implementation of the Children’s Wellbeing and Schools Bill reforms. This work is being coordinated through a local governance framework overseen by a new Families First Governance Board which will report into the Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership (BSCP) board. Key planning activities include:

  • Programme governance and oversight: the Families First programme team is working closely with partner agencies including police and health Families First leads to interpret national guidance and align with local priorities/structures. Governance arrangements have been progressed to ensure accountability and strategic direction for onward transformation activity.
  • Collaborative planning with partners: the team is engaging with safeguarding partners to consider co-design approaches for family help, multi-agency child protection, and family group decision-making. This includes reviewing current practice against the expectations set out in the Families First Programme Guide and potential identifying areas for improvement. Crucially, the first part of this work involves taking stock of our strengths, what is working well and where there are gaps which can be addressed by these reform measures.
  • Workforce development: initial work is underway to engage with staff and scope the requirements for the new proposed structures and roles such as the Family Help Lead Practitioner (FHLP) and Lead Child Protection Practitioner (LCPP) role and to develop a multi-agency workforce development plan. This plan will outline training, knowledge, and skill levels needed to deliver high-quality family help services.
  • Digital and infrastructure planning: the team is exploring options for the implementation of the Single Unique Identifier for children, as required by the Bill.
  • Evidence-based practice: local planning is informed by the Foundations Toolkit and Practice Guides, ensuring that interventions and service models are grounded in the latest evidence about what works for children and families.

These activities are designed to ensure that Buckinghamshire is ready to meet the Department for Education’s expectations by March 2026, balancing business-as-usual service delivery with the transformation required under the new legislative framework.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Organisational Responsibilities

A range of individual organisations and agencies working with children and families have specific statutory duties to promote the welfare of children and ensure they are protected from harm. These duties, as applied to individual organisations and agencies, are set out in this chapter.

Section 11 of the Children Act 2004 places duties on a range of organisations, agencies, and individuals to ensure their functions, and any services that they contract out to others, are discharged having regard to the need to safeguard and promote the welfare of children.

Section 11 places a duty on:

  • local authorities and district councils that provide children’s and other types of services, including children’s and adult social care, public health, housing, sport, culture and leisure services, licensing authorities and youth services;
  • NHS organisations and agencies and the independent sector, including NHS England, ICBs, NHS Trusts, NHS Foundation Trusts and general practitioners;
  • the police, including Police and Crime Commissioners and the chief officer of each police force in England and the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime where they exist;
  • the British Transport Police;
  • the Probation Service;
  • governors or directors of prisons and young offender institutions (YOIs);
  • directors of secure training centres (STCs);
  • youth offending teams (YOTs).

These organisations and agencies should have in place arrangements that reflect the importance of safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children, including:

  • a clear line of accountability for the commissioning and / or provision of services designed to safeguard and promote the welfare of children;
  • a senior board level lead with the required knowledge, skills, and expertise or sufficiently qualified and experienced to take leadership responsibility for the organisation’s or agency’s safeguarding arrangements;
  • a culture of listening to children and taking account of their wishes and feelings, both in individual decisions and the development of services;
  • clear whistleblowing procedures, which reflect the principles in Sir Robert Francis’ Freedom to Speak Up Review and are suitably referenced in staff training and codes of conduct, and a culture that enables issues about safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children to be addressed;
  • clear escalation policies for staff to follow when their child safeguarding concerns are not being addressed within their organisation or by other agencies;
  • arrangements which set out clearly the processes for sharing information, with other practitioners and with safeguarding partners;
  • a designated practitioner (or, for health provider organisations / agencies, named practitioners; please see Section 2.3.1, Health practitioners with specific duties for more detail) for child safeguarding. Their role is to support other practitioners in their organisations and agencies to recognise the needs of children, including protection from possible abuse or neglect. Designated practitioner roles should always be explicitly defined in job descriptions. Practitioners should be given sufficient time, funding, supervision, and support to fulfil their child welfare and safeguarding responsibilities effectively;
  • safe recruitment practices and ongoing safe working practices for individuals whom the organisation or agency permit to work regularly with children, including policies on when to obtain a criminal record check;
  • appropriate supervision and support for staff, including undertaking safeguarding training;
  • creating a culture of safety, equality, and protection within the services they provide.

In addition:

  • employers are responsible for ensuring that their staff are competent to carry out their responsibilities for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and creating an environment where staff feel able to raise concerns and feel supported in their safeguarding role;
  • staff should be given a mandatory induction, which includes familiarisation with child protection responsibilities and the procedures to be followed if anyone has any concerns about a child’s safety or welfare;
  • all practitioners should have regular reviews of their own practice to ensure they have knowledge, skills and expertise that improve over time.

2. Individual Organisational Responsibilities

In addition to these section 11 duties, which apply to a number of named organisations and agencies, further safeguarding duties are also placed on individual organisations and agencies through other statutes. The key duties that fall on each individual organisation are set out below.

2.1 Schools, colleges and other educational providers

The following have duties in relation to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children:

  • governing bodies of maintained schools (including maintained nursery schools), and colleges which includes providers of post 16 Education as set out in the Apprenticeships, Skills, Children and Learning Act 2009: 16-19 Academies, Special Post-16 institutions and Independent Training Providers;
  • proprietors of independent schools, (including academies, free schools, and alternative provision academies) and non-maintained special schools. In the case of academies, free schools and alternative provision academies, the proprietor will be the academy trust;
  • management committees of pupil referral units (PRUs);
  • senior leadership teams.

This guidance applies in its entirety to all schools.

Schools, colleges, and other educational settings must also have regard to statutory guidance Keeping Children Safe in Education (Department for Education), which provides further guidance as to how they should fulfil their duties in respect of safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children in their care.

2.2 Early years and childcare

Early years providers have a duty under section 40 of the Childcare Act 2006 to comply with the welfare requirements of the early years foundation stage (EYFS). Early years providers must ensure that:

  • they are alert to any issues of concern in the child’s life;
  • they implement policies and procedures to safeguard children. This must include an explanation of the action to be taken when there are safeguarding concerns about a child and in the event of an allegation being made against a member of staff. The policy must also cover the use of mobile phones and cameras in the setting, that staff complete safeguarding training that enables them to understand their safeguarding policy and procedures, have up-to-date knowledge of safeguarding issues, and recognise signs of potential abuse and neglect;
  • they have a practitioner who is designated to take lead responsibility for safeguarding children within each early years setting and who must liaise with local statutory children’s services as appropriate. This lead must also complete child protection training.

2.3 Health

ICBs are one of the three statutory safeguarding partners. NHS organisations and agencies are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. Health practitioners are in a strong position to identify welfare needs or safeguarding concerns regarding individual children and, where appropriate, provide support. This includes understanding risk factors, communicating and sharing information effectively with children and families, liaising with other organisations and agencies, assessing needs and capacity, responding to those needs, and contributing to multi agency assessments and reviews.

A wide range of health practitioners have a critical role to play in safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children, including: GPs, primary care practitioners, paediatricians, nurses, health visitors, midwives, public health school nurses, allied health practitioners, those working in maternity, children and young people’s mental health, youth custody establishments, adult mental health, sexual, alcohol and drug services for both adults and children, unscheduled and emergency care settings, highly specialised services, and secondary and tertiary care.

All staff working in healthcare settings, including those who predominantly treat adults, should receive training to ensure they attain the competences appropriate to their role and follow the relevant professional guidance.

Within the NHS:

  • NHS England is responsible for ensuring that the health commissioning system as a whole is working effectively to safeguard and promote the welfare of children. It is accountable for the services it directly commissions or delegates, including healthcare services in the under 18 secure estate (for police custody settings see Section 2.4, Police. NHS England also leads and defines improvement in safeguarding practice and outcomes and should also ensure that there are effective mechanisms for safeguarding partners to raise concerns about the engagement and leadership of the local NHS. Each NHSE region should have a safeguarding lead to ensure regional collaboration and assurance through convening safeguarding forums;
  • ICBs are one of the statutory safeguarding partners and the major commissioners of local health services. They are responsible for the provision of effective clinical, professional, and strategic leadership to child safeguarding, including the quality assurance of safeguarding through their contractual arrangements with all provider organisations and agencies, including from independent providers.

2.3.1 Health practitioners with specific duties

Detailed descriptions of roles and competencies for health practitioners with specific duties are set out in the intercollegiate document Safeguarding Children and Young People & Children and Young People in Care: competencies for health care staff.

2.3.2 Designated health practitioners

ICBs should employ, or have in place, a contractual agreement to secure the expertise of designated practitioners, such as dedicated designated doctors and nurses for safeguarding children, and dedicated designated doctors and nurses for looked after children (and designated doctor or paediatrician for unexpected deaths in childhood).  In some areas, where the ICB has more than one local authority in its footprint, they may consider ‘lead’ or ‘hosting’ arrangements for their designated health professionals, or a clinical network arrangement with the number of designated doctors and nurses for child safeguarding equating to the size and complexity of the child population. Designated doctors and nurses, as senior professionals, clinical experts, and strategic leaders, are a vital source of safeguarding advice and expertise for all relevant organisations and agencies but particularly the ICB, NHS England, and the local authority, and for advice and support to other health practitioners across the health economy. The NHS commissioners and providers should ensure that designated professionals are given sufficient time to be fully engaged, involved, and included in the new safeguarding arrangements.

2.3.3 Named health practitioners

All providers of NHS funded health services, including NHS Trusts and NHS Foundation Trusts, should identify a dedicated named doctor and a named nurse (and a named midwife if the organisation or agency provides maternity services) for safeguarding children. In the case of ambulance trusts and independent providers, this should be a named practitioner. Named practitioners have a key role in promoting good professional practice within their organisation and agency, providing advice and expertise for fellow practitioners, and ensuring safeguarding training is in place. They should work closely with their organisation’s or agency’s safeguarding lead on the executive board, designated health professionals for the health economy and other statutory safeguarding partners.

ICBs should employ named GPs for safeguarding children to advise and support GP practice safeguarding leads. GP practices should have a lead and deputy lead for safeguarding, who should work closely with the named GP.

2.3.4 Other organisations providing NHS services

Other public, voluntary, and independent sector organisations, agencies and social enterprises providing NHS services to children and families should ensure that they follow this guidance.

2.4 Police

The police are one of the three statutory safeguarding partners and are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. Under section 1(8)(h) of the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011, the Police and Crime Commissioner (PCC) must hold the Chief Constable to account for the exercise of the latter’s duties in relation to safeguarding children under sections 10 and 11 of the Children Act 2004.

All police officers and other police employees, such as Police Community Support Officers, are well placed to identify early when a child’s welfare is at risk and when a child may need protection from harm. Children have the right to the full protection offered by criminal law. In addition to identifying when a child may be a victim of a crime, police officers should be aware of the effect of other incidents which might pose safeguarding risks to children and where officers should pay particular attention. Harm may be indirect and non-physical as, for example, in the case of some domestic abuse which may involve controlling or coercive behaviour, or economic abuse. An officer attending a domestic abuse incident should be aware of the effect of such behaviour on any children in the household and recognise that children who see, hear, or experience the effects of domestic abuse are victims in their own right.

Children who are encountered as offenders, or alleged offenders, are entitled to the same safeguards and protection as any other child and due regard should be given to their safety and welfare at all times. These children are often victims of harm, for example, children who are apprehended in possession of Class A drugs may be victims of exploitation through county lines drug dealing. Consideration should be given to the potential impact an arrest or seizure of items may have upon a child’s immediate and ongoing safety and whether there is actual or likely significant harm. This might include self-harm, threats, or violence from criminal gangs to the child and their family following loss of money and/or drugs and a “debt” can be created which is also known as debt bondage.

The police will hold important information about children who may be suffering, or likely to suffer, significant harm, as well as those who cause such harm. They should always share this information with other organisations and agencies where this is necessary to protect children. Similarly, they can expect other organisations and agencies to share information to enable the police to carry out their duties. All police forces should have officers trained in child abuse investigation and safeguarding responsibilities. Officers making decisions about whether children are referred into children’s social care should be confident in understanding and applying the local threshold document.

The police have a power to remove a child to suitable accommodation under section 46 of the Children Act 1989, if they have reasonable cause to believe that the child would otherwise be likely to suffer significant harm. Statutory powers to enter premises can be used with this section 46 power, and in circumstances to ensure the child’s immediate protection. Police powers can help in emergency situations, but should be used only when necessary and, wherever possible, the decision to remove a child from a parent or carer should be made by a court. This can include circumstances where the significant harm is from outside the home.

Restrictions and safeguards exist in relation to the circumstances and periods for which children may be taken to or held in police stations. PCCs are responsible for health commissioning in police custody settings and should always ensure that this meets the needs of individual children.

Using Civil Orders powers available to police and partners can be an effective tool to disrupt those who are targeting children for criminal purposes. The Child Exploitation Disruption Toolkit (Home Office) lists a range of useful tools available to frontline professionals in disrupting child criminal exploitation activity. For example, Slavery and Trafficking Risk Orders, and Slavery and Trafficking Prevention Orders can place prohibitions on the offender in order to disrupt child criminal exploitation activity.

2.5 Adult social care services

Local authorities provide services to adults who are themselves responsible for children who may be in need. These services are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. When staff are providing services to adults, they should ask whether there are children in the family and take actions to respond if the children need help or protection from harm. Additional parenting support could be particularly needed where the adults have mental health problems, misuse drugs or alcohol, are in a violent relationship, have complex needs or have learning difficulties.

Local authority services to adults must consider whether any children are providing care to the adult and whether the young carers are in need of support. In such cases, or when requested by a parent or the young carer, the authority is under a duty to conduct a young carers’ needs assessment under section 17ZA of the Children Act 1989.

Adults with parental responsibilities for disabled children have a right to a separate parent carer’s needs assessment under section 17ZD of the Children Act 1989. Adults who do not have parental responsibility, but are caring for a disabled child, are entitled to an assessment on their ability to provide, or to continue to provide, care for that disabled child under the Carers (Recognition and Services) Act 1995. That assessment must also consider whether the carer works or wishes to work, or whether they wish to engage in any education, training, or recreation activities.

Adult social care services should liaise with children’s social care services to ensure that there is a joined-up approach when both carrying out such assessments and in the provision of support to families where there are young carers or parent carers.

2.6 Housing services

Housing and homelessness services in local authorities and others, such as environmental health organisations, are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. Practitioners working in these services may become aware of conditions that could have or are having an adverse impact on children. Under Part 1 of the Housing Act 2004, authorities must take account of the impact of health and safety hazards in housing on vulnerable occupants, including children, when deciding on the action to be taken by landlords to improve conditions. Housing authorities also have an important role to play in safeguarding vulnerable young people, including young people who are pregnant, leaving care or a secure establishment.

2.6.1 Homelessness Duty

The Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 significantly reformed England’s homelessness legislation by placing duties on local authorities to intervene at earlier stages to prevent homelessness in their areas.

It added section 213B into the Housing Act 1996, which is a duty on certain public authorities to refer to a housing authority service users they consider are or may be homeless or threatened with homelessness (meaning it is likely they will become homeless within 56 days).

The duty to refer applies to all social services functions, including early help, leaving care and child protection, and is intended to increase early identification and intervention, which is critical for safeguarding against homelessness. Earlier intervention can help prevent children becoming homeless, and the possibility of them being considered ‘intentionally homeless’ and so not owed a long-term housing duty.  Before making a referral, a public authority must:

  • have the individual’s consent to the referral (although referrals without consent may be made in order to safeguard children or vulnerable adults, in accordance with local procedures);
  • allow the individual to identify the housing authority in England which they would like the notification to be made to;
  • have consent from the individual that their contact details can be supplied so the housing authority can contact them regarding the referral.

The referral to a housing authority must include the individual’s name, contact details, and the agreed reason for referral (for example, that the individual is homeless or at risk of homelessness). Further referral information may include:

  • whether an individual is already homeless, and if not when they are likely to become homeless;
  • whether the individual is at risk of rough sleeping on the date the referral is made and if so whether this is imminent;
  • risk assessment information, considering risks to the individual and to others;
  • key medical information where relevant.

Full guidance can be found in the Homelessness Code of Guidance (Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities). Further guidance on how social care and housing authorities should work together to prevent those aged 16 and 17 from becoming homeless, and how the duty to refer should operate in this context, can be found in the Provision of Accommodation for 16 and 17 year old Young People who may be Homeless and / or Require Accommodation (gov.uk).

2.7 British Transport Police

The British Transport Police (BTP) is subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. In its role as the national police for the railways, the BTP can provide a useful insight beyond the geographical footprint of local authority areas. They also play an important role in safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children, especially in identifying and supporting children who have run away, who are missing, at risk of suicide, sexual abuse or who are being exploited by criminal gangs, such as the movement of drugs through county lines drug dealing.

The BTP should carry out its duties in accordance with its legislative powers, working closely with safeguarding partners. This includes investigating offences perpetrated against children, such as through the Modern Slavery Act 2015 where children have been exploited, removing a child to a suitable place using their police protection powers under the Children Act 1989, and the protection of children who are truanting from school using powers under the Crime and Disorder Act 1998.

2.8 The Prison Service

The Prison Service, including privately managed prisons, is subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. Prison staff have a responsibility to initiate or follow up a child safeguarding enquiry with children’s services at the earliest opportunity for all newly sentenced prisoners. If circumstances for the prisoner have changed, prison staff must make a new child safeguarding enquiry.

The Prison Service have a responsibility to identify prisoners who present an ongoing risk to children from within custody and are assessed as a potential or confirmed ‘person posing a risk to children’ (PPRC). Where an individual has been identified as a PPRC, the relevant prison establishment should:

  • inform the local authority children’s social care service (in the prisoner’s home area and the home area of any identified child at risk where this is different) of the prisoner’s reception to prison, subsequent transfers, release on temporary licence, and release date and address of the offender;
  • consult with children’s social care about any significant change in circumstances, including if the PPRC initiates a request to change their name;
  • notify the relevant Probation Service or youth offending team of the offender’s PPRC status. Alert the police to the release date and address;
  • decide on the level of contact, if any, to be allowed between the PPRC and children based on the prison’s child contact risk assessment and prevent or restrict a prisoner’s contact with children where necessary. The prison’s decision should take into account any risk information provided by other relevant agencies, this may include the police, probation, health, and children’s social care;
  • make referrals to the relevant children’s social care department where the child is not known and there are concerns about prisoner contact;
  • record information children’s social care have shared as required in assessments and case notes.

The primary carer of a child may contact the prison to request a restriction on contact between the prisoner and child. Requests can be made to the HMPPS Unwanted Prisoner Contact Team, contact details are:

A prison can monitor a prisoner’s communication (including letters and telephone calls) to protect children where it is proportionate and necessary to the risk presented.

Prison governors should ensure there is a clear process for children’s social care practitioners to engage prisoners who are involved in safeguarding or child protection procedures. This may be via face-to-face visits or virtual conferencing. All prisons have an Offender Management Unit (OMU) with a telephone or functional mailbox which can be found at Prisons in England and Wales (gov.uk) this should be the first point of contact for agencies who need to contact a prisoner or OMU. Agencies or organisations who need to find a prisoner should follow the instructions outlined at Find a prisoner(gov.uk).

Each prison should have arrangements in place that take account of the needs of children who have parents in prison. During a prisoner’s first night induction, they will be supported to make suitable care arrangements for any dependent children. Prisons can work with children’s social care services and other agencies to contribute to improved outcomes for children who are impacted by parental imprisonment. The Prison Service should:

  • provide facilities for children to play whilst visiting a prisoner;
  • ensure the visitors’ area caters for the needs of children and promotes a positive and safe experience;
  • ask all prisoners during their initial custody screening process whether they have caring responsibilities for any children under the age of 18;
  • review who is looking after the dependent children of prisoners, and inform children’s social care services if they have concerns about a child’s safety or wellbeing.

Prison staff may also use the National Information Centre on Children of Offenders (NICCO) website to find local services who can support children who are impacted by parental imprisonment. Further support for families can be found at Support for Families and Friends of Prisoners.

Prisons should encourage and assist prisoners to maintain relationships with their families, including children, to support their social rehabilitation wherever it is appropriate and safe to do so.

2.9 Mother and baby units in prisons

See Supporting Children in Mother and Baby Units chapter

Mother and baby units (MBUs) are discrete specialist accommodation, within some prisons, for female prisoners with children up to age of 18 months or above, where appropriate. Governors or Directors of prisons which have MBUs have a duty of care to the child. When a woman applies for a place on a MBU, the referral for assessment must be sent to children’s social care in the mother’s home area at the earliest opportunity and must include information on MBU provision and policy.

The prison should actively engage children’s social care to ensure the relevant input into processes and individual cases. Practitioners should be provided with information on the purpose, facilities and support available on the MBU. Opportunities for practitioners to visit the MBU should be offered and encouraged.

Prisons must consult children’s social care on all MBU Board decisions, including decisions relating to a change in placement, and any other matters relevant to promoting the welfare and safeguarding a child.

2.10 The Probation Service

The Probation Service is a statutory criminal justice agency that supervises adult offenders serving community sentences, or who are subject to licensed supervision following release from custody. Probation staff also deliver resettlement work in prisons, undertake pre-sentence assessments, provide advice to courts, deliver targeted interventions and work with victims. The purpose of the Probation Service is to protect the public by reducing reoffending and improve offender rehabilitation. During the course of their duties, probation practitioners will come into contact with individuals who:

  • have offended against a child;
  • pose a risk of harm to children even though they have not been convicted of an offence against a child;
  • are parents or carers of children;
  • have regular contact with a child for whom they do not have caring responsibility.

The timely communication of safeguarding concerns between the Probation Service, children’s social care and other agencies is an important part of safeguarding and promoting the welfare of a child. On the day an offender is being sentenced, the courts may ask the Probation Service to provide sentencing advice and an assessment of the offender’s risk. Probation staff will make child safeguarding enquiries with children’s social care about whether they have information about children which may impact on the safety of different sentencing options (for example, the use of an electronically monitored curfew at the home address). They may request a response on the same day. Probation staff should incorporate considerations about the potential impact on children of any proposal they make to the court so that they are safe and appropriate. Probation staff working in prisons and in community teams may also undertake child safeguarding enquiries and should request a quick response if there are concerns about an offender having contact with a child.

Probation staff should make child safeguarding enquiries and share information with children’s social care to inform sentencing advice and ongoing management of offenders, including the impact any offender may have on the safety or wellbeing of a child. Probation will send child safeguarding enquiries to the local authority in which the child and offender live. Each Probation Delivery Unit (PDU) should have arrangements in place with children’s social care for exchanging information. This includes responding to information sharing requests from local authorities regarding prospective foster carers and adoptive parents. If an offender who poses a risk to an identified child moves to another address which is in a different local authority, the probation practitioner should ensure the local authority where the offender lives is made aware. Probation should share the details of the offender and the identified child at risk.

The Probation Service ensures every offender undergoes a thorough risk assessment to understand the risk they pose, and the factors related to their offending. Where appropriate this assessment will be informed by a range of agencies, which may include children’s social care, police, healthcare services, housing, and other voluntary organisations. Probation practitioners will develop a sentence plan and where necessary a risk management plan (RMP) which contains any specific measures required to manage and reduce the risk of harm to children. When appropriate, the Probation Service should share risk assessments and RMPs with other organisations and agencies involved in the management of the offender’s risk. Probation practitioners will also work with children’s social care to ensure that RMPs align with child protection and child in need plans.

The sentence plan includes specific child safeguarding objectives for those offenders who pose a risk of serious harm to children or where there are child safeguarding concerns. Probation practitioners will also consider how a planned intervention might affect the offender’s caring or parental responsibilities or contribute to improved outcomes for children known to be in an existing relationship with the offender.

Probation practitioners are experienced in working with offenders and assessing risk. Suitably qualified probation practitioners will attend child protection conferences, core group meetings and other child safeguarding meetings where required. They will provide an assessment of the offender’s risk and will assess how the offender’s behaviour might impact the wellbeing of children. Probation practitioners should prepare and submit reports in a timely way.

The Probation Service may hold valuable information on the parents of a child who is known to children’s social care and other agencies. The probation caseload is predominantly male and includes men who pose a risk to children, and men who may play a nurturing role, and have a positive impact on a child’s wellbeing. These men can often go unseen by agencies who do not ordinarily come into contact with men in the criminal justice system. This puts the Prison and Probation Service in a unique position to contribute to safeguarding work other agencies undertake with children and families.

2.11 Multi-agency Public Protection Arrangements

See Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements chapter

Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) is the set of arrangements through which the Police, Probation and Prison Services (known as the Responsible Authority) work together with other agencies to manage the risks posed by violent, sexual and terrorism offenders living in the community to protect the public.

MAPPA is not a statutory body but is a mechanism through which agencies can better discharge their statutory responsibilities and protect the public in a co-ordinated manner. Agencies retain their full statutory responsibilities and obligations.

Section 325(3) of the Criminal Justice Act 2003 requires the Responsible Authority (RA) to co-operate with certain agencies, such as local authorities, including Children’s Social Care. They are known as Duty to Co-operate Agencies (DTC agencies). This is a reciprocal duty, the Criminal Justice Act 2003 obliges DTC agencies to cooperate with the RA in establishing arrangements and includes co-operating with other DTC agencies. DTC agencies are required to co-operate as far as they can, consistent with the exercise of their statutory functions.

Representatives from other agencies or individuals that do not have a statutory Duty to Cooperate under MAPPA (Associate Agencies) may be included in MAPPA on a case-by-case basis where that agency or individual can contribute to the risk assessment and management of a MAPPA offender. Potential Associate Agencies covered by Working Together include:

  • independent schools, academies, and free and maintained schools;
  • early years and childcare;
  • private sector healthcare;
  • designated health professionals;
  • the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service;
  • voluntary, charity, social enterprise, faith-based organisations, and private sectors;
  • sports clubs / organisations;
  • youth services and youth work organisations.

Whenever a child is discussed at a MAPPA meeting, the meeting must ensure that it considers its responsibilities to safeguard and promote the welfare of that child and how their life may be impacted by the behaviour of an offender. Where a child is managed under MAPPA the risk of harm the child presents to others must be addressed but children convicted of an offence or who are alleged to have engaged in offending behaviour are entitled to the same safeguards and protection as any other child and due regard should be given to their welfare at all times.

The purpose of sharing information about individuals (data subjects) under MAPPA is to enable the relevant agencies to work together more effectively in assessing risks and considering how to manage them in order to protect the public. Agencies should share all relevant information, so that public protection is not compromised, while respecting the rights of data subjects, which may limit what can be shared. These rights are set out in Part 3 of the Data Protection Act 2018 and Article 8 of the European Convention on  Human Rights. In summary, the principles derived require that information sharing is lawful, necessary, and proportionate.

Section 325(4) of the Criminal Justice Act 2003 provides a lawful basis for sharing information between RA and DTC agencies. It also states that all DTC agencies qualify as competent authorities when fulfilling their obligations under MAPPA. This means that all information sharing under MAPPA is governed by Part 3 of the Data Protection Act 2018, rather than UK GDPR.

2.12 Serious Violence Duty

See Serious Violence Duty chapter

The Serious Violence Duty was introduced as part of the Police Crime Sentencing and Courts Act 2022 and requires specified authorities namely police, Justice (Probation and YOTs), Fire and Rescue Service, Health (ICBs) in England, and Local Health Boards in Wales, and local authorities to work together to prevent and reduce serious violence. This includes identifying the kinds of serious violence that occur in the area, the causes of that violence (so far as it is possible to do so), and to prepare and implement a strategy for preventing, and reducing serious violence in the area.

The Duty also requires the specified authorities to consult relevant authorities, namely educational, prison and youth custody authorities for the area in the preparation of their strategy. The Duty takes a multi-agency approach to understand the causes and consequences of serious violence, focusing on prevention and early intervention, and informed by evidence. It does not require new multi-agency structures and encourages the use of existing local structures and partnerships to prevent and reduce serious violence and ultimately improve community safety and safeguarding.

The Duty provisions commenced on 31 January 2023; local partners had to publish their first serious violence strategy by 31 January 2024 and then review it as appropriate. Statutory guidance: Serious Violence Duty (Home Office) supports authorities in meeting the Duty requirements.

2.13 Children’s homes

The registered person of a children’s home, including Secure Children’s Homes must have regard to the Guide to the Children’s Homes Regulations176, including the quality standards, in interpreting and meeting the Regulations. The Guide covers the quality standards for children’s homes, which set out the aspirational and positive outcomes that the government expect homes to achieve, including the standard for the protection of children. The registered person is responsible for ensuring that staff continually and actively assess the risks to each child and the arrangements in place to protect them. Where there are safeguarding concerns for a child, their placement plan, agreed between the home and their placing authority, must include details of the steps the home will take to manage any assessed risks on a day-to-day basis.

In addition to the requirements of this standard, the registered person has specific responsibilities under regulation 34 of the Children’s Homes Regulations to prepare and implement policies setting out:

  • arrangements for the safeguarding of children from abuse, neglect, and exploitation;
  • clear procedures for referring child protection concerns to the placing authority or local authority where the home is situated if appropriate;
  • specific procedures to prevent children going missing and take action if they do.

Each home should work with their local safeguarding partners to agree how they will work together, and with the placing authority, to make sure that the needs of the individual children are met.

2.14  Secure estate for children

Governors, managers, directors and principals of the following secure establishments are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter:

  • secure training centres;
  • young offender institutions.

Each centre holding those aged under 18 should have in place an annually reviewed safeguarding children policy. The policy is designed to promote and safeguard the welfare of children and should cover all relevant operational areas as well as key supporting processes, which would include issues such as child protection, risk of harm, restraint, separation, staff recruitment and information sharing. A manager should be appointed and will be responsible for implementation of this policy.

Each centre should work with their local safeguarding partners to agree how they will work together, and with the relevant YOT and placing authority (the Youth Custody Service), to make sure that the needs of individual children are met.

2.15 Youth Offending Teams

Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) are subject to the section 11 duties set out in this chapter. YOTs are multi-agency teams responsible for the supervision of children subject to pre-court interventions and statutory court disposals. They are therefore well placed to identify children known to relevant organisations and agencies as being most at risk of offending and the contexts in which they may be vulnerable to abuse, and to undertake work to prevent them offending or protect them from harm. YOTs should have a lead officer responsible for ensuring safeguarding is embedded in their practice.

Under section 38 of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998, local authorities must, within the delivery of youth justice services, ensure the “provision of persons to act as appropriate adults to safeguard the interests of children detained or questioned by police officers”.

2.16 UK Visas and Immigration, Immigration Enforcement and the Border Force

Section 55 of the Borders, Citizenship and Immigration Act 2009 places upon the Secretary of State a duty to make arrangements to take account of the need to safeguard and promote the welfare of children in discharging functions relating to immigration, asylum, nationality and customs. These functions are discharged on behalf of the Secretary of State by UK Visas and Immigration, Immigration Enforcement and the Border Force, which are part of the Home Office. The statutory guidance Every Child Matters: arrangements to safeguard and promote the welfare of children and other guidance relevant to the discharge of specific immigration functions set out these arrangements.

2.17 Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service

The responsibility of the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (Cafcass), as set out in the Children Act 1989, is to safeguard and promote the welfare of individual children who are the subject of family court proceedings. This is through the provision of independent social work advice to the court.

A Cafcass officer has a statutory right in public law cases to access local authority records relating to the child concerned and any application under the Children Act 1989. That power also extends to other records that relate to the child and the wider functions of the local authority, or records held by an authorised organisation that relate to that child.

Where a Cafcass officer has been appointed by the court as a child’s guardian and the matter before the court relates to specified proceedings, they should be invited to all formal planning meetings convened by the local authority in respect of the child. This includes statutory reviews of children who are accommodated or looked after, child protection conferences and relevant adoption panel meetings.

2.18 The Armed Services

Local authorities have the statutory responsibility for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of the children of service families in the UK, in discharging these responsibilities:

  • where a local authority requires input from the Ministry of Defence (MoD) in relation to safeguarding reviews or have been informed of an allegation against a serving person of a safeguarding nature that requires Local Authority Designated Officer (LADO) or equivalent involvement, they should notify the MoD184 to promote timely information sharing;
  • local authorities should ensure that the MoD is made aware of any service child who is the subject of a child in need or child protection plan and whose family is about to move overseas;
  • each local authority with a United States (US) base in its area should establish liaison arrangements with the base commander and relevant staff. The requirements of English child welfare legislation should be explained clearly to the US authorities, so that the local authority can fulfil its statutory duties.

2.19 Channel Panels

The Counter-Terrorism and Security Act 2015 contains a duty on specified authorities in England, Wales, and Scotland to have due regard to the need to prevent people from being drawn into terrorism.

Children can be vulnerable to the influences of extremism which could lead to radicalisation. Channel panels, established under the Counter-Terrorism and Security Act 2015, arrange for support for individuals who have been assessed as vulnerable to being drawn into terrorism.

The Children Act 1989 promotes the view that all children and their parents should be considered as individuals and that family structures, culture, religion, ethnic origins, and other characteristics should be respected.

When providing support to an individual on the Channel programme, local authorities and their partners should consider how best to align assessments under the Children Act 1989 to safeguard and promote the welfare of the child.

Links should be established between Channel panels and other statutory partners, including safeguarding partners and YOTs.

2.20 Voluntary, charity, social enterprise, faith-based organisations and private sectors

Voluntary, charity, social enterprise (VCSE) and private sector organisations and agencies play an important role in safeguarding children through the services they deliver. Some of these will work with particular communities, with different races and faith communities, and deliver via health, adult social care, housing, and Prison and Probation Services. They may, as part of their work, provide a wide range of activities for children and have an important role in safeguarding children and supporting families and communities.

Like other organisations and agencies who work with children, they should have appropriate arrangements in place to safeguard and protect children from harm. Many of these organisations and agencies as well as many schools, children’s centres, early years, and childcare organisations, will be subject to charity law and regulated either by the Charity Commission and / or other ‘principal’ regulators. Charity trustees are responsible for ensuring that those benefiting from, or working with, their charity, are not harmed in any way through contact with it. The Charity Commission for England and Wales provides guidance on charity compliance which should be followed.

Some of these organisations and agencies are large national charities whilst others will have a much smaller local reach. Some will be delivering statutory services and may be run by volunteers, such as library services. This important group of organisations includes youth services not delivered by local authorities or district councils.

All practitioners working in these organisations and agencies who are working with children and their families are subject to the same safeguarding responsibilities, whether paid or a volunteer.

Every VCSE, faith-based organisation and private sector organisation or agency should have policies in place to safeguard and protect children from harm. These should be followed, and systems should be in place to ensure compliance in this. Individual practitioners, whether paid or volunteer, should be aware of their responsibilities for safeguarding and protecting children from harm, how they should respond to child protection concerns and how to make a referral to local authority children’s social care or the police, if necessary.

Every VCSE, faith-based organisation and private sector organisation or agency should have in place the arrangements described in this chapter. They should be aware of how they need to work with the safeguarding partners in a local area. Charities (within the meaning of section 1 Charities Act 2011), religious organisations (regulation 34 and schedule 3 to School Admissions) and any person involved in the provision, supervision or oversight of sport or leisure are included within the Relevant Agency Regulations. This means if the safeguarding partners name them as a relevant partner they must cooperate. Other VCSE, faith-based and private sector organisations not on the list of relevant agencies can also be asked to co-operate as part of the local arrangements and should do so.

2.21 Sports clubs / organisations

There are many sports clubs and organisations, including voluntary and private sector providers that deliver a wide range of sporting activities to children. Some of these will be community amateur sports clubs, some will be charities. All should have the arrangements described in this chapter in place and should collaborate to work effectively with the safeguarding partners as required by any local safeguarding arrangements. Paid and volunteer staff need to be aware of their responsibilities for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children, how they should respond to child protection concerns and how to make a referral to local authority children’s social care or the police if necessary. All national governing bodies of sport that receive funding from either Sport England or UK Sport should aim to meet the Standards for Safeguarding and Protecting Children in Sport.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Children and young people, especially those assessed to be in need or at risk, are likely to be even more vulnerable as a consequence of homelessness and the dislocation that can occur as a result of moving between local authority areas. Relationships with relatives, friends, schools and statutory services are likely to be fractured as a result of such moves; furthermore, those seeking to avoid the intrusion of statutory services may welcome the opportunity to sever trusted relationships with those that have begun to understand them.

Families may move for a variety of reasons. Failure to comply with the terms of their tenancy, eviction, homelessness and victimisation as a result of involvement in gangs or anti-social behaviour can all be reasons why families move between local authority areas. Government policy, and the pressure on the housing market, can also lead to the movement of vulnerable children and their families between local authority areas. Increasingly, homeless families are placed for extended periods in other local authority areas; sometimes they may choose to continue to access some universal services within their originating authority (e.g. education). However, this does NOT determine responsibilities under the Children Act 1989 for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of the children of such families.

All reasonable efforts should be made to house children who are subject of a Child Protection Plan or to a child protection enquiry within the county unless a move is part of the Child Protection Plan. This applies to both temporary and permanent housing provision. In most cases, this will minimise the disruption likely to occur and mean that professional networks can be maintained.

Regardless of the reasons for, or circumstances in which families move between local authority areas, the Children Act 1989 is clear about where the responsibility for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of such children lies (Section 17 and Section 47):

it is with the local authority responsible for the area in which the child is to be “found”, i.e. where they are at the time that a concern may arise, which will normally be where they are living.

When children and families move between areas, there are legal responsibilities which can assist in determining where jurisdiction for the family lies. However, we must consider what is in the best interests of the family, as often decisions about jurisdiction and responsibility can cause delay to services. It is imperative that good practice is considered and safeguarding needs are not hindered by challenges regarding responsible areas.

2. Definitions

The term ‘originating authority refers to the local authority in which the child previously lived.

The term ‘receiving authority’ refers to the local authority to which the child has moved.

3. Children Subject to a Child Protection Plan

When a family with children subject to a Child Protection Plan moves from one local authority area (the originating authority) to another local authority area (the receiving authority), responsibility for the monitoring, supervision and updating of that plan must transfer from the originating authority to the receiving authority. In order that the vulnerability of such children is not compromised, such case transfers should take place in a timely manner. During the period prior to the formal transfer of case responsibility, the originating authority should continue to monitor the Child Protection Plan.

When a family with children subject to a Child Protection Plan moves to another local authority area, the originating authority should notify the receiving authority at the earliest opportunity. The originating authority should provide the receiving authority with the following documentation:

  • Copies of an up to date assessment of each of the children in the family which clearly identifies the risk(s) to each child
  • Copies of the minutes of all of the Child Protection Conferences and Child Protection Plans relating to the current period for which the children have been subject to a Child Protection Plan
  • A copy of the current Child Protection Plan
  • An up to date case summary setting out both the current situation and all relevant background information about the children.

Within 15 days of receipt of the documentation referred to above, the receiving authority should arrange a transfer Child Protection Conference. The receiving authority will be responsible for undertaking checks on any other residents at the new address as appropriate. At the transfer Child Protection Conference, the receiving authority will formally accept case responsibility. The conference should determine whether or not the children will remain subject to a Child Protection Plan and agree the contents of that plan.

It is the responsibility of the originating authority to ensure that all other agencies working with a child subject to a Child Protection Plan are notified that the child has moved to another area. It is the responsibility of each agency in the originating authority to notify their counterparts in the receiving area that that the child has moved to their area and to transfer relevant documentation as soon as possible. Where a child of school age has moved to another area and is not registered for a school place, then it will be the responsibility of the receiving authority to treat that child as if they are missing from education and to seek to ensure that their parents or carers register that child for a school place as soon as possible.

Following the transfer Child Protection Conference, the originating authority should end their Child Protection Plan and notify relevant agencies accordingly.

Where the originating authority has been providing or funding services for the children, they should continue to do so for the period of time originally envisaged by the Child Protection Plan. Where the originating authority is funding the housing costs of the family, they should continue to do so until such point as the family are able to claim benefits or pay for the housing costs themselves. For families receiving financial support because they have no recourse to public funds, the financial support should continue to be provided by the originating authority until such time as the family’s immigration status is resolved although all other responsibilities for services under Section 17 or Section 47 Children Act 1989 will transfer to the receiving Authority.

The only reasons why case responsibility for children subject to a Child Protection Plan should not transfer from the originating authority to the receiving authority are:

  • If the child is looked after by the originating authority or the subject of a statutory order to the originating authority
  • If the child has been temporarily placed by the originating authority in the area for the purposes of assessment, treatment (psychological or medical) or education, with or without their parents and will be returning to the originating authority
  • If the child has been remanded into custody or received a custodial sentence
  • If the child is temporarily living with relatives or friends in the area but will be returning to the care of a parent in the originating area
  • If the child and their family have been placed in temporary accommodation in the receiving authority for a specified period of time, which is less than 4 weeks, after which they will be located elsewhere

If the child is ‘placed with’ the relative or friend by the originating authority, then the originating authority will be responsible for the assessment and approval of the relative or friend as required by private fostering regulations.

Where the originating authority is dealing with a child through the public law outline, and a legal planning meeting has agreed that the threshold has been met but proceedings have not been initiated pending further assessments, then case responsibility should transfer to the receiving authority unless:

  • There is evidence of immediate or increased risk resulting from the move; or
  • There is evidence that the family have only moved to avoid legal proceedings

In such circumstances the originating authority should instigate legal proceedings immediately.

Even if the originating authority is not transferring case responsibility for any of these reasons, they should still notify the receiving authority that the child has moved into their area. The receiving authority should maintain a ‘List’ of children subject to Child Protection Plan with another authority but resident in their area and ensure that other agencies are notified of the circumstances of those children.

The nature and / or tenure of the housing provided for a family in the receiving authority is not a factor that determines cases responsibility.

Where a child and their family have moved or are likely to move repeatedly (more than twice) between local authority areas for short periods of time (less than 4 weeks), the originating authority should assess the suitability of the accommodation and other residents living in accommodation to ascertain whether there is a risk to the child. If an immediate risk is identified, then the originating authority should  consider what action to take to safeguard the child. It would be good practice for the originating authority to retain case responsibility until that child and family have settled i.e. have been placed in housing for a period that will exceed 4 weeks. This is to ensure some continuity in the arrangements for the protection of that child. If either the originating authority or the receiving authority identifies that a family are, or have been, moving repeatedly between areas for short periods of time, then they may discuss and agree such an exceptional arrangement.

The receiving authority may delay the date of the transfer Child Protection Conference if it considers that the documentation provided by the originating authority is incomplete or not of a sufficient standard. Any disagreements about the quality of the documentation should be resolved between managers in the respective services and escalated to the senior manager responsible for safeguarding services in each authority in the event of a disagreement. Any disagreements should be resolved within 10 working days from the point of receipt of the documentation. For more information see Escalation, Challenge and Conflict Resolution Procedure.

For the avoidance of doubt, the originating authority should ensure that other agencies within its area are aware that the child / family have moved to another area and that those agencies will notify their counterparts in the receiving area that this move has occurred.

These procedures relate to duties arising out of the Children Act 1989 and related legislation, regulations and guidance to provide services for children who are suffering or likely to suffer significant harm and subject to a Child Protection Plan. The transfer of case responsibility from the originating authority to the receiving authority may not always mean that all of the responsibilities of the originating authority for the completion of an assessment of need  also come to an end. Whilst this is not a reason to delay the transfer of case responsibility for a Child Protection Plan, the originating authority should seek legal advice to ensure that any duties arising out of other sections of the Children Act 1989 or other legislation have also been fulfilled.

4. Children in Need

If a family moves whilst subject to Child Protection Enquires under Section 47 Children Act 1989 or an assessment of need under Section 17 Children Act 1989, those assessments should be concluded before transfer of case responsibility takes place. This ensures that services are working together to limit the extent to which children and families are exposed to having to repeat their stories and repeat work to overcome safeguarding and child protection concerns. However, where a family has only been resident in the originating authority for a short period of time, then the respective authorities should consider who is best placed to undertake the assessment. This is especially important for those families who have moved frequently between authorities thereby preventing any Authority or professional network from getting to know them.

If a family with children subject to a Child in Need plan moves to another area, then the originating authority should notify the receiving authority that the family have moved and provide copies of relevant documentation:

  • Copies of the most recent assessments of the children
  • Copies of the Child in Need plan
  • A case summary and, if the case summary is not up to date, a social work report identifying the needs of each of the children
  • If the children have previously been the subject of a Child Protection Plan, then the originating authority should ensure that the risks and protective factors are clearly described in the case summary.

Where the originating authority has been providing or funding services for the children, they should continue to do so for the period of time originally envisaged by the Child in Need plan. Where the originating authority is funding the housing costs of the family, they should continue to do so until such point as the family are able to claim benefits or pay for the housing costs themselves. For families receiving financial support because they have No Recourse to Public Funds (NRPF), the financial support should continue to be provided by the originating authority until such time as the family’s immigration status is resolved although all other responsibilities for services under Section 17 or Section 47 will transfer to the receiving authority.

Although there is no formal requirement to hold a meeting to discuss the transfer of a Child in Need plan, it would be good practice for the receiving authority to hold such a meeting, especially where the family situation is complex, or the children have previously been the subject of a Child Protection Plan.

The arrangements set out above for the transfer of information about children in need between authorities are subject to the consent of the family. Information about safeguarding children or child protection concerns or a concern that a child may be missing education may be transferred without consent.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!
The Continuum of Need, incorporating Threshold Guidance (previously referred to as the Safeguarding Children’s Threshold) is a means of providing needs-led appropriate access to services in compliance with statutory duties.

The Continuum of Need Windscreen (click on the image above to enlarge it) demonstrates the levels of need children, young people and their families can move between when considering the type of support needed.

To see the Continuum and all associated documents, please see the Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership website.

 

 

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Early help is support for children of all ages that improves a family’s resilience and outcomes or reduces the chance of a problem getting worse. It is not an individual service, but a system of support delivered by local authorities and their partners working together and taking collective responsibility to provide the right provision in their area. Some early help is provided through ‘universal services’ such as education, family centres and health services. They are universal services because they are available to all families, regardless of their needs. Other early help services are coordinated by a local authority and / or their partners to address specific concerns within a family and can be described as targeted early help. Examples of these include parenting support, mental health support, youth services, youth offending teams and housing and employment services. Early help may be appropriate for children and families who have several needs, or whose circumstances might make them more vulnerable. It is a voluntary approach, requiring the family’s consent to receive support and services offered. These may be provided before and/or after statutory intervention.

Effective provision relies upon local organisations and agencies working together, and may include:

  • identifying children and families who would benefit from early help;
  • undertaking an assessment of the need for early help which considers the needs of all members of the family;
  • promoting good ongoing communication, for example, through regular meetings between practitioners who are working with the family;
  • co-ordination and / or providing support as part of a plan to improve outcomes. This plan will be developed together with the child and family, and updated as and when the child and family needs change;
  • effective engagement with families and their family network, making use of family group decision-making, such as family group conferences, to help meet the needs of the child;
  • promote and raise awareness of the Family Hub Network which provides advice and guidance through numerous community-based locations

Where appropriate, a lead practitioner should co-ordinate the activity around the family, ensure the assessment and the family plan responds to all needs identified, and lead on ensuring the family co-produce the plan.

2. Identifying Children and Families who Would Benefit from Help

Local organisations and agencies should have in place effective ways to identify emerging problems and potential unmet needs of individual children and families. Local authorities should work with organisations and agencies to develop joined-up early help services. In Buckinghamshire, the Family Hub Network brings together early help providers. to support communities, based on a clear understanding of local needs supported by the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment (JSNA) and Early Help Partnership to inform their partnership early help offer.

Multi-agency and multi-disciplinary training will be important in supporting this collective understanding of the demographics and needs of the local community, the local practice framework, and the services available to support children. All practitioners working with children and families, including those in universal services and those providing services to adults with children, need to understand their role in identifying emerging problems and work together to prevent things from getting worse. They need appropriate training so that they:

  • know when to share information with other practitioners and what action to take to support early identification and assessment;
  • are able to identify and recognise all forms of abuse, neglect, and exploitation;
  • have an understanding of domestic and sexual abuse, including controlling and coercive behaviour as well as parental conflict that is frequent, intense, and unresolved;
  • are aware of new and emerging threats, including online harm, grooming, sexual exploitation, criminal exploitation, radicalisation, and the role of technology and social media in presenting harm;
  • are aware that a child and their family may be experiencing multiple needs at the same time.

Practitioners should be alert to the potential need for early help for a child who:

  • is disabled;
  • has special educational needs (whether or not they have a statutory education, health and care (EHC) plan);
  • is a young carer;
  • is bereaved;
  • is showing signs of being drawn into anti-social or criminal behaviour, including being affected by gangs and county lines and organised crime groups and / or serious violence, including knife crime;
  • is frequently missing / goes missing from care or from home;
  • is at risk of modern slavery, trafficking, sexual and / or criminal exploitation;
  • is at risk of being radicalised;
  • is viewing problematic and / or inappropriate online content (for example, linked to violence), or developing inappropriate relationships online;
  • is in a family circumstance presenting challenges for the child, such as drug and alcohol misuse, adult mental health issues and domestic abuse;
  • is misusing drugs or alcohol themselves;
  • is suffering from mental ill health;
  • has returned home to their family from care;
  • is a privately fostered child;
  • has a parent or carer in custody;
  • is missing education, or persistently absent from school, or not in receipt of full time education;
  • has experienced multiple suspensions and is at risk of, or has been permanently excluded.

The Early Help Partnership promotes a shared approach to practitioner training and development, through shared access to a wide range of early help training.

3. The Role of Education and Childcare Settings

All children aged 5 to 16 are legally entitled to a full-time education, suitable to any special educational need. Education is essential for children’s progress, wellbeing and wider development and being in school is a protective factor against wider harms, including exploitation. Where children are not receiving education, either because they are persistently missing school, or are not registered at a school and not receiving a suitable education otherwise, this could be a possible indicator of neglect, abuse or exploitation or could in itself constitute neglect in severe and sustained cases.

Young people aged 16 and 17, including those with special and educational needs and disabilities, are required to participate in education or training until they reach their 18th birthday. They are entitled to an offer of a suitable place in education or training under the September Guarantee. Local authorities are therefore expected to identify and pay particular attention to young people who are not in education, employment or training or whose current activity is not known.

Local authorities also have a statutory duty to secure sufficient suitable education and training provision for all young people aged 16 to 19 and for those up to age 25 with a learning difficulty assessment or, EHC plan, in their area. They should make available to young people aged 13 to 19 and to those up to the age of 25 with a learning difficulty assessment or EHC plan, support that will encourage, enable or assist them to participate in education or training.

As education and childcare settings have daily contact with most children and families, they are uniquely placed to identify concerns and, with partners as appropriate, address them early. Safeguarding professionals, including safeguarding partners and their delegates, should work closely with education and childcare settings to ensure information about children is shared effectively, risks of harm are correctly identified and understood, and children and families receive the services they need. This includes, but is not limited to, information, such as increased absence or mental health problems, which may be indicators that a child has suffered or is at risk of suffering neglect, abuse, and exploitation.

Those working in education and childcare settings need to be aware of how children’s experiences can impact on their mental health, behaviour, attendance and progress at nursery, school, or college. Where children have suffered abuse, neglect and exploitation, or other potentially traumatic adverse childhood experiences, this can have a lasting impact throughout childhood, adolescence and into adulthood.

It is important where children are home educated that relevant information is shared between local authorities, schools, colleges, and other relevant partners. Parents have a right to educate their children at home providing the education is suitable. When a child of school age is not a registered pupil at a school and is not receiving suitable education at home, this could be an indicator of neglect, abuse, or exploitation. Schools must notify the local authority of a child’s removal from the school roll at a non-standard transition point, and they should also share information on a child’s circumstances, especially if already known to children’s social care or if they have an EHC plan.

4. Effective Assessment of the Need for Early Help

Where a child and family would benefit from co-ordinated support from more than one organisation or agency (for example, education, health, housing) there should be a multi-agency assessment. These assessments should:

  • be undertaken with the agreement of the child and their parents or carers, involving the child and family as well as all the practitioners who are working with them;
  • take account of the child’s wishes and feelings wherever possible which could include providing advocacy support where this is needed to enable a child to share their views, for example, if the child has communication difficulties due to a disability;
  • take account of the child’s age, family circumstances and extra-familial contexts and whether these factors are contributing to or preventing good outcomes;
  • take account of the needs of all members of the family as individuals and consider how their needs impact on one another which includes considering needs relating to education, early years development, mental health and physical health, substance misuse, financial stability, housing, family relationships, domestic abuse and crime. Practitioners should be aware of situations where there has been a breakdown in relationship between the child and their family and engaging the whole family may not be appropriate;
  • cover both presenting needs and any underlying issues with the understanding that a family’s needs can change overtime, for example, when a child moves up to secondary school;
  • be based on facts, and explore and build on strengths;
  • be clear about the action to be taken and services to be provided;
  • identify what help the child and family require to prevent needs escalating;
  • provide the basis for any future assessments if they are needed, for example, under sections 17 and 47 of the Children Act 1989.

Practitioners should have consideration for specific needs, including, but not exclusive to, family members who may have learning difficulties / disabilities or those whose first language is not English, are care experienced, young parents, fathers or male carers, and parents who identify as LGBT.

If a family does not consent to an early help assessment, practitioners should seek to understand why this is the case, so that they can provide reassurance to the family about their concerns. They should ensure the family has understood the consensual nature of support, and range of services available to meet their needs. The practitioner should consider how the needs of the child could otherwise be met, for example, through provision by universal services that the family already engages with. Practitioners should still inform individuals that their data will be recorded and shared, and the purpose of this explained to them. If a family has chosen not to engage with support in the past, this should not act as a barrier to them accessing support in the future. If at any time it is considered that the child may be a child in need, as defined in the Children Act 1989, a referral should be made to children’s social care. Practitioners should ensure that the family has understood that the support and services provided under section 17 of the Children Act 1989 and are consensual. If there are concerns that the child has suffered significant harm or is likely to do so, a referral should be made immediately to local authority children’s social care.

5. Provision of Effective Services to Help Families

Good practice should ensure effective join up between specific local early help services and universal services to ensure families can seamlessly transition from universal to more specialist support should a specific need be identified. The Family Hub Network provides a wide range of universal and Level 2 support for children, young people and families and provides a pathway into higher tier services where required. There should be an explicit link to the local area’s offer of short breaks for disabled children, as well as suitably adjusted services to support parents. Evidence should be collated to show their impact, including on those with a particular protected characteristic.

Specific local early help services typically include family and parenting programmes, assistance with school attendance, assistance with health issues including mental health, enabling financial stability, supporting secure housing, responses to emerging concerns in extra-familial contexts, responding to a parent in custody, and help for emerging problems relating to domestic abuse, drug or alcohol misuse. In Buckinghamshire, the Family Hub Network brings together early help providers to support communities as a place-based way of joining-up the planning and delivery of family support services, offering a universal access points for children and families.

Early help services may also focus on improving family functioning and building the family’s own capability to establish positive routines and solve problems. This should be done within a structured, evidence-based practice framework, which is shared across the early help partnership and involves regular review to ensure that real progress is being made. Where family networks are supporting the child and parents, it might be appropriate to use family group decision-making to support work with the family. Some of these services may be delivered directly to parents but should always be evaluated to demonstrate the impact they are having on the outcomes for the child.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Each child who has been referred to Children’s Social Care, where the threshold is met for statutory intervention, will have an individual assessment to identify the support needs required. If the referral meets threshold for Early Help intervention, a family assessment will be completed.

All agencies and professionals involved with the child, and the family, have a responsibility to contribute to the assessment process. This might take the form of providing information in a timely manner and/or direct or joint work.

The assessment will involve drawing together and analysing available information from a range of sources, including any previous history with services, existing records, obtaining information from professionals in relevant agencies and others in contact with the child and family. Where an Early Help Assessment has already been completed this information should be used to inform the assessment. The child and family’s lived experience, and history should be understood to inform support offered.

Where a child is involved in other assessment processes, it is important that these are coordinated so that the child does not become lost between the different agencies involved and the different procedures. Where there are multiple plans, these should be joined up and developed together so that the child and family experience a single assessment and planning process, which shares a focus on the outcomes for the child.

2. Assessments under the Children Act 1989

Under the Children Act 1989, local authorities have a duty to undertake assessments of the needs of individual children to determine what services to provide and action to take.

2.1 Section 17

A Child in Need is defined under the Children Act 1989 as:

a child who is unlikely to achieve or maintain a satisfactory level of health or development, or their health and development will be significantly impaired, without the provision of services; or a child who is disabled.

In these cases, assessments by a social worker are carried out under Section 17 of the Children Act 1989. Children in Need may be assessed under Section 17 of the Children Act 1989, in relation to their Special Educational Needs, disabilities, or as a carer, or because they have committed a crime. The process for assessment should also be used for children whose parents are in prison and for asylum seeking children.

When assessing Children in Need and providing services, specialist assessments may be required. Where possible, this should be coordinated so that the child and family experience a coherent process and a single plan of action.

2.2 Section 47

Concerns about maltreatment may be the reason for a referral to local authority children’s social care or concerns may arise during the course of providing services to the child and family. In these circumstances, local authority Children’s Social Care must initiate enquiries to find out what is happening to the child and whether protective action is required.

Local authorities, with the help of other organisations as appropriate, also have a duty to make enquiries under Section 47 of the Children Act 1989 if they have reasonable cause to suspect that a child is suffering, or is likely to suffer, significant harm to enable them to decide whether they should take any action to safeguard and promote the child’s welfare. There may be a need for immediate protection whilst the assessment is carried out.

2.2 Section 20

Some Children in Need may require accommodation because there is no one who has Parental Responsibility for them, or because they are alone or abandoned. Under Section 20 of the Children Act 1989, the local authority has a duty to accommodate such Children in Need in their area. Following an application under Section 31A, where a child is the subject of a Care Order, the Local authority, as a Corporate Parent, must assess the child’s needs and draw up a Care Plan which sets out the services which will be provided to meet the child’s identified needs.

3. Purpose of Assessment

Whatever legislation the child is assessed under, the purpose of the assessment is always:

  • To gather important information about a child and family;
  • To analyse their needs and/or the nature and level of any risk and harm being suffered by the child including any factors that may indicate that the child is or has been trafficked or a victim of compulsory labour, servitude and slavery;
  • To decide whether the child is a Child in Need (Section 17) and/or is suffering or likely to suffer Significant Harm (Section 47);
  • To provide support to address those needs to improve the child’s outcomes to make them safe.

4. Process of Assessment

The assessment should be led by a qualified and experienced social worker supervised by a experienced and qualified social work manager.

The date of the commencement of the assessment will be recorded in the electronic database; Liquidlogic Children’s System (LCS).

The qualified social worker should carefully plan that the following are carried out:

  • See/interview the child;
  • Interview the parents and any other relevant family members;
  • Consider whether to see the child with the parents;
  • The child should be seen by the lead social worker without their caregivers when appropriate and this should be recorded in the assessment record;
  • Determine what the parents should be told of any concerns;
  • Consult with and consider contributions from all relevant agencies, including agencies covering previous addresses in the UK and abroad.

If it is determined that a child should not be seen as part of the assessment, this should be recorded by the manager with the reasons.

The parent’s consent should usually be sought, before discussing a referral about them with other agencies, unless this may place the child at risk of significant harm, in which case the manager should authorise the discussion of the referral with other agencies without parental knowledge or consent. The authorisation should be recorded with reasons.

If during the course of the assessment, it is discovered that a school age child is not attending an educational establishment, the social worker should contact the Local Education service to establish a reason for this.

If there is suspicion that a crime may have been committed including sexual or physical assault or neglect of the child, the Police must be notified immediately.

5. Communication

In planning the assessment and in providing the parent and child with feedback, the social worker will need to consider and address any communication issues, for example language or impairment.

Where a child or parent speaks a language other than that spoken by the social worker, an interpreter should be provided. Any decision not to use an interpreter in such circumstances must be approved by the Team Manager and recorded.

Where a child or parent with disabilities has communication difficulties it may be necessary to use alternatives to speech. In communicating with a child with such an impairment, it may be particularly useful to involve a person who knows the child well and is familiar with the child’s communication methods. However, caution should be given in using family members to facilitate communication. Where the child has had a communication assessment, its conclusions and recommendations should be observed.

6. Focus on the Child

Children should be seen and listened to and included throughout the assessment process. Their ways of communicating should be understood in the context of their lived experiences within their family, community as well as their behaviour and developmental stage.

All professionals should be aware that children may not feel ready or know how to tell someone that they are being abused, exploited, or neglected, and/or they may not recognise their experiences as harmful. For example, children may feel embarrassed, humiliated, or being threatened.

Assessments, service provision and decision making should regularly review the impact of the assessment process and the services provided on the child so that the best outcomes for the child can be achieved. Any services provided should be based on a clear analysis of the child’s needs, and the changes that are required to improve the outcomes for the child.

Children should be actively involved in all parts of the process based upon their age, developmental stage and identity. Direct work with the child and family should include observations of the interactions between the child and the parents/care givers.

All agencies involved with the child, the parents and the wider family have a duty to collaborate and share information to safeguard and promote the welfare of the child.

7. Planning

All assessments should be planned and coordinated by a social worker and the purpose of the assessment should be transparent, understood and agreed by all participants. There should be an agreed statement setting out the aims of the assessment process.

Planning should identify the different elements of the assessment including who should be involved. It is good practice to hold a planning meeting to clarify roles and timescales as well as services to be provided during the assessment where there are a number of family members and agencies likely to play a part in the process.

Questions to be considered in planning assessments include:

  • Who will undertake the assessment and what resources will be needed?
  • Who in the family will be included and how will they be involved (including absent or wider family and others significant to the child)?
  • In what grouping will the child and family members be seen and in what order and where?
  • What services are to be provided during the assessment?
  • Are there communication needs? If so, what are the specific needs and how they will be met?
  • How will the assessment take into account the particular issues faced by black and minority ethnic children and their families, and disabled children and their families?
  • What method of collecting information will be used? Are there any tools / questionnaires available?
  • What information is already available?
  • What other sources of knowledge about the child and family are available and how will other agencies and professionals who know the family be informed and involved?
  • How will the consent of family members be obtained?
  • What will be the timescales?
  • How will the information be recorded?
  • How will it be analysed and who will be involved?
  • When will the outcomes be discussed and service planning take place.

The assessment process can be summarised as follows:

  • Gathering relevant information;
  • Analysing the information and reaching professional conclusions;
  • Making decisions and planning interventions;
  • Intervening, service delivery and/or further assessment;
  • Evaluating and reviewing progress.

Assessment should be a dynamic process, which analyses and responds to the changing nature and level of need and/or risk faced by the child. A good assessment will monitor and record the impact of any services delivered to the child and family and review the help being delivered. Whilst services may be delivered to a parent or carer, the assessment should be focused on the needs of the child and on the impact any services are having on the child.

8. Developing a Clear Analysis

Research has demonstrated that taking a systematic approach to assessments using a conceptual model is the best way to deliver a comprehensive analysis. A good assessment is one which investigates the three domains; set out in the assessment Framework Triangle. The interaction of these domains requires careful investigation during the assessment. The aim is to reach an informed decision about the nature and level of needs and/or risks that the child may be facing within their family.

An assessment should establish:

  • The nature of the concern and the impact this has had on the child
  • An analysis of their needs and/or the nature and level of any risk and harm being suffered by the child
  • How and why the concerns have arisen
  • What the child’s and the family’s needs appear to be and whether the child is a Child in Need
  • Whether the concern involves abuse or neglect
  • Whether there is any need for any urgent action to protect the child, or any other children in the household or community.

The assessment will involve drawing together and analysing available information from a range of sources, including existing records, and involving and obtaining relevant information from professionals in relevant agencies and others in contact with the child and family. Where an Early Help Assessment has already been completed this information should be used to inform the assessment. The child and family’s history and lived experiences should be sought and understood.

Where a child is involved in other assessment processes, it is important that these are coordinated so that the child does not become lost between the different agencies involved and their different procedures. All plans for the child developed by the various agencies and individual professionals should be joined up so that the child and family experience a single assessment and planning process, which shares a focus on the outcomes for the child.

The social worker should analyse all the information gathered from the enquiry stage of the assessment to decide the nature and level of the child’s needs and the level of risk, if any, they may be facing. The social work manager should provide regular supervision, space for reflection and challenge any assumptions with the social worker as part of this process. An informed decision should be taken on the nature of any action required and which services should be provided. Social workers, their managers and other professionals should be mindful of the requirement to understand the level of need and risk in a family from the child’s perspective and ensure action or commission services which will have maximum positive impact on the child’s life.

When new information comes to light or circumstances change the child’s needs, any previous conclusions should be updated and critically reviewed to ensure that the child is not overlooked as noted in many lessons from Child Safeguarding Practice Reviews.

9. Contribution of the Child and Family

9.1 The child

The child should participate and contribute directly to the assessment process based upon their age, understanding and identity. They should be seen alone and if this is not possible or in their best interest, the reason should be recorded. The social worker should work directly with the child in order to understand their views and wishes, including the way in which they behave both with their care givers and in other settings. The agreed local assessment framework should make a range of age appropriate tools available to professionals to assist them in this work.

The pace of the assessment needs to acknowledge the pace at which the child can contribute. However, this should not be a reason for delay in taking protective action. It is important to understand the resilience of the individual child in their family and community context when planning appropriate services.

Every assessment should be child centred. Where there is a conflict between the needs of the child and their parents/carers, decisions should always be made in the child’s best interests. The parents should be involved at the earliest opportunity unless to do so would prejudice the safety of the child.

9.2 The parents

The parents’ involvement in the assessment will be central to its success. At the outset they need to understand how they can contribute to the process and what  change is expected of them in order to improve the outcomes for the child. The assessment process must be open and transparent with the parents. However, the process should also challenge parents’ statements and behaviour where it is evidenced that there are inconsistencies, questions or obstacles to progress. All parents or care givers should be involved equally in the assessment and should be supported to participate whilst the welfare of the child must not be overshadowed by parental needs. There may be exceptions to the involvement in cases of sexual abuse or domestic abuse for example, where the plan for the assessment must consider the safety of an adult as well as that of the child.

10. Contribution of Agencies Involved with the Child and Family

All agencies and professionals involved with the child, and the family, have a responsibility to contribute to the assessment process. This might take the form of providing information in a timely manner and direct or joint work. Differences of opinion between professionals should be resolved speedily but where this is not possible, the local arrangements for resolving professional disagreements should be implemented (see Escalation Challenge and Conflict Resolution Procedure).

It is possible that professionals have different experiences of the child and family and understanding these differences will actively contribute to the understanding of the child / family.

The professionals should be involved from the outset and through the agreed, regular process of review.

The social worker’s supervisor will have a key role in supporting the practitioner to ensure all relevant agencies are involved.

Agencies providing services to adults, who are parents, carers or who have regular contact with children must consider the impact on the child of the particular needs of the adult in question.

11. Actions and Outcomes

Every assessment should be focused on outcomes, deciding which services and support to provide to deliver improved welfare for the child and reflect the child’s best interests. In the course of the assessment, the social worker and the social work manager should determine:

  • Is this a Child in Need? (Section 17 Children Act 1989)
  • Is there reasonable cause to suspect that this child is suffering, or is likely to suffer, Significant Harm? (Section 47 Children Act 1989)
  • Is this a child in need of accommodation? (Section 20 or Section 31A Children Act 1989)

The possible outcomes of the assessment should be decided on by the social worker and the social work manager, who should agree a plan of action setting out the services to be delivered how and by whom in discussion with the child and family and the professionals involved.

The outcomes may be as follows:

  • No Further Action (NFA)
  • Additional support which can be provided through universal services and single service provision; Family Support Service
  • The development of a multi-agency Child in Need plan for the provision of Child in Need services to promote the child’s health and development
  • Specialist assessment for a more in-depth understanding of the child’s needs and circumstances
  • Undertaking a Strategy Discussion/Meeting, a Section 47 child protection enquiry
  • Emergency action to protect a child.

12. Timescales

The maximum time frame for the assessment to conclude, such that it is possible to reach a decision on next steps, should be no longer than 45 working days from the point of referral. No assessment should be open longer than 30 days without the permission of the Locality Service Manager or Head of Service. If, in discussion with a child and their family and other professionals, an assessment exceeds 45 working days, the social worker and professionals involved should record the reasons for exceeding the time limit on the child’s file.

13. Regular Review

The assessment plan must set out timescales for the actions to be met and stages of the assessment to progress, which should include regular points to review the assessment. The work with the child and family should ensure that the agreed points are achieved through regular reviews. Where delays or obstacles occur these must be acted on and the assessment plan must be reviewed if any circumstances change for the child.

The social worker’s line manager (or other nominated Team Manager) must review the assessment plan regularly with the social worker and ensure that actions such as those below have been met:

  • There has been direct communication with the child alone and their views and wishes have been recorded and taken into account when providing services
  • All the children in the household have been seen and their needs considered
  • The child’s home address has been visited and the child’s bedroom has been seen
  • The parents have been seen and their views and wishes have been recorded and taken into account
  • The analysis and evaluation has been completed
  • The assessment provides clear evidence for decisions on what types of services are needed to provide good outcomes for the child and family.

A useful comment from ‘Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023’ to bear in mind for all professionals when reviewing progress:

“The plan should be reviewed regularly to analyse whether sufficient progress has been made to meet the child’s needs. This will be important for neglect cases where parents and carers can make small improvements. In such cases, the test should be whether any improvements in adult behaviour are sufficient and sustained. Practitioners should consider the need for further action and record their decisions. The review points should be agreed with other practitioners supporting the child.”

14. Recording

Recording by all professionals should include information on the child’s development so that progress can be monitored to ensure their outcomes are improving. This is particularly significant in circumstances where neglect is an issue.

Records should be kept of the progress of the assessment on the individual child’s record and in their Chronology to monitor any patterns of concerns.

Assessment plans and action points arising from plans and meetings should be circulated to the participants including the child, if appropriate, and the parents.

The recording should be such that a child, requesting to access their records, could easily understand the process taking place and the reasons for decisions and actions taken.

Supervision records should clearly reflect the reasoning for decisions and actions taken.

15. Principles for a Good Assessment

The assessment triangle in Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023 provides a model, which should be used to examine how the different aspects of the child’s life and context interact and impact on the child. It notes that quality assessments should:

  • Be child-centred and responsive to the voice of the child. This means decisions should be made in the child’s best interests, rooted in child development, age-appropriate, sensitive to the impact of adversity and trauma and informed by evidence
  • Be focused on action and outcomes for children
  • Be multi-agency and multi-disciplinary, based on information gathered from relevant practitioners and agencies, and drawing in the relevant expertise
  • Be discussed with the child and their parents or carers, as appropriate
  • Build a full picture of all aspects of a child’s and their family’s life, including their strengths and interests as well as any previous referrals and interventions
  • Be holistic in approach and address presenting and underlying issues and each of the child’s needs, giving sufficient recognition and priority to the specific needs of disabled children and young carers and to any risks the child faces within or outside the home, including online
  • Explore the needs of all members of the family as individuals and consider how their needs impact on one another as well as how the family network could support and help de-escalate issues
  • Be a dynamic process, not an event, analysing and responding to the changing nature and level of need and/or risk faced by the child from within and outside their family
  • Recognise and respect the individual and protected characteristics of families, including the ways in which these can overlap and intersect, ensuring support reflects their diversity of needs and experiences
  • Lead to action, including the provision of services, the impact of which is reviewed on an ongoing basis
  • Recognise a child’s entitlement to a full-time education and the positive impact attendance at school has on personal development and attainment
  • Should consider how a child’s experience within their family and networks, including their friends and peer groups, and extra-familial contexts, such as the places and spaces where they spend their time, interplay with the risk of harm outside of the home.

Figure 1: Assessment Framework (click on the image to enlarge it).Diagram of the Assessment Framework triangle from Working Together to Safeguard Children

16. Assessing Family Abroad

An increasing number of cases involve families from abroad, necessitating assessments of family members in other countries. However, the Court of Appeal has pointed out that it might not be professional, permissible or lawful for a social worker to undertake an assessment in another jurisdiction. CFAB advise that enquiries should be made as to whether the assessment can be undertaken by the authorities in the overseas jurisdiction. UK social workers should not routinely travel overseas to undertake assessments in countries where they have no knowledge of legislative frameworks, cultural expectations or resources available to a child placed there.

17. Assessment of Disabled Children and their Carers

When undertaking an assessment of a disabled child, it must also be considered whether it is necessary to provide support under Section 2 of the Chronically Sick and Disabled Persons Act (CSDPA) 1970, and that support must be provided where necessary.

When assessing the needs of a disabled child, it may also be necessary to undertake an assessment of the ability of their carer to provide care for the child.

If a parent carer of a disabled child has support needs, an assessment must be carried out under section 17ZD of the Children Act 1989. Such an assessment must consider whether it is appropriate for the parent carer to provide, or continue to provide, care for the disabled child, in light of the parent carer’s needs and wishes.

18. Assessment of Young Carers

If a young carer has support needs, an assessment under section 17ZA of the Children Act 1989 should be carried out.

Such an assessment must consider whether it is appropriate or excessive for the young carer to provide care for the person in question, in light of the young carer’s needs and wishes. The Young Carers’ (Needs Assessment) Regulations 2015 require Local Authorities to look at the needs of the whole family when carrying out a young carer’s needs assessment.

Young carers’ assessments can be combined with assessments of adults in the household, with the agreement of the young carer and adults concerned.

19. Assessment of Children in Secure Youth Establishments

Any assessment of children in secure youth establishments should take account of their specific needs. In all cases, the local authority in which a secure youth establishment is located is responsible for the safety and welfare of the children in that establishment.

The host local authority should work with the governor, director, manager or principal of the secure youth establishment and the child’s home local authority, their relevant Youth Offending Team and, where appropriate, the Youth Custody Service to ensure that the child has a single, comprehensive support plan.

Where a child becomes looked-after, as a result of being remanded to Youth Detention Accommodation (YDA), the child’s needs must be assessed before taking a decision. This information must be used to prepare a Detention Placement Plan (DPP), which must set out how the YDA and other practitioners will meet the child’s needs whilst the child remains remanded. The DPP must be reviewed in the same way as a care plan for any other looked-after child.

20. Supporting Children at Risk of, or Experiencing, Harm Outside the Home

Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023 also details the support required for children that may be experiencing abuse and exploitation outside the family home. This is often referred to as “extra-familial harm”

Forms of extra-familial harm include exploitation by criminal and organised crime groups and individuals (such as county lines and financial exploitation), serious violence, modern slavery and trafficking, online harm, sexual exploitation, teenage relationship abuse, and the influences of extremism which could lead to radicalisation.

Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023 outlines where children may be experiencing extra-familial harm, Children’s Social Care assessments should determine whether a child is in need under section 17 of the Children Act 1989 or whether to make enquires under Section 47 of the same Act, following concerns that the child is suffering or likely to suffer significant harm.

Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023 outlines that a good assessment where extra-familial harm is identified should:

  • Build an understanding of the child’s strengths, interests, identity, and culture
  • Respond to each of the vulnerabilities and/or challenges that the child may be facing, including any within the home
  • Gather information on past experiences of trauma and how this may impact on the child’s current experience of harm and on how they interact with practitioners
  • Explore how the child’s experiences within their families and networks, including their friends and peer groups, interplay with the risk of harm outside of the home and identify what needs to change
  • Support parents, carers, and family networks to understand what is happening to the child, working with them to ensure they can best meet the child’s needs and play an active part in the solutions and processes to help create safety for the child
  • Understand the risk of extra-familial harm for siblings, for example, where older children are exploited, younger siblings may also be at risk of being targeted.

Where there are concerns that more than one child may be experiencing harm in an extra-familial context, practitioners should consider the individual needs of each child as well as work with the group. Practitioners will need to build an understanding of the context in which the harm is occurring and draw on relevant knowledge and information from the children and wider partners in order to decide on the most appropriate interventions.

Practitioners should consider the influence of groups or individuals perpetrating harm, including where this takes place online, and identify patterns of harm, risk and protective factors in these contexts. This may include working across safeguarding and community safety partnerships to agree a plan for keeping children safe.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Overview

Where there is a risk to the life of a child or a likelihood of serious immediate harm, whether from inside or outside the home, the local authority, the police (including British Transport Police) or NSPCC should use their statutory child protection powers to act immediately to secure the safety of the child, as set out in Section 46 of Children Act 1989.

If it is necessary to remove a child from their home, a local authority must, wherever possible and unless a child’s safety is otherwise at immediate risk, apply for an Emergency Protection Order (EPO). Police powers to remove a child in an emergency should be used only in exceptional circumstances where there is insufficient time to seek an EPO or for reasons relating to the immediate safety of the child.

An EPO, made by the court, gives authority to remove a child, or prevent a child being removed from a hospital or other place the child is being accommodated, and places them under the protection of the applicant.

When considering whether emergency action is necessary, the local authority or the police should always consider the needs of other children in the same household or in the household of an alleged perpetrator.

The local authority in whose area a child is found in circumstances that require emergency action (the first authority) is responsible for taking emergency action. If the child is looked after by, or the subject of a child protection plan in another authority, the first authority must consult the authority responsible for the child. Only when the second local authority explicitly accepts responsibility (to be followed up in writing) is the first authority relieved of its responsibility to take emergency action.

2. Multi-Agency Working

Planned emergency action will normally take place following an immediate strategy discussion (see Strategy Discussions chapter). Social workers, the police or NSPCC should:

  • initiate a strategy discussion to discuss planned emergency action. Where a single agency has to act immediately, a strategy discussion should take place as soon as possible after action has been taken;
  • see the child (this should be done by a practitioner from the agency taking the emergency action) to decide how best to protect them and whether to seek an EPO;
  • wherever possible, obtain legal advice before initiating legal action, in particular when an EPO is being sought.

3. Emergency Protection Orders

An Emergency Protection Order (EPO) enables the child to be removed from where they are, or to be kept where they are, if this is necessary to provide immediate short-term protection. Any person may apply for an EPO, although in practice the vast majority of applications are made by local authorities.

On receipt of an application, the court can only make an EPO if it is satisfied that there is reasonable cause to believe that the child is likely to suffer significant harm if they:

  • are not removed to accommodation provided by the applicant; or
  • do not remain in the place in which the child is then being accommodated.

Where the applicant is the local authority or the NSPCC, an emergency protection order may also be made if enquiries (in the case of local authorities, made under section 47) are being frustrated by unreasonable refusal of access to the child, and the applicant has reasonable cause to believe that access is needed as a matter of urgency.

If there is a need for further investigation of the child’s health and development but they are not considered to be in immediate danger, then the local authority should apply for a child assessment order.

An EPO gives authority to the local authority to remove a child to accommodation provided by or on behalf of the applicant. It also confers upon the person in whose favour it is made (usually the local authority) limited parental responsibility for the child. That parental responsibility must only be exercised to the extent that is necessary to safeguard the child’s welfare. Applications for an EPO are a very serious step and the court must be satisfied that the EPO is both necessary and proportionate and that there is ‘no less radical form of order available’.

Its duration is limited to a maximum period of eight days, with a possible extension of up to a further seven days, to a maximum of 15 days. Applications to extend can be made by the original applicant, with the court being able to grant an extension if it has reasonable cause to believe that the child concerned is likely to suffer significant harm if the order is not extended. During the order the child must be permitted to have reasonable contact with their parents and other significant individuals, unless the court directs otherwise. The court may also give specific directions with regard to contact, and about medical or psychiatric examination or other assessment of the child.

The court can attach an exclusion requirement to an EPO which can exclude the relevant person from the home, and from a designated area around the home. A power of arrest can be attached to the exclusion requirement.

The court has the power to grant orders without notice being given to parents or on short notice, but will only consider applications without notice in high risk cases where the child’s safety would be endangered if the parents knew of the application, or for other reasons it is not possible to notify them.

When an EPO is in force and the applicant has removed the child, the applicant is under a duty to return the child to the care of their parents as soon as it is safe to do so, even if the order is still in force.

3.1 Powers to assist in discovery of children who may be in need of emergency protection

In situations where those looking after the child do not readily agree to hand the child over, the EPO provides a formal direction to any person who is in a position to do so to comply with any request to produce the child to the applicant. If the applicant for an EPO does not know the whereabouts of a child, but that information is held by another person, the court may order that person to disclose the information when requested to do so by the applicant.  This provision is intended to ensure that access to the child is not frustrated by information being withheld from the applicant.

The Act also gives the courts power to authorise an applicant to enter and search specified premises for a child who is the subject of an EPO.

If the applicant believes there may be another child on the premises which is to be searched, who ought also to be the subject of an EPO, they should always seek an order authorising them to search for that child as well. Where the applicant cannot name the child, they should be described as clearly as possible in the order.

If a second child is found on the premises and the applicant is satisfied that there are sufficient grounds for making an EPO, the order authorising the search for the second child has effect as if it were an EPO. The authorised person must report the result of the search to the court and, what action was taken and/or is planned as a result. The court should also be told whether the order providing the power to search for the child is deemed to have the effect of an EPO, on the basis that the applicant is satisfied that the grounds for making an EPO exist in respect of that second child.

If an authorised person is, or is likely to be, obstructed from exercising their powers under the EPO the court can issue a warrant authorising any police officer to assist the authorised person in entering and searching the named premises. The warrant will authorise the police officer to use reasonable force if necessary in order to assist the applicant in the exercise of their powers to enter and search the premises for the child. If an applicant gains access and finds the child is not harmed and is not likely to suffer significant harm they should not remove the child. The power to remove the child would persist if the circumstances changed and the order was still in force.

There is no right of appeal against an EPO, however the child, a parent of the child, any person who is not a parent but who has parental responsibility for them, or any person with whom they were living immediately before the making of the EPO, may apply to the court for an EPO to be discharged: This right to apply to discharge an EPO is limited to those who did not receive notice of the EPO and were not present at the hearing.

4. Police Powers

The police have specific powers to protect children under Part V of the Children Act 1989. These should only be used in exceptional circumstances where there is insufficient time to apply for an Emergency Protection Order, or for reasons relating to the immediate safety of the child.

Where a police officer has reasonable cause to believe that a child would otherwise be likely to suffer significant harm they may remove the child to suitable accommodation and keep them there. Alternatively, they may take such steps as are reasonable to ensure that the child’s removal from hospital, or other place in which they are being accommodated, is prevented.

When a police officer has exercised this power the child is held to be in police protection. No child may be kept in police protection for more than 72 hours.

As soon as is practicable after taking the child into police protection, the case should be inquired into by a designated officer (an officer designated for the purposes of section 46 Children Act 1989 by the chief officer of the police area concerned). On completing the inquiry, the designated officer must release the child from police protection, unless they consider that there is still reasonable cause to believe that the child would be likely to suffer significant harm if released.

Upon taking the child into police protection, the police office concerned (rather than the designated officer) must inform the relevant local authority, and where possible inform the child of the steps that have been taken, the reasons for taking them and of any further steps that may be taken. The officer should also take steps to enable the child to be moved to accommodation provided by the local authority. The officer should also take such steps as are reasonably practicable to inform the child’s parents and those with parental responsibility.

The local authority has concurrent duties to make enquiries about whether it should take any action to safeguard or promote the child’s welfare. One such course of action is for the local authority to ask the police to apply for an EPO.

The designated officer has a number of additional responsibilities. They may apply, on behalf of the local authority in whose area the child is ordinarily resident, for an emergency protection order to be made in respect of the child. The EPO application may be made whether or not the authority knows of it or agrees to it being made.

Neither the officer concerned, the designated officer (nor the local authority) acquires parental responsibility for the child. The designated officer must nevertheless do what is reasonable in all the circumstances to promote the child’s welfare.

The designated officer must allow the following persons to have such contact with the child as, in their opinion, is both reasonable and in the child’s best interests:

  • the child’s parents;
  • anyone else who has parental responsibility for the child or with whom the child was living immediately before they were taken into police protection;
  • a person who has in their favour an order relating to contact with the child or any person acting on behalf of any of the above.

5. Child Assessment Orders

A child assessment order enables an assessment of the child’s health or development, or of the way in which they have been treated, to be carried out where significant harm is suspected. Its use is most relevant in circumstances where the child is not thought to be at immediate risk, to the extent that removal from their parents’ care is required, but where parents have refused to cooperate with attempts to assess the child. This may be where the suspected harm to the child appears to be longer-term and cumulative rather than sudden and severe.

It can only be made if the court is satisfied:

  • that there is reason to suspect that the child is suffering or is likely to suffer significant harm;
  • that an assessment is required; and
  • that it is unlikely that an assessment would be made in the absence of an order

A child assessment order may be appropriate where insufficient information is available to justify an application for a care or supervision order and an assessment is needed to help establish facts about the child’s condition.

Before making an application to the court, the local authority should always make enquiries into the child’s circumstances. The nature of the case will dictate the manner in which enquiries should be carried out and the degree of urgency. If possible, before an application is made, the child should have been seen by someone who is competent to form a judgement about the child’s welfare and development. When considering an application for any order, the court will expect to be given details of the enquiries made including, in particular, details of the extent to which, if at all, the enquiries have been frustrated by the failure or refusal of the parents to co-operate.

A child assessment order must specify the date by which the assessment is to begin and will have effect for a specified period, not exceeding 7 days from that date. The local authority should make arrangements in advance of the application, so that any necessary multi-disciplinary consideration of the child’s needs can be completed within the specified period.

The order requires any person who is in a position to do so (usually a parent) to produce the child to the person named in the order, and comply with any directions relating to the assessment included in the order. It does not confer on the local authority parental responsibility for the child, and a child of sufficient understanding to make an informed decision may refuse to consent to the assessment.

When making a child assessment order, the court may make directions about related matters, for example as to whether the assessment should be limited to a medical examination or cover other aspects of the child’s health and development. It also has the power to direct that the child should be kept away from home for a specified period if it is necessary for the purpose of the assessment. In these circumstances it must also give directions as it thinks fit about the contact the child must be allowed with other persons during this period.

If, upon considering an application for a child assessment order, the court is satisfied that there are grounds for making an Emergency Protection Order (EPO), then it should make an EPO instead of a child assessment order. Deliberate refusal by the persons responsible for the child to comply with a child assessment order is very likely to add to concern for the child’s welfare and would probably justify an application by the relevant local authority for an EPO (or a care order) or a request to the police that their police protection powers be exercised.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Initiating Section 47 Enquiries

Where information gathered following a referral being received, or as part of completing an assessment result in the social worker suspecting that the child is suffering or likely to suffer significant harm, a Strategy Discussion/Meeting should be held. This meeting is usually held within 24 hours, unless a carefully planned response is needed, in which case it should take place within 15 working days and always led by the seriousness of the case. The purpose of a strategy meeting is to decide whether to initiate enquiries under Section 47 of the Children Act 1989. Where such a decision is made the Section 47 Enquiry must be completed within 15 working days.

A multi-agency assessment is the means by which Section 47 Enquiries are carried out. The Child and Family assessment will have commenced at the point of referral and must continue whenever threshold for Section 47 Enquiries are satisfied. Whilst the maximum timescale for a Child and Family assessment to be completed is 45 working days (this can be extended with management authorisation for complex cases), the outcome of enquiries under Section 47 must be available in time for an Initial Child Protection Conference (ICPC). If an ICPC is required, this must be convened within 15 working days of the Strategy Discussion/Meeting when the enquiries were initiated.

A Section 47 Enquiry is carried out whilst continuing with a Child and Family assessment in accordance with the guidance set out in this chapter and following the principles and parameters of a good assessment as set out in the Assessment Procedure. There will need to be a particular emphasis on the issues of concern, the analysis of risk and what needs to be put in place to reduce the risk of harm to the child/children.

Local authority social workers have a statutory duty to lead Section 47 Enquiries. The Police, Health professionals, Teachers and other relevant professionals should support the local authority in undertaking its enquiries. The Children’s Social Care manager has responsibility for authorising a Section 47 Enquiry following a Strategy Discussion.

The Section 47 Enquiry and Child and Family assessment must be led by a qualified social worker from Children’s Social Care, who is responsible for its coordination and completion. The social worker must consult with all other agencies involved with the child and family to obtain a holistic picture of the lived experiences of all children in the household, identifying parenting strengths and protective factors, and any risk factors (unknown and unknown). Enquiries may also need to cover children in other households with whom the alleged offender may have had contact. All agencies consulted are responsible for providing any information known to assist.

2. Purpose of Section 47 Enquiries

A Section 47 Enquiry is initiated to decide whether and what type of action is required to safeguard and promote the welfare of a child who is suspected of, or likely to be, suffering significant harm. The enquiry is carried out by undertaking or continuing with a Child and Family assessment in accordance with the guidelines set out in this chapter and following the principles and parameters of a good assessment (see Assessment Procedure for further details).

3. Conducting Section 47 Enquiries

3.1 Social workers and their managers should:

  • Lead the assessment in accordance with this guidance
  • Carry out enquiries in a way that minimises distress for the child and family
  • See the child (alone, unless it is contrary to the child’s interests) who is the subject of concern to ascertain their wishes and feelings, assess their understanding of their situation and assess their relationships and lived experiences in further detail.
  • Interview parents and/or caregivers and determine the wider social and environmental factors that might impact on them and their child
  • Systematically gather information about the child’s and family’s history to understand the family’s lived experiences and any emerging themes
  • Analyse the findings of the assessment and evidence what interventions are likely to be most effective with other relevant professionals to determine the child’s needs ,and the level of risk of harm faced by the child to inform what help should be provided and act to provide that help
  • Follow the guidance in Achieving Best Evidence in Criminal Proceedings (Ministry of Justice), which covers interviewing victims and witnesses, and guidance on using special measures, where a decision has been made to undertake a joint interview of the child as part of any criminal investigation.

The social worker, when conducting a Section 47 Enquiry, must assess the potential needs and safety of any other child in the household of the child in question. In addition, Section 47 Enquiries may be required concerning any children in other households with whom the alleged abuser may have contact.

In determining which professionals should be involved in a Section 47 Enquiry, consideration could include who are the family most likely to cooperate with. In all cases where there is evidence of a known propensity to violence within the family household, consideration should be given to the strategy to be adopted, with Police advice or assistance if appropriate, about how to reduce the risks before any visits take place.

The child must always be seen and communicated with alone in the course of a Section 47 Enquiry by the lead social worker, unless it is contrary to his or her interests to do so. The Strategy Discussion Meeting will plan any interview with the child. The record of Section 47 Enquiry and reports to Child Protection Conferences should include the date(s) when the child was seen alone by the lead social worker and, if not seen alone, who was present and the reasons for their presence.

Before a child is seen or interviewed parental permission must be gained unless there are exceptional circumstances that demonstrate that it would not be in the child’s interests and to do so may jeopardise the child’s safety and welfare. Relevant exceptional circumstances would include:

  • The possibility that a child would be threatened or otherwise coerced into silence
  • A strong likelihood that important evidence would be destroyed, or

That the child in question did not wish the parent to be involved at that stage and is competent to take that decision.

In such circumstances, the social worker must take legal advice about how to proceed and whether legal action may be required, for example through an application for an Emergency Protection Order or a Child Assessment Order.

3.2 The Police should

  • Help other agencies understand the reasons for concerns about the child’s safety and welfare
  • Decide whether or not police investigations reveal grounds for instigating criminal proceedings
  • Make available to other professionals any evidence gathered to inform discussions about the child’s welfare
  • Follow the guidance in Achieving Best Evidence in Criminal Proceedings (Ministry of Justice), which covers interviewing victims and witnesses, and guidance on using special measures, where a decision has been made to undertake a joint interview of the child as part of any criminal investigation.

3.3 Health professionals should

  • Undertake appropriate medical tests, examinations or observations, to determine how the child’s health or development may be being impaired
  • Provide any of a range of specialist assessments, for example, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, speech and language therapists and child psychologists may be involved in specific assessments relating to the child’s developmental progress. The lead Health practitioner (probably a Consultant Paediatrician, or possibly the child’s GP) may need to request and coordinate these assessments
  • Ensure appropriate treatment and follow up health concerns.

3.4 All involved professionals should

  • Contribute to the assessment as required, providing information about the child and family
  • Consider whether a joint enquiry or investigation team may need to speak to a child without the knowledge of the parent or caregiver.

4. Outcomes of a Section 47 Enquiry

Local authority social workers are responsible for deciding what action to take and how to proceed following Section 47 Enquiries. The outcome of a Section 47 Enquiry must be endorsed by a Team Manager.

A Section 47 Enquiry may conclude that the original concerns are:

  • Not substantiated – consideration should be given however as to whether the child may need services as a Child in Need
  • Substantiated – the child is assessed to be suffering, or likely to suffer, significant harm and an Initial Child Protection Conference should be convened.

4.1 Concerns not substantiated

4.1.1 Social workers and their managers should:

  • Discuss the case with the child, parents and other professionals
  • Determine whether support from any services may be helpful and help secure this for the child
  • Consider whether the child’s health and development should be re-assessed regularly against specific objectives and decide who has responsibility for doing this.

4.1.2 All involved professionals should:

  • Participate in further discussions as necessary
  • Contribute to the development of any Plan as appropriate
  • Provide services as specified in the Plan for the child
  • Review the impact of services delivered as agreed in the Plan.

4.1.3 Outcomes may be:

  • No Further Action:

Enquiries have revealed that there are no causes for concern. The child may be a Child in Need; however the family do not wish for services to be provided, in which case the case will be closed.

  • Family Support to be provided:

Enquiries have revealed that there is no evidence that the child is suffering, or is likely to suffer, significant harm but there are support needs identified that could be met by the provision of services either under Section 17 of the Children Act 1989 or by signposting the family to another agency. The family are willing for a package of support to be provided or continue to be provided.

Where services are to be provided under Section 17 of the Children Act 1989, the social worker or their Team Manager should convene a Child in Need Meeting within 7 working days to agree a Child in Need Plan.

4.2 Concerns of significant harm are substantiated, and the child is judged to be suffering, or likely to suffer, significant harm

(Where immediate protective action is required, the advice of Legal Services should be sought)

4.2.1 Social workers with their managers should:

  • Convene an Initial Child Protection Conference (see Child Protection Conferences and the Child Protection Plan). The timing of this conference should depend on the urgency of the case and respond to the needs of the child and the nature and severity of the harm they may be facing. It should take place within 15 working days of a Strategy Discussion Meeting, or the Strategy Discussion Meeting at which Section 47 Enquiries were initiated if more than one has been held. The request to convene the Initial Child Protection Conference must be supported by a Team Manager
  • Consider whether any professionals with specialist knowledge should be invited to participate
  • Ensure that the child and their parents understand the purpose of the Conference and who will attend
  • Help prepare the child if they are attending or making representations through a third party to the Conference. Provide information about advocacy agencies and explain that the family may bring an Advocate, friend or supporter.

4.2.2 All involved professionals should:

  • Contribute to the information their agency provides ahead of the Conference, setting out the nature of the agency’s involvement with the child and family
  • Consider, in conjunction with the Police and the appointed Conference Chair, whether the report can and should be shared with the parents and if so when
  • Attend the Conference and take part in decision-making when invited.

5. Recording of Section 47 Enquiries

The social worker should record the information gathered and actions during the course of the enquiry and its outcomes on a Record of Section 47 Enquiries, which should be approved by the Team Manager.

6. Dispute Resolution

If the local authority decides not to proceed with a Child Protection Conference then other professionals involved with the child and family have the right to request that a Conference be convened, if they have serious concerns that a child’s welfare may not be adequately safeguarded. In the event of a continued difference of opinion, the Escalation, Challenge and Conflict Resolution Procedure should be followed.

7.Joint Working Protocol for Minimum Standards in Inter-agency Working in Relation to Section 47 enquiries

The primary focus of this Protocol is to ensure that referrals in respect of children who are suffering or who are likely to suffer significant harm are seen as paramount and that agencies work together with a co-ordinated approach to ensure the safety and well- being of the child.

The Protocol sets out the agreement between Buckinghamshire County Council Children’s Social Care (also covering Buckinghamshire County Council) and Thames Valley Police and Partner agencies. The document aims to clarify key practice expectations around good practice in Section 47 Enquiries and is based on principles within Working Together to Safeguard Children 2023.

7.1 Referral process

When a referral is received by Children’s Social Care indicating that a child has suffered or is likely to suffer significant harm partner agencies should be informed of this and their attendance at a Strategy Meeting requested. Children’s Social Care will decide on which agencies are invited to attend/contribute and will consider suggestions from other agencies.

7.2 Strategy Discussions / Meetings

A Strategy Meeting/Discussions should be convened. For urgent referrals this should take place at the earliest possible point. Good practice indicates this is done within 4 hours from point of referral and no later than 24 hours, unless the referral is complex, i.e. Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE), Fabricated or Induced illness (FII), and this should be done within 72 hours unless the risk is more imminent.

7.3 Membership

As a minimum, Strategy Meetings/Discussions will involve a Children’s Social Care Manager, Police representative (normally a Sergeant) and an appropriate Health representative.

When strategy meetings are held in the MASH, representatives co-located in the MASH are responsible for identifying the appropriate person from their agency and informing them of the time of the Strategy Meeting/Discussion.

Meetings in the MASH will be held in person and if this is not possible arrangements will be made for participants to contribute by tele-conferencing or MS Teams.

Where necessary a representative from the Thames Valley Police Child Abuse Investigation Unit (CAIU) and the receiving Locality Team should either attend or contribute to the meeting by tele-conference or MS Teams.

A Strategy Meeting/Discussion will be held using the principles above and chaired by a Children’s Social Care Manager mirroring the above process. Police attendance will be either in person if possible, by tele-conference or MS Teams. Health are also required to contribute (as a minimum Children’s Service Care/Health and Police must be present).

7.4 Process and recording

The record of the Strategy Meeting/Discussion will be recorded on the Children’s Social Care case management system: Liquidlogic Children’s System (LCS) at the time of the meeting by Children’s Social Care. A copy of the minutes will be given to all attendees at the end of the meeting.

A record of the information provided by partner agencies either involved in the Strategy Meeting/Discussion or otherwise will be kept on LCS.

7.5 Content

The Strategy Meeting/Discussion should be the process for agreeing between the involved agencies that based on the referral information, there is reasonable cause to believe that a child is suffering or is likely to suffer significant harm.

Meeting structure:

  • The meeting will be chaired by a Children’s Social Care Manager
  • The meeting will follow a proforma to focus discussion on the following aspects:
    • Information shared by each agency
    • Immediate actions to safeguard the child
    • Risk factors
    • Protective factors
    • Decision on the threshold for Section 47
    • Agree actions and outcomes and timescales
    • Joint or Single Agency investigation
    • Whether or not a Child Protection Medical is required. (see attached protocol for making these arrangements)
    • When the allegation is of a sexual nature the Sexual Assault Referral Centre (SARC) Doctor and SARC procedures should be followed (see attached protocol)
    • When concern surrounds Fabricated or Induced Illness (FII) the BSCP FII protocol should be followed.
    • Strategy Meetings/Discussions are not designed to be a full assessment gathering opportunity and should focus on the risks identified. The Meeting/Discussion should not take longer than 30-45 minutes unless for complex situations/multiple victims.
    • The Strategy Meeting/Discussion will agree the following:
      • If a review strategy meeting is required
      • What additional information is still required
      • What actions will be undertaken by which agency with clear timescales.

7.6 Information sharing

In all cases the strategy meeting will include the sharing of all information within the knowledge of those agencies represented, relevant to the assessment of significant harm to the child/children concerned. Any gaps in information should be identified and arrangements on how to gain this information should be considered and included as actions were required.

Information shared should include the age, level of understanding, cultural and communication needs of the child/children. These factors are to be considered and addressed in the plan for the investigation.

7.7 Information and other evidence

The Strategy Meeting/Discussion should consider, identify and record the decision in relation how any interview of the victim(s) will be carried out; by whom and within what timescale.

Police and Children’s Social Care must follow the guidance set out in Achieving Best Evidence in Criminal Proceedings (Ministry of Justice), which covers interviewing victims and witnesses, and guidance on using special measures, where a decision has been made to undertake a joint interview of the child as part of the criminal investigations.

There is an expectation that where children are to be interviewed in relation to reasonably suspected criminal offence, the approach to those children will be joint (Police and Children’s Social Care) from the outset, unless there are exceptional circumstances which prevent this. Social Workers should as a minimum observe evidential interviews of children, and where their training and experience is to the required standard, may be materially involved in the process of interviewing children alongside Police.

Any delay in interviewing any of the above (particularly a child who is suspected to be the victim of abuse) should be explained and recorded as being in the best interests of the child.

The extent to which supportive adults/parents will be involved in the process of investigating safeguarding issues should be addressed and agreed upon at the Strategy Meeting/Discussion.

The Police will arrange for the involvement of an Intermediary in cases of a particularly young child or one who has significant communication difficulties.

The Strategy Meeting/Discussion should agree and record whether any specialist assessment (for example forensic or paediatric medical examination) will be required, within what timescales and by whom that will be arranged and facilitated.

7.8 Immediate safety

Consideration should be given to concerns about any immediate safety issues for the child/children involved and plans for necessary protective action made and recorded. For Children’s Social Care, these should be clearly identified as an interim safety plan on the child’s LCS file.

7.9 Timescales

The aim is that decisions regarding the safety of children in line with Section 47; Children Act 1989 are arrived at within 24 hours of the Strategy Meeting/Discussion. However it is acknowledged that some investigations (according to the level of risk/type of evidence present) may be more urgent than others.

In all cases the Strategy Meeting/Discussion should take place as soon as possible after the referral being received. Where child/children are likely to be at risk of immediate harm, the Strategy Meeting/Discussion should take place immediately and agree a plan to safeguard the child/children during the process of investigation.

If, in exceptional circumstances, these timescales are not met the reasons for this must be clearly recorded on the child’s file, e.g. would further compromise the safety of the child.

7.10 Outcomes

The outcome of the investigation will be recorded and documented on the child’s file on LCS and emailed to those agencies involved in the Strategy Discussion/Meeting. This record will reference all relevant information and evidence gathered during the process of the investigation by all agencies involved.

The outcome of a safeguarding investigation will be agreed between those agencies involved in the original Strategy Meeting/Discussion and will be based on the evidence gathered during the investigation. Agreement should be reached about whether the risk of significant harm to the child/children is substantiated, the means of protecting the child and any ongoing assessment or other action required. This will usually be agreed at a Review Strategy Meeting/Discussion.

8. Single and Joint Agency Investigation: Police and Children’s Social Care

The primary responsibility of Police Child Abuse Investigation Unit (CAIU) staff is to undertake criminal investigations of suspected, alleged or actual crime relating to child abuse.

Children’s Social Care has the statutory duty to make, or cause to be made, enquiries when circumstances defined in Section 47 of the Children Act 1989, exist.

Where a referral indicates a potential criminal offence, there is an expectation that a joint Police and Children’s Social Care investigation will take place. Police will have primacy with regard to the criminal investigation. Social Care will have primacy with regard to safeguarding of the child.

8.1 Deciding whether to carry out a single or joint investigation

The joint investigation will usually involve the Police and Social Worker conducting joint interviews and working as co-investigators for the duration of investigation. Though the investigating Social Worker and Police Officer may not work together in undertaking every task during the investigation process, all information forthcoming should be shared between the agencies as soon as practically possible, in order to ensure that the understanding for each agency, views about risk and necessary actions are based on the same levels of understanding about evidence and assessment in the case.

There is a presumption that delay in progressing a safeguarding investigation will prejudice the welfare and could compromise the safety of the child.

Should there be difference of opinion that cannot be resolved cases should be escalated through the escalation process.

A joint decision will be made regarding the appropriate level of intervention and of Police involvement throughout the process, depending on the individual circumstances and context of each case.

Where initial allegations are imprecise or concerns arise gradually, it is likely that agreement will be reached for further assessment to determine whether a child is at risk of significant harm.
If agencies agree a single agency enquiry or investigation is appropriate, there should still be an exchange of relevant information, possible involvement in Strategy Meetings/Discussions and agreement reached as to the feedback required by the non-participating agency. A case may start with single agency status, but further assessment/information indicates a need for joint investigation.

Any decision to terminate enquiries or investigations must be communicated to the other agency for it to consider, and the rationale recorded by both agencies. This decision must be recorded on the child’s file.

The decision regarding single or joint agency investigations should be authorised and recorded by the designated line managers in both the Police (CAIU) and Children’s Social Care, noting which agency is going ahead.

8.2 Joint agency investigation

A joint investigation must always be initiated whenever there is an allegation or reasonable suspicion that one of the circumstances below applies, regardless of the likelihood of a prosecution:

  • A sexual offence committed against a child of either gender under 18 years of age, including sexual offences committed by young people, but excluding ‘stranger abuse’.
  • Physical injury, which could be considered serious either by the extent of the injury, age of the child or by repeated assaults of a minor injury, e.g. murder, manslaughter, violence to a child constituting actual or grievous bodily harm, repeated assaults causing minor injury.
  • All non-accidental injuries to babies
  • Serious neglect or ill-treatment constituting an offence under Section 1 of the Children and Young Persons Act 1933 (child abandoned, exposed to moral danger, neglected, ill-treated, assaulted)
  • Institutional and complex abuse investigations
  • Fabricated or Induced Illness (FII). This must also be reported to Senior Managers in Children’s Social Care and the Police CAIU
  • Allegations against those whose work with or whose voluntary activities provide access to a child/children, e.g. staff of a professional agency represented on the Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership (BSCP), babysitters, voluntary group leader/helper (this must also be reported to Senior Managers in Children’s Social Care and the Police CAIU).

Cases of minor injury should always be considered for a joint enquiry/investigation if the child is:

  • subject to a Child Protection Plan
  • Looked After by the Local Authority.

In other cases of minor injury, the circumstances surrounding the incident must be considered to determine the ‘seriousness’ of the alleged  abuse. The following factors should be included in any consideration by the Police CAIU and Children’s Social Care:

  • Age, special needs and vulnerability of child or others in household
  • Any previous history of minor injuries to child/other children in the household
  • The intent of the assault, e.g. strangulation may leave no marks, but is very serious
  • Whether a weapon or implement was used
  • Consistency with and clarity/credibility of child’s account of injuries
  • Predisposing factors about alleged perpetrator, e.g. criminal conviction/s, history of violence, substance misuse and/or mental health problems
  • A history of domestic abuse
  • Previous concerns of an BSCP agency
  • Unusual circumstances are present, e.g. suspected complex abuse or fabricated and induced illness
  • The child (if age appropriate) wishes Police involvement.

There will be times that after discussion, or preliminary work, cases will be judged less serious and it will be agreed that the best interests of the child are served by a Children’s Social Care led intervention, rather than a joint investigation.

In all cases, the welfare of the child remains paramount and always takes precedence over the need to commence or conclude any criminal investigation.

8.3 Children’s Social Care Single Agency

Where Children’s Social Care assess that the circumstances fall into one of the following criteria, it may progress single agency enquiries following discussion and agreement with the Police CAIU (and making relevant checks):

  • Emotional abuse with no apparent physical symptoms, unless extreme circumstances constitute an offence of cruelty
  • Minor physical injury caused to a child in circumstances amounting to poor parenting/care
  • Minor physical abuse, except for injuries to infants: no visible injury or minor injury; the child provides a coherent account of how the non-accidental injury occurred and there was no intent to injure them where there has been no previous allegations regarding that child or the alleged perpetrator
  • Minor neglect through inappropriate supervision or poor parenting/caring skills
  • Indirect suspicions of sexual abuse, including over-sexualised behaviour of a child, anonymous reports and concerns by other professionals.

Where information is received indicating a person who has been identified as being a risk to children is living in, or has access to, a household where there are children, Children’s Social Care and Police CAIU must discuss the circumstances and agree the need for a single enquiry or joint investigation.

Where a minor crime, initially agreed by Police CAIU as inappropriate of further Police investigation, is subsequently discovered to be more serious, the case must be referred back to the Police CAIU.

8.4 Police single agency

Criteria for Police single agency investigations are those where:

  • An allegation of childhood abuse is made by adults (the possibility of current risks to children should be determined and referred to Children’s Social Care)
  • An alleged offender is not known to the child/child’s family, i.e. stranger abuse providing there are no current child protection concerns arising from the case (in accordance with Achieving Best Evidence, consideration will still be given to joint investigative interview/s).

Where the Police conduct a single agency investigation out of hours (in response to the duty to respond and take action to protect the child or obtain evidence), Children’s Social Care Emergency Social Work Team must be informed immediately and, if appropriate, a joint investigation commenced.

In all cases where the alleged abuser has current contact with children, a referral should be made to Children’s Social Care for a Strategy Meeting/Discussion to consider joint investigation and the protection of the child victim and other children.

In all cases where Police undertake a single agency investigation, details of any victim aged under 18 must be referred to Children’s Social Care, which is responsible for assessing if the investigation raises any child protection issues and if supportive or therapeutic services are appropriate.

Telephone referrals (sharing information that a child is, or is likely to be, suffering significant harm) must be confirmed in writing using agreed format (‘Record of Child Protection Discussion between the Police and Social Services Supervisors’ forms).

Children’s Social Care and the Police must inform each other of any allegations or suspicions of child abuse or neglect, including ‘stranger abuse’, in line with the Information Sharing Code of Practice. Line managers must be consulted in cases of uncertainty and advice recorded.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Purpose and Responsibilities

The Core Group is responsible for the implementation and ongoing development and progression of the Child Protection Plan as outlined at the Child Protection Conference (see Child Protection Conferences and the Child Protection Plan).

All agencies represented at the Core Group have a responsibility to ensure that they fulfil their role effectively and in accordance with Working Together to Safeguard Children.

The social worker is the Lead Professional and is responsible for ensuring that the arrangements for Core Groups are clearly communicated to children/young people, parents/carers and all professionals involved in working with the child and family.

However, where a child is subject to a Child Protection Plan, each professional part of the Core Group should also be proactive in identifying the dates for Core Groups and ensure they have all relevant up to date information.

All agencies represented at the Core Group also have a responsibility to progress the Core Group, should the Social Worker for any reason be absent, to avoid and drift and delay in interventions for the child is avoided. This includes ensuring the meeting goes ahead and providing Child Protection Plan updates to the social worker.

The allocated Social Worker and Core Group members are responsible for:

  • Ensuring that the child’s plan is specific to the needs of the family and progresses in a timely manner avoiding drift
  • Ensuring that the dates of Core Group meetings are set in advance and that the frequency of all contacts with the child and family are established
  • Ensuring appropriate professional challenge occurs when there is a lack of progress or concern about lack of appropriate resources to meet assessed needs
  • Ensuring that the information shared and the discussion that takes place always assists with updating the analysis of ongoing risk to the child
  • Keeping each other up to date with changes in the household composition; either adults or children and any known frequent visitors to the address
  • All members must ensure that they fulfil their professional role play in the implementation of the plan including attendance at Core Group meetings or ensure for provision of a written update if they are unable to attend in person
  • Monitoring and evaluating progress against the desired outcomes for the child. If the plan is not progressing, this must be discussed by the Core Group as a priority and action taken
  • Make recommendations to subsequent review conferences about future protection plans.

2. Membership

Membership of the Core Group will normally have been identified at the most recent Child Protection Conference and ideally will include:

  • Lead social worker / manager (although core groups can take place without a Lead Social Worker [see 1.4.4])
  • The child/young person if appropriate
  • Parents and relevant family members
  • Professionals involved with either the child and/or parent; including advocates.

Flexibility is required regarding who chairs the Core Group and should be dependent upon complexity of the case and best placed relationships with the child and their family. It does not have to be the lead social worker.

Core Groups are key to ensuring the safety of the child and an opportunity to develop positive working relationships with children and families and across agencies, building on the family’s strengths to achieve change. The best interests welfare and safety of the child should always take priority and is to be remembered where there are conflicts of interest between family members in the work of the Core Group.

3. Timing

The first Core Group must take place within 10 working days of the Initial Child Protection Conference.

Following the initial Core Group meeting further meetings should be within six weeks and every six weeks forthwith. It is important to remember that this is a guide and it may be that four weekly core groups are required dependent upon the needs and age of the child.

4. Conduct of the Meeting

It is the responsibility of the allocated Chair of the Core Group (from whichever agency) to ensure that core groups record actions so that they can evidence implementation of child protection plans.

It is expected that the Social Worker attends, however if they are unable to, the remaining Core Group members must continue with the meeting and send an update on the outcomes and actions of the Child Protection Plan to the social worker within 2 working days.

The lead social worker can then update and distribute the Child Protection Plan within 5 working days to all attendees and those invited, and ensure it is placed on the child’s file.

5. Agenda

Introduction

  1. Apologies
  2. Progression of the plan – feedback from all members including children/young people and family members, social worker, partner agencies
  3. Any revision/amendments to the plan with the tasks, outcomes and dates for completion clearly detailed
  4. Confirmation of date, time and venue of next Core Group meeting
  5. Distribution of updated plan to all parties within 5 working days.
Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Many staff undertake risk assessments, which are carried out within the guidelines and models prescribed by their individual organisations or professions. These assessments are often directly or indirectly relevant to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and young people. Local audits and serious case reviews, however, reveal that whilst individual risk assessments may be robustly applied by staff in each agency, often they are done so with insufficient ‘linkage’ to risk assessments completed by other agencies, that may be relevant to the same child/family.

Many staff also become involved in informal risk assessments; identifying risks without this being the primary intention, for example while advising on benefits or demonstrating equipment, they might observe or hear about behaviour that causes concern. Any subsequent referral to another agency would contribute to the overall understanding of risk.

This guidance has been produced to encourage the sharing of relevant information contained in different risk assessments, whether they be formal or informal.

This does not mean that agencies should adopt the same model of risk assessment – the distinct methods and models of individual agencies’ assessments must be maintained, as they draw upon the essential knowledge and focus associated with different professional disciplines.

This guidance aims to:

  • promote regular consideration about whether a risk assessment (formal or informal) undertaken by one agency has implications for risk assessments undertaken by other agencies;
  • remind professionals to share new or changes in risk assessments with other relevant agencies.

2. Working Together

The sharing of relevant information from risk assessments applies to all agencies working with family members, even where the implications may not be obvious. If when working with adult service users there are changes in behaviour (e.g. changes in offending behaviour or take-up of medication), it is important to always consider the potential impact for any children in the family.

This does not mean that the professional has to assess the impact on the child/children themselves, but that they share the changes in their risk assessment with those who assess risk for the child/children and that they contribute relevant opinions to help others in revising their own risk assessment.

Similarly, if a professional’s work involves assessing risk to children, any changes in a child’s circumstances (e.g. exclusion from school) may need to be shared with those who are working with the parent (who may, for example, be receiving mental health services).

3. Sharing New Risk Factors or Changes in Risk Factors

Key questions:

  • Does new information affect your risk assessment? Who is at risk and what are the risks
  • Could this information impact on other agencies’ risk assessments?
  • Does any other agency need to become involved?

With newly identified risks or changes in risk, always consider who else needs to be informed in both Adult and Children’s Services.

Do not assume that the changes will not be relevant to another agency’s interpretation of risk.

Confirm which agencies/services are involved and share any new or revised risk assessment. Think beyond those agencies currently involved – new risks might require the involvement of different agencies/services.
Information about decreases in risk should also be shared. Not to do so might undermine progress for the service user and prolong service intervention unnecessarily.

Be open and honest with the service user (and/or their family where appropriate) from the outset about why, what, how and with whom information will, or could be, shared, and seek their agreement, unless it is unsafe or inappropriate to do so.

Remember that information may be shared with professionals who need to know in order to promote the wellbeing of a child or young person – the Data Protection Act 2018 is not a barrier to sharing information (see Data Protection chapter). Different agencies may have different processes for sharing information. Professionals should be guided by their agency’s policies and procedures and, where applicable, by their professional code. Further guidance on information sharing is available.

When in doubt about whether to share a risk assessment, seek advice from a line manager or the designated lead for child protection.

When sharing a risk assessment, always specify whether it is currently relevant or historical information.
Ensure that subsequent professional decisions about risks associated with the service user involved are informed by the risks assessments associated with other family members, and vice versa. This might mean inviting a wider group of professionals to professional meetings (or to relevant parts of the meeting) and/or sharing reports (or sections of reports) with other agencies.

Always alert other professionals working with family members when planning or proposing to close the case.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Definition

Complex and organised abuse is defined as abuse involving one or more abusers, and a number of related or non-related abused children. It can take place in any setting. The abusers may be acting in isolation or in concert to abuse children. They may be using an institutional framework or position of authority – such as a teacher, coach, faith group leader or be in a celebrity position – to access and recruit children for abuse.

Such abuse can occur both as part of a network of abuse across a family or community, and within institutions such as residential settings, boarding schools, day care and in other provisions such as youth services, sports clubs, faith groups and voluntary groups.

Children may also be abused via the use of electronic devices, such as mobile phones, computers, games consoles etc. which access the internet, and in particular social networking websites.

Although in most cases of complex and organised abuse the abuser(s) is an adult, it is also possible for children/young people to be the perpetrators of such harm, with or without adult abusers. Agencies should also be alert to the possibility that a child or young person who has harmed another may well also be a victim.

2. General Principles

Each complex abuse investigation requires thorough planning, good inter-agency working, and attention to the welfare needs of the child victims or adult survivors involved.

Cases of organised abuse are often complicated because of the number of children involved, the serious nature of the allegations of abuse, the need for therapeutic input, and the complex, and time consuming, nature of any consequent legal proceedings.

Some investigations become extremely complex because of the number of places and people involved, and the timescale over which abuse is alleged to have occurred. In these circumstances a specialist Joint Investigation Group as well as a Strategic Management Group may be set up.

The complexity is heightened where, as in historical cases, the alleged victims are no longer living in the situations where the incidents occurred and/or where the alleged perpetrators are no longer linked to the setting or employment role. Cases of historical abuse often come to light when adults disclose abuse they suffered as children. Such cases should be responded to in the same way as any other concerns. It is important to ascertain if the alleged perpetrator is still working with, or caring for, children.

It is recognised that those who commit sex offences against children often operate across geographical and operational boundaries, and the procedure takes into account the involvement of more than one local authority.

Where an allegation involves a post-holder who has a specified role within these procedures, the referral must be reported to an alternative (more senior) manager.

In all investigations of organised abuse, it is essential that staff involved maintain a high level of confidentiality in relation to the information in their possession, without jeopardising the investigation or the welfare of the children involved.

Subsequent information generated throughout the investigation should only be shared on a ‘need to know’ basis.

These procedures must be implemented in conjunction with the procedures on abuse by staff, carers and volunteers where appropriate (see Allegations against those Working with Children / People in Positions of Trust).

An investigation of organised abuse will be carried out under the auspices of the Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership (BSCP), which should be kept informed of its progress. It should be the role of the strategic management group to liaise regularly with the BSCP. However, the BSCP should not take any direct role in the management of the inquiry. The lead agency will be the police while any criminal investigation is taking place, guided by partner agencies regarding wider safeguarding and support matters.

3. Referral

Where there is suspicion of a complex abuse case, the relevant Children’s Social Care First Response Team Manager, Thames Valley Police and ICB, Child Abuse Investigation Unit (CAIU) Inspector must be informed immediately. In the identified manager’s absence, the normal deputising arrangements must be followed. This should be done by following BSCP Report a Concern – Professional.

If there is any suspicion that any managers currently employed by a social care agency are implicated, or a member of the police, the matter should be referred to a senior manager and the Local Authority Designated Officer (LADO) in line with the BSCP Procedure for managing Allegations against those Working with Children / People in Positions of Trust).

4. Initial Strategy Discussion / Meeting

The strategy meeting, chaired by a senior manager of Children’s Social Care, must take place within one working day of receipt of the referral and must be formally recorded.

The strategy discussion/meeting must:

  • assess the information known to date;
  • decide what further information is required at this stage and arrange for its gathering;
  • establish whether, and to what extent, complex abuse has been uncovered;
  • undertake an initial mapping exercise to determine the scale of the investigation and possible individuals implicated;
  • consider a plan for the investigation to be presented to the Senior Management Group, including resource implications;
  • consider any immediate protective action required;
  • emphasise the importance of confidentiality and that information should only be shared through the agreed communication channels.

This strategy discussion may include the referrer, if appropriate, a legal adviser and anyone else relevant to the discussion.

Having considered and discussed the information, those involved in the discussion must, if in their view the suspicion is confirmed, pass the information onto the Head of Children’s Social Care and the Detective Chief Inspector, Bucks Protection of Vulnerable People (PVP). The chair of the Strategy meeting will share this information.

5. Information to BSCP and Partner Agencies

Immediately following the strategy meeting, the BSCP Chair and the Chair of the Local Children Safeguarding Practice Review (LCSPR) Sub Group should be notified of the complex abuse investigation. This can be done by emailing the BSCP office.

The Chair of the LCSPR Subgroup must inform the children’s services director, head of media/press office and senior managers of relevant agencies, e.g. designated child protection professions.

The LCSPR Subgroup must be notified immediately. This group will identify initial members for a Strategic Management Group.

6. Strategic Management Group (SMG)

To ensure a coordinated response, an SMG meeting, chaired by either Children’s Social Care or the police, must be convened within five working days of the case being identified as a potential complex abuse case. ICB representative to be included in this meeting.

The group should comprise senior staff able to commit resources and will normally include the following as consistent core membership (additional members may be added as required as the investigation progresses):

  • Divisional director of safeguarding;
  • Detective superintendent protecting vulnerable people (PVP);
  • Police senior investigating officer (usually CAIU DI or DCI for PVP);
  • Children’s Social Care Lead Manager (usually the Service Director);
  • Senior Legal Adviser (Local Authority);
  • Integrated Care Board representative;
  • Buckinghamshire Council press officer;
  • Other individuals and agencies as appropriate.

Where it cannot be avoided that some members of the LCSPR Subgroup also become members of the SMG, these members must be clear about the distinct roles they hold within each group. This clarity is necessary to prevent confusion around the function of both groups.

Immediate line managers of any staff implicated in the allegations of abuse must not be included in the SMG.

The SMG meeting must agree a plan that includes:

  • a decision on the scale of the investigation and the staff required for a Joint Investigation Group;
  • consideration of any cross-boundary issues and planning of appropriate liaison and sharing of resources;
  • identification of staff in both Children’s Social Care and the police of sufficient seniority and experience to manage the investigative process (usually the CAIU DI and Children’s Social Care Service Manager);
  • identification of sufficient trained staff for the investigation (must be independent of those being investigated);
  • development of a communication strategy specifying what information can be shared, with whom and at what stage (This should also include the arrangements for urgent communications during out of hours. A confidentiality agreement must be signed by the SMG, the Joint Investigation Group and, where appropriate, any subsequent partner involved);
  • organisation of adequate accommodation, including a dedicated incident room, where possible, and facilities for interviewing and recording interviews;
  • arrangements for medical staff to conduct assessments;
  • arrangements for sufficient administrative staff and information technology resources to support the investigation;
  • legal advice including consultation with the Crown Prosecution Service;
  • sufficient resources to ensure that children are protected from further abuse and that their welfare remains paramount (this should include appropriate foster, day-care or residential placements, medical, Sexual Assault Referral Centre (SARC) services, and therapeutic, educational and practical services);
  • consideration of the therapeutic needs of children and adults;
  • sufficient support, supervision and de-briefing of staff involved;
  • availability of expert advice where necessary;
  • liaison arrangements for inter-agency working;
  • timescales for the stages of the investigation;
  • allocation of specific tasks to personnel involved in the investigation, together with line management responsibilities;
  • management of public relations and media interest in the case;
  • witness support, if relevant.

An individual must be designated to act as coordinator between the SMG and the Joint Investigation Group, usually the police senior investigating officer or the Children’s Social Care lead manager.

The responsibility of the coordinator is to ensure the flow of relevant information between the operational and strategic groups.

A member of the SMG must be identified to keep the LCSPR Subgroup up to date with significant developments and issues.

The SMG must make arrangements to convene regularly during the investigation to:

  • monitor the progress, quality and integrity of the investigation;
  • review risk indicators for the children involved;
  • review the communications strategy;
  • consider resource requirements;
  • consider the appropriate timing of the termination of the investigation;
  • plan a de-brief meeting with the Joint Investigation Group to identify lessons learnt.

The Police leads for the investigation will support partners to identify processes for managing identified cross-boundary enquires with other police forces, local authorities and health services.

The SMG should remain in existence at least until the court or the Crown Prosecution Service has made a decision about the alleged perpetrators and/or that the Joint Investigation Group has confirmed that all remaining safeguarding concerns have been addressed.

The SMG must report in writing to the LCSPR Subgroup, so that the group can consider at the first available opportunity whether a LCSPR should be initiated and make a recommendation to the Chair of the BSCP. See also Local Child Safeguarding Practice Reviews Framework and Practice Guidance.

An SMG will only be convened once a complex abuse investigation has been agreed, and in such cases there will always be some form of criminal investigation. Given this, the police will take responsibility for the dissemination and storage of SMG minutes. Alongside the agreement of the SMG terms of reference, there should be discussion to clarify these arrangements to those involved.

6. Joint Investigation Group

Led by the CAIU detective inspector or the Children’s Social Care lead manager, this group should consist of experienced personnel from PVP and Children’s Social Care – the latter may choose to use independent /agency/ outside organisation social workers.

The size of the group will depend on the scale of the investigation, but in the majority of cases both PVP and Children’s Social Care should provide a line manager and sufficient staff experienced in interviewing children and trained in Achieving Best Evidence in criminal Proceedings.

Membership may also be drawn, as necessary, from appropriate health professionals, education, Crown Prosecution Service, legal services, probation and victim support services.

In selecting staff, consideration should be given to requirements arising from the individual needs of the relevant child/children, i.e. gender, culture, race, language, and where relevant, disability/special needs.

Any breach of confidentiality (deliberate or unintended) must be reported immediately to the SMG so that they can address this issue and manage the actual or potential impact on the investigation.

6.1 Practical arrangements

The location of the group must take account, both geographically and organisationally, the need to maintain confidentiality. This is especially crucial where the investigation concerns staff or carers.

Appropriate facilities must be available for video interviews and paediatric assessment.

Administrative support, information technology and accommodation requirements must be addressed at the outset, including the storage of confidential records.

6.2 Responsibilities

The Joint Investigation Group will be responsible for:

  • planning the overall investigation, including record checking, evidence gathering, planning and undertaking a series of interrelated interviews, and any surveillance required;
  • considering the implications of crossing geographical boundaries;
  • maintenance of written records of regular strategy and operational meetings;
  • holding planning meetings for individual pieces of work, e.g. video interview of a child and/or action to protect a child;
  • gathering other evidence including forensic evidence, interviews with alleged abusers and witnesses, and other corroborative evidence. Communication and liaison with other agencies on a need-to-know basis. There should be no deviation from the SMG’s existing communication strategy without the prior approval of the SMG;
  • convening inter-agency meetings and/or child protection conferences as appropriate;
  • coordination and timing of therapeutic services;
  • regularly updating the SMG on the progress made and recommending when to close the investigation;
  • consideration of arrangements for court hearings and support to children and families;
  • recommendations as to the placement of children and any contact involving children and their siblings, relatives or other adults.

7. Crossing Geographical and Operational Boundaries

It may be recognised at the outset or during the investigation that there are suspected or potential victims and offenders in more than one geographical area.

At the outset, the responsibility for managing the investigation lies with police in the area where the abuse is alleged to have occurred – where the alleged perpetrator/s are alleged to operate – who will make necessary contact with other affected areas through the SMG (unless exceptional circumstances apply, e.g. online offences or kidnapping).

Once it is recognised that there are suspected or potential victims outside of Buckinghamshire, the decision will be made by the Joint Investigation Group as to which agencies are informed and as to how evidence is gathered.

The original Joint Investigation Group should undertake the investigation on behalf of the other geographical areas. Other local authority Children’s Social Care Services must consider the funding of this service covering children in its area. A senior manager from each area should join the initiating SMG to discuss this and agree any resource implications involved.

If the number of victims outside the geographical boundaries of the original Joint Investigation Group increases to the extent that it cannot respond, negotiations should take place for a Joint Investigation Group with police and social care in the new geographic area.

It is essential that there is a joint SMG to provide overall planning. If it is necessary to have more than one Joint Investigation Group, there must be close working between coordinators and processes for full information sharing.

8. End of Enquiry

At the conclusion of an enquiry/investigation, the SMG should consider whether an evaluation of the investigation should take place so that lessons learned can be identified.

Where relevant, any learning, along with the actions required to address these, should be shared with the BSCP.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Definition

Bullying may be defined as behaviour by an individual or a group, repeated over time, which intentionally hurts another individual or group, either physically or emotionally. It can take many forms, including:

  • verbal abuse, such as name calling or gossiping;
  • non-verbal abuse, such as hand signs or text messages;
  • emotional abuse, such as threatening, intimidating or humiliating someone;
  • undermining, by constant criticism or spreading rumours;
  • controlling or manipulating someone;
  • racial, sexual, homophobic or transphobic bullying;
  • physical assaults such as hitting and pushing; and / or
  • making silent, hoax or abusive calls.

Bullying can happen face to face or virtually, for example online through social networking sites, online forums or gaming or mobile phones. The use of information communications technology (ICT) to bully impacts on the way bullying takes place – meaning it can happen at any time of day or night, and can be much more subtle or hidden, including taking place when a child is alone in their room. It also potentially involves a much larger audience, including a large number of bystanders and can spread very quickly to become ‘viral’.

It is important to recognise that in some instances bullying will raise safeguarding concerns and/or involve a criminal offence. Bullying behaviour may result in a criminal investigation where there is physical assault, damage, threats or harassment.

Bullying often involves an imbalance of power between the victim and the perpetrator which gives the perpetrator control over the relationship and makes it difficult for the victim to defend themselves. This imbalance can take a number of forms. For example, it may be physical, psychological, intellectual, derive from having the support of a group or the capacity to socially isolate.

While bullying often involves children as both victim and perpetrator, it can occur at any age. Professionals should be just as alert to cases of bullying which might involve an adult perpetrator bullying a child, or a child perpetrator bullying an adult.

Bullying should be defined by the impact on the victim rather than the intention of the perpetrator.

2. Bullying and Prejudice-Related Incidents

Prejudice-related incidents involve the nine protected characteristics as set out in the Equality Act 2010:

  • race and ethnicity;
  • religion or belief;
  • sexual orientation;
  • sex;
  • disability;
  • age;
  • gender reassignment;
  • pregnancy or maternity;
  • marriage and civil partnership.

Prejudice-related incidents can take many forms, including prejudicial language, ridicule and jokes, verbal abuse and graffiti. There is a crossover between prejudice-related incidents and bullying. However, they are also distinct; not all incidents of bullying will be prejudice-related, and not all prejudice-related incidents will involve bullying.

When dealing with prejudice-related incidents, professionals should be particularly aware that they do not just impact on the individual involved, but are an attack on someone who is a representative of a community or group, which means the impact is felt more widely. This has the potential to spread fear and/or create a hostile environment.

Buckinghamshire Council has developed guidance for schools around prejudice-related incidents. This includes further exploration of the similarities and differences between prejudice-related incidents and bullying. The guidance also covers how schools should respond to and record prejudice-related incidents. The guidance can be found in the Appendix.

There is no statutory duty to report such incidents to the local authority, however schools must keep their own internal records of discriminatory incidents as Ofsted could ask for any such records as part of an inspection.

3. Bullying and Hate Crime

A hate crime is a crime committed against someone because of their disability, gender-identity, race, religion or belief, or sexual orientation. A hate crime must involve a criminal offence.

Hate crimes can include threatening behaviour, assault, robbery, damage to property, inciting others to commit hate crime and harassment.

Professionals should be aware that there may be a crossover between bullying and hate crime in cases where bullying behaviour relates to disability, gender-identity, race, religion or belief, or sexual orientation and a criminal offence has taken place.

Because a criminal offence is involved, all incidents of hate crime should be reported to the police.

4. Damage Caused by Bullying

The damage inflicted on children by bullying can frequently be underestimated. It can cause considerable distress to children, to the extent that it affects their health and development or, in extreme cases, causes them significant harm (including self-harm).

Children are often held back from telling anyone about their experience for a number of reasons, including:

  • they have been threatened;
  • they don’t think anything can be done to change the situation;
  • they don’t think they will be believed;
  • they are afraid their device will be taken away;
  • they think they should be able to deal with it by themselves;
  • they might wrongly feel they are partly to blame for the situation.

5. Motivation for Bullying

Bullying is often motivated by prejudice, difference or vulnerability, whether actual or perceived. For example, a perpetrator may pick on someone because they are adopted, have caring responsibilities or because of the way they look. Children Living Away from home are particularly vulnerable to bullying and abuse by their peers (see BSCP guidance on Children Living Away from home). Bullying may relate to characteristics that are protected under the Equality Act 2010 including disability, race, religion or belief, gender and sexual orientation.

Consideration should always be given to the underlying reason for the bullying so that prejudices and assumptions can be challenged and addressed appropriately.

Bullying often starts with small events such as teasing or name calling, which if left unchallenged can lead to more serious bulling and abuse.

Children who bully have often been bullied themselves. There may also be underlying circumstances which are contributing to the bullying behaviour, such as a disrupted home life, exposure to violence or a lack of self-confidence. While these reasons do not justify the bullying behaviour, professionals should recognise that in some cases the perpetrator may need support to deal with the underlying circumstances that are leading to their behaviour.

6. Indicators

Changes in behaviour which indicate fear or anxiety may be a potential indicator of bullying. The behaviours listed below are ones which can be associated with bullying, although it is important to recognise that bullying will not always be the reason why a child is displaying these behaviours.

  • being frightened of walking to and from school and changing their usual route;
  • feeling ill in the mornings;
  • beginning truanting;
  • beginning to perform poorly in their school work;
  • coming home regularly with clothes or books destroyed;
  • becoming withdrawn, starting to stammer, lacking confidence, being distressed and anxious, self-harm or stopping eating;
  • attempting or threatening suicide;
  • crying themselves to sleep, having nightmares;
  • having their possessions go missing;
  • asking for money or starting to steal (to pay the bully) or continually ‘losing’ their pocket money;
  • refusing to talk about what is wrong;
  • having unexplained bruises, cuts or scratches;
  • beginning to bully other children/siblings;
  • becoming aggressive and unreasonable.

7. Actions to Safeguard Children from Bullying

All settings in which children are provided with services, or are living away from home should have rigorously enforced anti-bullying strategies in place and clear procedures on how to refer to Children’s Social Care if safeguarding concerns are identified (see Referrals chapter).

Clear messages must be given that bullying is not acceptable and children must be reassured that the adults they are in contact with will take bullying seriously.

Schools have a legal duty to put measures in place to promote good behaviour, respect for others and to prevent all forms of bullying among pupils. In practice, schools need to draw up an anti-bullying policy linked to the behaviour policy.

Bullying may become a safeguarding issue and, particularly in cases of sexist, sexual and transphobic bullying, schools must consider whether safeguarding processes need to be followed. This is because of the potential for this form of bullying to be characterised by inappropriate sexual behaviour and the risk of serious violence (including sexual violence).

It is important for professionals to consider whether to apply safeguarding procedures both to the young people being bullied, and to the perpetrators. Victims of bullying may need to be protected from the child or young person engaging in bullying behaviour using safeguarding processes. Safeguarding processes may need to be applied to perpetrators in cases where their behaviour is an indication they are experiencing or impacted by abuse.

In all cases, where bullying is taking place, action should be taken to address the needs of the victims and the perpetrator and to provide appropriate support and services.

If the bullying involves physical assault, as well as seeking medical attention where necessary, consideration should be given as to whether there are any safeguarding children issues and whether the police should be informed if a criminal offence may have been committed.

Where appropriate, parents and carers of both victims and perpetrators should be kept informed and updated on a regular basis. Where possible they should also be involved in supporting the strategies that are being put in place to manage the bullying.

It is important when addressing bullying behaviour by another child to avoid accusations, threats or any responses that will only lead to the child being uncooperative, and silent.

The focus should be on the bullying behaviour rather than the child and, where possible, the reasons for the behaviour should be explored and dealt with. A clear explanation of the extent of the upset the bullying has caused should be given and encouragement to see the bullied child’s points of view.

A restorative approach and the use of restorative enquiry and subsequent mediation between those involved can provide an opportunity to meet the needs of all concerned. The child who has been bullied has the chance to say how they have been affected. The opportunity is provided for the child doing the bullying to understand the impact of their actions and to make amends.

Both the child engaged in bullying behaviour and those who are the target of bullying should then be closely monitored. The times, places and circumstances in which the risk of bullying is greatest should be ascertained and action taken to reduce the risk of recurrence.

Whatever plan of action is implemented, it must be reviewed at regular intervals to ascertain whether actions have been successful by consideration of whether the target of bullying now feels safe and whether the bullying behaviour has now ceased. Consideration should also be given to lessons learned in order to constantly review and improve practice.

8. Further Advice

Schools can contact Yvette Thomas, Equalities and School Improvement Manager at Buckinghamshire Council, for further advice and support around bullying. Guidance for schools on dealing with prejudice-related incidents and disability bullying can be found in the Appendix.

Buckinghamshire Council Schoolsweb has up to date information on all Equalities Issues which include resources for school, children and young people and professionals.

The Department for Education have published guidance on Preventing and Tackling Bullying. Materials include advice on supporting children and young people who are bullied, and advice for both teachers and parents on cyberbullying.

Ofsted has a challenge role with schools in looking at how children and young people are being kept safe from bullying as part of their inspections, and gathers views from parents and children and young people as part of this process. If weaknesses are identified these will be flagged up in the Ofsted report.

8.1 Specialist bullying organisations

The Anti-Bullying Alliance (ABA): Founded in 2002 by NSPCC and National Children’s Bureau, the ABA brings together over 100 organisations into one network to develop and share good practice across the whole range of bullying issues.

Kidscape: A charity established to prevent bullying and promote child protection. Provides advice to young people, professionals and parents about different types of bullying and how to tackle it. They also offer specialist training and support for school staff, and assertiveness training for young people.

The Diana Award: An anti-bullying ambassadors programme to empower young people to take responsibility for changing the attitudes and behaviour of their peers towards bullying. It aims to achieve this by identifying, training and supporting school anti-bullying ambassadors.

The BIG Award: The Bullying Intervention Group (BIG) offer a national scheme and award for schools to tackle bullying effectively.

8.2 Cyberbullying

Childnet – Cyberbullying Guidance

UK Safer Internet Centre – Online Bullying

8.3 Lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT+)

EACH: A training agency for employers and organisations seeking to tackle discrimination on the grounds of gender and sexual orientation.

Schools Out: Offers practical advice, resources (including lesson plans) and training to schools on LGBT+ equality in education.

Stonewall: An LGBT+ equality organisation with considerable expertise in LGBT+ bullying in schools, a dedicated youth site, resources for schools, and specialist training for teachers.

8.4 Special educational needs and disability (SEND)

Mencap: Represents people with learning disabilities, with specific advice and information for people who work with children and young people.

Changing Faces: Provide online resources and training to schools on bullying because of physical difference.

Cyberbullying and Children and Young People with SEND: Advice provided by the Anti-Bullying Alliance on developing effective anti-bullying practice.

8.5 Racism

Show Racism the Red Card: Provides resources and workshops for schools to educate young people, often using the high profile of football, about racism.

Kick it Out: Uses the appeal of football to educate young people about racism and provides education packs for schools.

Anne Frank Trust: Runs a schools project to teach young people about Anne Frank and the Holocaust, the consequences of unchecked prejudice and discrimination, and cultural diversity.

Appendix

Dealing with Prejudice Related Incidents: Guidance for Schools (Buckinghamshire Council)

All Inclusive: Tackling Disability-Related Bullying in Primary Schools (Buckinghamshire Council)

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction and Definitions

This chapter should be read in conjunction with the following government guidance: Care of unaccompanied migrant children and child victims of modern slavery: statutory guidance for local authorities (Department for Education) which sets out the steps which local authorities should take to plan for the provision of support for Looked After Children / Children in Care who are unaccompanied asylum seeking children, unaccompanied migrant children or child victims of modern slavery including trafficking. Elements of the guidance will also be relevant for the care of Looked After Children who are UK nationals and who may also be child victims of modern slavery.

The cohort of unaccompanied migrant children and child victims of modern slavery includes a wide range of children in a variety of circumstances that a local authority will need to be aware of in order to ensure that the child receives appropriate legal advice and support. Some will have been trafficked or persecuted and may have witnessed, or been subject to, horrific acts of violence. Other migrant children may have been sent to the UK in search of a better life, or may have been brought here for a private fostering arrangement and subsequently exploited or abandoned when the arrangement fails.

There are a wide range of status possibilities for migrant children that the local authority will need to be aware of. In brief, the following categories regarding status are the most likely to be encountered. However this list is not exhaustive and legal advice should be sought wherever there is uncertainty about a migrant child’s status.

Categories of unaccompanied children include:

  • Unaccompanied asylum seeking children (UASC): children who are claiming asylum in their own right, who are separated from both parents, and who are not being cared for by an adult who in law or by custom has responsibility to do so. Some will not qualify for asylum but may require ‘humanitarian protection’ (where an individual is found not to be a refugee under the Refugee Convention but they are nevertheless at risk of serious harm on return to their country of origin – see Home Office Guidance on Humanitarian Protection). Others may not qualify for any leave to remain in the UK. Their status will be determined by the Home Office;
  • Unaccompanied migrant child not seeking asylum: a child who is not seeking asylum because their reasons for being here are not connected to seeking protection, or who may be undocumented, or is not seeking asylum because they have not been advised of the need to do so. The child may be separated from both parents and is not being cared for by an adult who in law or by custom has responsibility to do so;
  • Asylum seeking child: a child who is in the UK with family members. See Processing children’s asylum claims (UK Visas and Immigration) 

2. Responsibilities of the Local Authority

Where it is established that a referral concerns a young unaccompanied child migrant, regardless of the category, this will always satisfy the criteria for services as a Child in Need.

An unaccompanied child will become a Looked After Child, after they have accommodated by the local authority under Section 20(1) of the Children Act 1989 for 24 hours. Once accommodated, they will be subject to the appropriate regulations and the same provision as any other Looked After Child.

The local authority should record any modern slavery concerns on the child’s care plan.

As part of the general duty to assess and meet the needs of an Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Child, the local authority should ensure that the child has access to a legal representative.

Unaccompanied children are highly likely to require specialist support from a variety of organisations and agencies (see for example, the Independent Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children Support Service (IUSS) provided by the Refugee Council).

3. Managing the Case

All professionals involved in the care of unaccompanied children and child victims of modern slavery should be able to recognise indicators of trafficking, slavery, servitude and forced or compulsory labour and should have an understanding of the particular issues likely to be faced by these children.

This is a highly complex area of work, and professionals will need to have available to them a solid understanding of the asylum process or colleagues or other professionals with such expertise.

The kinds of issues that may need to be negotiated include:

  • an understanding of the Welfare Interview, Statement of Evidence Form, and age assessment process;
  • The purpose of the asylum case review;
  • The importance of the substantive asylum interview;
  • The different possible outcomes of a child’s asylum claim and how that impacts on pathway planning.

For more information, see Processing children’s asylum claims (UK Visas and Immigration).

Social workers should also have a broad understanding of the immigration system – for example, the immigration application process, different types of leave, making further leave to remain applications and the appeals process. Social workers should also have an understanding of the trafficking referral process and the wider safeguarding system around child victims of modern slavery, including how and when to refer a child to the National Referral Mechanism (NRM).

Legal advice can only be provided by a registered immigration advisor, ideally one with expertise in working with children. Legal Aid is available for asylum cases and Looked After Children will generally be eligible.

Independent Reviewing Officers (IRO) should consider the child’s needs as an unaccompanied child or child victim of modern slavery, including trafficking, when planning and providing care. They should also have an awareness of the particular needs and issues children may face as a result of being an unaccompanied child or child victim of modern slavery so that they can provide appropriate challenge at review.

Service providers should ensure that foster carers and all other care staff in placement settings are aware of appropriate steps to reduce the risk of trafficked children returning to their traffickers.

4. Assessment

Social workers should consider all unaccompanied migrant children as potential victims of modern slavery in the first instance until this possibility is either confirmed or discounted and they should also have an understanding of the trafficking referral process under the National Referral Mechanism.

The social worker must ensure that all unaccompanied children have access to specialist asylum and/or immigration legal advice and representation in their assessment so as to ensure the child can fully present their case for asylum or leave to remain.

The assessment will take account of:

  • the immigration status of the child;
  • their ethnicity and religion;
  • any safeguarding issues or factors that may indicate the child is or has been trafficked or may be a victim of compulsory labour, servitude and slavery;
  • many unaccompanied and/or trafficked children are at risk of going missing from care, often within the first 72 hours, whilst others may be at risk of repeated missing episodes due to ongoing exploitation. Photographs of the child should be kept on file for use if they do go missing, and be shared with the police in that instance. Photographs may include one of their full body length, one of their face and any others that depict distinguishing features. See also Children Missing from Care, Home and Education: Procedure;
  • any family links that may be available to support the child (ensuring that any search for family members does not jeopardise the safety of the child). The child should always be consulted with and informed if family tracing is being undertaken or commissioned on their behalf (see British Red Cross – Finding Missing Family);
  • the young person’s accommodation arrangements and needs;
  • the child’s education needs and how these will be addressed through a Personal Education Plan;
  • the young person’s local connection with the local authority area;
  • the young person’s financial and other support;
  • the age assessment of the young person (where relevant) and any available information on their agent, their access into this country, the length of time they have been in this country and possible other connections;
  • the child’s health needs and any particular psychological or emotional impact of experiences as an unaccompanied or trafficked child, and any consequent need for psychological or mental health support to help the child deal with them.

Unaccompanied migrant children and child victims of modern slavery will need access to specialist legal advice and support. This will be in relation to immigration and asylum applications, and decisions and any associated legal proceedings. If they have been a victim of modern slavery, they will also need support in relation to criminal proceedings or compensation claims. The assessment should note that specialist legal support is required and how it will be provided. The child’s social worker should ensure that they are accompanied in all meetings, including meetings with legal professionals. The person accompanying the child does not have to be the child’s social worker.

In determining an unaccompanied young person’s accommodation needs, the assessment must have regard to their age and independent living skills and consider the intensity of service required. This may range between independent accommodation, semi-independent accommodation foster or residential placements, or in specific cases, a specialist residential therapeutic unit.

No assumptions should be made about the child’s language skills. An appropriately qualified and vetted interpreter must be used to assist in all assessments (see Interpreting, Signing and Communication Needs).

When completing cases records, it is important to pay particular attention to the detail of spelling names and of descriptions of family relationships.

Planning for the child should include planning for a variety of possible outcomes regarding the child’s immigration status – see Section 10, Asylum Process – Possible Outcomes.

4.1 Age assessment

Where the age of the child is uncertain and there are reasons to believe they are a child, they will be presumed to be a child in order to receive immediate assistance, support and protection in accordance with Section 51 Modern Slavery Act 2015. Assessments must be undertaken in accordance with standards established in case law and should only be carried out where there is reason to doubt that the child is the age they claim. For further guidance see: Age Assessment Guidance published by ADCS. In all cases where a referral is received concerning an unaccompanied child, the relevant Team will carry out an assessment in accordance with the Assessment Procedure, to determine whether they are a Child in Need.

5. Provision of Services

Young unaccompanied child migrants should be provided with information about the services available to them from the local authority and other agencies.

The young person will also be given assistance to register with a GP and dentist, and enrol in a local school or college. The health professionals and the school should be aware of the child’s status and senior managers such as the Virtual School Head should be informed of the school placement. There will be a need to set out clearly any particular implications of the child’s status for non-specialist professionals such as GPs and teachers, including any urgency of involvement – particularly with health practitioners. An interpreter should be booked to accompany the young person to appointments with the GP or school, where necessary.

Where a young person’s needs are for independent or semi-independent accommodation, and the manager agrees, assistance should be given with completion of the necessary Housing Application.

Where the assessment identifies that an unaccompanied young child migrant needs to be Looked After, all the procedures in relation to Care Plans, Health Care Plans, Personal Education Plans and Placement Plans must be completed (see Decision to Look After, Buckinghamshire Children’s Social Care Procedures).

For unaccompanied migrant children who are Looked After, the placement decision will also need to be informed by careful consideration of the wider support needs of the child, including their cultural and social needs. It may be that the accommodation setting or carers cannot meet those needs on their own so other more creative ways, such as mentors or links to diaspora groups, could be used. As with all Looked After Children, an unaccompanied child’s ethnicity, cultural and linguistic background should be taken into account when placing the child with foster carers. However, these are not overriding considerations and should be taken into account alongside all of the child’s needs. Nevertheless, the placement should meet the child’s needs as a whole and be consistent with their wishes and feelings.

Where there are safeguarding concerns relating to the care and welfare of any unaccompanied child, including where modern slavery is suspected or has been identified, these should be investigated in line with the statutory provisions contained in  Working Together to Safeguard Children. The opportunity to intervene to prevent any further exploitation might be very narrow, so the entry local authority should convene a Strategy Meeting/Discussion as soon as possible and take any necessary immediate action to safeguard and promote the child’s welfare. This Strategy Meeting/Discussion should involve the police, Immigration officials and any other relevant agencies and plan rapid further action if concerns are substantiated.

Provision may need to be made for the child to be in a safe place before any further assessment takes place and for the possibility that they may not be able to disclose full information about their circumstances immediately. The location of the child should not be divulged to any enquirers until their identity and relationship with the child have been established and the local authority is assured of their motives, if necessary, with the help of police and Immigration officials. The installation of police installed alarms  should be considered and the child or young person advised about the safe use of mobile phones, so they cannot be traced etc.

All unaccompanied young asylum-seekers who are eligible for a service will be entitled to financial assistance which must first be authorised by the manager. The social worker should arrange for payment of the relevant amounts in accordance with the local authority procedures.

Travel cards or warrants will be issued to young unaccompanied asylum-seekers in relation to appointments at the Home Office.

Where an assessment identifies that an unaccompanied child migrant does not meet the criteria for a service from Children’s Social care but appears to be in need of services from elsewhere, the social worker will refer the young person to the appropriate agency which may be a different local authority Children’s Social Care department, the Refugee Council, UK Visas and Immigration and/or an appropriate voluntary agency.

In such circumstances, the duty social worker should make an appointment for the young person and advise them of the name, address (including a map where necessary) and contact number of the person with whom the appointment has been made. In addition, the duty worker must send a copy of the referral and assessment to the relevant office.

In all cases where a service is to be refused, the social worker must consult their manager before the decision is made and the letter confirming the decision is sent. Any correspondence received in relation to the decision should be referred to the manager.

6. Withdrawal of Services

The provision of a service is dependent on the young person continuing to qualify for the service.

Services to an unaccompanied child migrant may be withdrawn, for example, where another adult wishes to assume Parental Responsibility and this is assessed as appropriate.

The service must not be withdrawn without a Child in Need Plan Review (see Child in Need Plans and Reviews Procedure, Buckinghamshire Children’s Services) and the agreement of the social worker’s manager. Any such decision must be clearly recorded, with reasons. In all such cases, legal advice should usually be obtained before a final decision is made.

Where a service is withdrawn, the social worker should inform the Finance Office, if appropriate, immediately.

7. Unaccompanied Child Migrants Reaching the Age of 18

Planning transition to adulthood for unaccompanied children is a particularly complex process that needs to address their developing care needs in the context of their immigration status.

Pathway Planning to support an unaccompanied child’s transition to adulthood must cover the areas that would be addressed within any care leaver’s plan as well as any additional needs arising from their immigration status and the action required to resolve this. (See Leaving Care and Transition Procedure, Buckinghamshire Children’s Services.)

Former unaccompanied children who qualify as care leavers and who have been granted leave to remain, or who have an outstanding asylum or other human rights claim or appeal, are entitled to the same level of care and support from the local authority as any other care leaver.

The extent of any care leaver duties on local authorities to provide support to former unaccompanied children who have turned 18, exhausted their appeal rights, established no lawful basis to remain in the UK and should return to their home country is subject to a Human Rights Assessment by the local authority. This is set out under the restrictions on local authority support for adults without immigration status.

For former unaccompanied children whose long-term future is in the UK, transition planning will need to consider the challenges and issues facing any care leaver, such as education or preparing for independent living. Planning for children and young adults who have been granted refugee status or humanitarian protection should also consider when they may be required to make a further application for leave to remain.

Where an unaccompanied child or child victim of modern slavery qualifies for local authority care leaving support, a personal adviser must be appointed to support them.

Pathway plans should always consider and reflect the implications for the child or young adult if their asylum claim is refused without a grant of leave, if their application to extend their leave is refused or if their appeal against a refusal is dismissed. In such circumstances, the person will become unlawfully present in the UK and be expected to make plans for a return to their home country. A plan for a return to their home country may also need to be made at any other point, should the care leaver decide to leave the UK.

Planning may have to be based around short-term achievable goals whilst entitlement to remain in the UK is being determined. For the majority of unaccompanied children who do not have permanent immigration status, transition planning should initially take a dual or triple planning perspective, which, over time should be refined as the young person’s immigration status is resolved.

Planning cannot pre-empt the outcome of any immigration decision and may be based on:

  • A transitional plan during the period of uncertainty when the care leaver is in the UK without permanent immigration status;
  • A longer-term perspective plan should the care leaver be granted long-term permission to stay in the UK (for example through the granting of Refugee Status);
  • A return to their country of origin at any appropriate point or at the end of the immigration consideration process, should that be necessary because the care leaver decides to leave the UK or is required to do so.

Assistance should be given in advance of their 18th birthday with the necessary applications for housing, Housing Benefit and any other relevant benefits. The social worker must ensure that the young person has accommodation to which to move on their 18th birthday.  The provider of the young person’s present accommodation and the Finance Office should be informed when the accommodation arrangement will end.

8. Access to Public Funds

Financial support for care leavers who are former unaccompanied child migrants should reflect their needs and their immigration status. Financial policies should highlight any entitlements and how their immigration status may affect these. Pathway plans should address employment opportunities and funding arrangements for education and training, taking account of the young person’s immigration status.

If a young person has No Recourse to Public Funds (NRPF), they will be unable to access a number of welfare benefits and social housing. Subject to the Human Rights Assessment by the Local Authority under Schedule 3 Nationality, Immigration and Asylum Act 2002 (as amended), the provision of accommodation may form part of the Leaving Care support provided to a young person who has NRPF. For further information please go to Families with No Recourse to Public Funds Procedure, Buckinghamshire Children’s Services.

Having NRPF does not prevent a person from accessing other publicly funded services, but many of these will have eligibility criteria based on immigration status which will need to be considered. (See NRPF Network – What are public funds?)

9. Review of Services

Where a young person is Looked After, their circumstances will be reviewed in accordance with the Looked After Reviews Procedure.

Any other services provided should be reviewed at least every 6 months as set out in the Child in Need Plans and Reviews Procedure.

In advance of each review, the social worker will send the young person a checklist setting out the documents which are required to be produced at the Review, such as confirmation of registration with a GP, enrolment at schools/college and updated information concerning their asylum status.

The young person should be invited to the Review and an interpreter should be booked as necessary.

Independent Reviewing Officers (IRO) should have regard to the child’s needs as an unaccompanied child or child victim of modern slavery, including trafficking, when planning and providing care. They should also have an awareness of the particular needs and issues children may face as a result of being an unaccompanied child or child victim of modern slavery so that they can provide appropriate challenge at review. Service providers should ensure that foster carers and all other care staff in placement settings are aware of appropriate steps to reduce the risk of trafficked children returning to their traffickers.

Guidance for cases where the child has been the subject of sexual exploitation can be found in the Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol.

Where a Review confirms the service, the Financial Assessment Form should be updated. Where additional support services are identified as necessary, the Plan should be updated to reflect this.

Where services are withdrawn as a result of the Review, the relevant teams should be notified immediately.

10. Asylum Process – Possible Outcomes

There are four main possible outcomes of the asylum process for an unaccompanied child, which will determine what the long term solution might be:

Granted refugee status (i.e. granted asylum), with limited leave to remain for five years, after which time they can normally apply for settlement (i.e. indefinite leave to remain);

Refused asylum but granted humanitarian protection, with limited leave to remain for five years, after which time they can normally apply for settlement (i.e. indefinite leave to remain). This is most commonly granted where the person is at risk of a form of ‘ill treatment’ in their country of origin but which does not meet the criteria of the Refugee Convention. As it is very likely that those granted refugee status or humanitarian protection will qualify for indefinite leave to remain, their care and pathway planning should primarily focus on their long-term future in the UK, in the same way as for any other Care Leaver;

Refused asylum but granted Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Child (UASC) Leave. This is normally for 30 months or until the age of 17½, whichever is the shorter period. This form of leave is granted to unaccompanied children where they do not qualify for refugee status or humanitarian protection, but where the Home Office cannot return them to their home country because it is not satisfied that safe and adequate reception arrangements are in place in that country. It is a form of temporary leave to remain and is not a route to settlement. It is important to note that this decision is a refusal of the child’s asylum claim and will attract a right of appeal. The child should be assisted to obtain legal advice on appealing against such a refusal. Before the child’s UASC Leave expires, they can submit an application for further leave to remain and/or a fresh claim for asylum, which will be considered. It is essential that they are assisted to access legal advice and make any such further application or claim before their UASC Leave expires. In such cases, care and pathway planning should therefore consider the possibility that the child may have to return to their home country once their UASC Leave expires or that they may become legally resident in the UK long-term (if a subsequent application or appeal is successful). Planning should also cover the possibility that they reach the age of 18 with an outstanding application or appeal and are entitled to remain in the UK until its outcome is known;

Refused asylum and granted no leave to remain. In this case the unaccompanied child is expected to return to their home country and their care plan should address the relevant actions and the support required. The Home Office will not return an unaccompanied child to their home country unless it is satisfied that safe and adequate reception arrangements are in place in that country. Any appeal or further application should be submitted where appropriate by the child’s legal adviser.

Although the above are the four main types of outcomes for an unaccompanied child, there may be others. For example, a child may be granted discretionary leave depending on whether they meet other criteria such as needing to stay in the UK to help police with their enquires after being conclusively identified as a victim of trafficking. Other examples include: leave as a stateless person; limited or discretionary leave for compassionate reasons; and limited leave on the basis of family or private life.

11. Further Reading and Advice

Local Government Association – Council Support: Refugees, Asylum Seekers and Unaccompanied Children – resource for council staff, designed to answer questions about supporting refugees, asylum seekers and unaccompanied children.

National Referral Mechanism: Guidance for Child First Responders – provides details on how to refer a child into the NRM and complete the referral form, reviews of decisions and the benefits of referral.

Guidance on Processing Children’s Asylum Claims – Case worker guidance – sets out the process which immigration officials follow in determining an asylum claim from a child and the possible outcomes for the child

Modern Slavery and Exploitation Helpline (Unseen)

National Transfer Protocol for Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children – interim national transfer procedure and transfer flow chart for the safe transfer of UASC from one UK Local Authority to another.

Child Protection: Working with Foreign Authorities (Department for Education) – guidance on child protection cases and care orders where the child has links to a foreign country

Children and Young People seeking asylum and refugees: Guidance for Paediatricians (Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health)

Modern Slavery Act 2015

Modern Slavery: How to identify and support victims (Home Office)

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Revelations of widespread abuse and neglect of children living away from home have done much to raise awareness of the particular vulnerability of children in these circumstances. It is important for agencies and professionals not to be complacent and to be vigilant at all times so that children in these circumstances do not suffer.

Everywhere that children live should provide the same basic safeguards against abuse, founded on an approach that promotes their general welfare, protects them from harm, and treats them with dignity and respect.

Settings where children are living away from home include: boarding schools, children’s homes and foster homes, hospitals, prisons, young offender institutions, secure training centres, secure units and army bases. This guidance is also relevant in relation to private fostering and foreign exchange visits. The same consideration should be given to children from other local authorities who may be temporarily living in Buckinghamshire, as well as children from Buckinghamshire who are temporarily living in a different local authority.

The Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership (BSCP) Safeguarding Children Procedures apply in every situation and to all settings, including those where children are living away from home.

Individual agencies that provide care for children living away from home should implement clear and unambiguous procedures to respond to potential matters of concern about children’s welfare, in line with the relevant legal requirements.

2. Risks and Safeguards

Children living away from home are particularly vulnerable to being abused by adults and peers. With limited and sometimes controlled contact with family and carers, they may not be able to disclose what is happening to them. Many young people live away from home because of concerns of abuse and/or exploitation. It is particularly important therefore that their welfare is protected when they are being cared for by another agency, institution or family.

Disabled children are particularly vulnerable when living/staying away from home.

All settings must ensure that:

  • children feel valued and respected;
  • they communicate directly with children using appropriate verbal and/or non-verbal means and recognise the importance of ascertaining their wishes and feelings;
  • safe recruitment and employment practices are adhered to so that care providers are appropriately recruited, assessed and trained (see Safer Recruitment and Employment chapter);
  • children have access to a trusted adult outside of the setting;
  • the setting is open to external scrutiny;
  • there is respect for diversity and sensitivity to race, culture, religion, gender, sexuality and disability;
  • effective supervision and support is in place, extending to temporary/agency staff and volunteers;
  • bullying is effectively dealt with;
  • staff and carers are alert to the risks of harm to children in the external environment from people prepared to exploit the additional vulnerability of children living away from home.

There should be clear procedures and support systems in place for dealing with expressions of concern about staff or volunteers (see Allegations against those Working with Children / People in Positions of Trust). Organisations should have a whistleblowing policy and code of conduct instructing staff and volunteers on their duty to their employer and their professional obligation to raise legitimate concerns about the conduct of colleagues or managers. There should be a guarantee that procedures can be invoked in ways that do not prejudice the whistleblower’s own position and prospects (see also Whistleblowing).

Complaints procedures and safeguarding children policies should be kept up to date. These must be clear, effective, user-friendly and readily accessible to children and young people, including those with disabilities and those for whom English is not their preferred language.

Children should genuinely be able to raise concerns and make suggestions for changes and improvements, which should be taken seriously. Procedures should address informal as well as formal complaints. Systems that do not promote open communication about ‘minor’ complaints will not be responsive to major ones, and a pattern of minor complaints may indicate more deeply rooted problems in management and culture that need to be addressed.

When there are concerns about significant harm to a child, the same safeguarding children procedures apply as for those children who live with their own families.

3. Specific Situations

3.1 Children Looked After

Children and young people living in foster care or residential settings are among the most socially excluded groups. They are vulnerable to abuse, and may be in care due to abuse. or neglect they have experienced.

BCSP expects there to be a strong working partnership between all key people and agencies involved in the child’s life, to enable clarification and allocation of the different roles and responsibilities as ‘public’ parents, to ensure the child is kept safe. This includes the child/young person and their family, as well as the day-to-day carers and others who have a role to play.

Where there is reasonable cause to believe that a Child Looked After has suffered, or is likely to suffer, significant harm in their placement, Children’s Social Care will convene a strategy meeting involving all relevant partners.

In these circumstances, enquiries should consider the safety of any other children living in the foster home/residential setting, including the foster carers’ own children, grandchildren or any children cared for by the foster carers in their home, as well as any children whom the foster carers may be caring for or working with outside their home in a voluntary or paid capacity, e.g. teaching, faith or youth work, scouts or other groups.

Social workers are required to see Children Looked After on their own and evidence of this should be recorded on the child’s records. The role of the Independent Reviewing Officer (IRO) includes ensuring they have the opportunity to see the child prior to reviews, and speak to them on their own, when age and developmentally appropriate. This is in addition to seeing them at other times, and to ensuring the child has contact information for their IRO.

Children Looked After who have learning and/or behavioural difficulties and/or sensory/physical impairment are particularly vulnerable to abuse. Staff working with these children must be alert to any signs that a child might be in need of protection.

Throughout any period of being looked after, the child must be made aware of their rights under the Children Act 1989 and 2004. Children and young people have a right to be heard. They can best describe how it is for them because they know how it feel. Children and young people have a right to free expression on matters that affect them. Their views should be respected and should be given due weight in accordance to their age and maturity.

On becoming looked after, children and young people must be provided with information about the services provided in Buckinghamshire. All staff and social workers should also be briefed about these services during their induction.

3.2 Private fostering

Private fostering is when a child or young person under 16 (or under 18 if disabled) is living with someone who is not a close relative (i.e. grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister) for 28 days or more. This may include children sent from abroad, asylum-seeking and refugee children, teenagers with short-term arrangements with friends or other non-relatives, and language students with host families.

There are procedures in relation to private fostering which must be followed (see Buckinghamshire County Council’s Private Fostering Procedures). Any professional who becomes aware that a child is in a private fostering arrangement should notify Buckinghamshire County Council Children’s Social Care.

Under the Children Act 1989, private foster carers and those with parental responsibility are required to notify Buckinghamshire County Council of their intention to privately foster or have a child fostered.

Children’s Social Care must satisfy themselves as to the suitability of the private foster carer, their household and accommodation.

3.3 Children on foreign exchange visits or homestays

Children on foreign exchange visits/homestays typically stay with a family selected by the school in the host country. Where this is for a period of less than 28 days, they are not classed as being ‘privately fostered’. In these circumstances, the only agency involved is education, with the school making arrangements to select host families and to negotiate the provision of families abroad. Where the stay exceeds 28 days, for children staying in the UK this will be considered a private fostering arrangement and the guidance in Section 3.2 should be followed.

In the event that any child in a household is subject to a Child Protection Plan or is the subject of a Section 47 Enquiry, the household should (until there is a satisfactory resolution of concerns) be regarded by the school as unsuitable to receive a pupil from an overseas school.

Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) regulations do not apply to UK-based exchange visits of less than 28 days, but overseas parents should indicate that they consent to the suitability of the selection process that places their child with the volunteer host family.

A DBS check in itself is no guarantee as to the suitability of an adult to work with any given group of young or vulnerable people. The placement of an adult within a situation of professional trust (where young people could be vulnerable to physical or mental exploitation, abuse or grooming) should be based on a common-sense assessment of the risk-benefit.

Visit leaders should ensure that parents/carers understand that DBS checks are unlikely to be available in countries visited by young people from the UK. They therefore must ensure that the overseas host school or agency is aware of the need to plan for appropriate home placements. In practical terms, this will mean schools are guided by the host teacher’s knowledge of their pupils and their families. There is thus an understanding/mutual trust between families sending pupils to stay with an overseas host family.

The visit leader should ensure that:

  • DBS checks are in place for UK host families for guests staying more than 28 days;
  • Private fostering procedures are followed where guests are staying for more than 28 days;
  • appropriate information is shared;
  • a code of conduct is agreed;
  • families understand what sleeping arrangements will be considered suitable;
  • family activities fall within the scope of parental consent;
  • transportation (including drivers) is suitable and covered by parental consent;
  • children involved understand who they should speak to if they have any concerns about their own safety of wellbeing or those of their peers.

3.4 Children in hospital for more than 12 weeks

The National Service Framework for Children, Young People and Maternity Services (NSF) sets out standards for hospital services. Hospitals should be child-friendly, safe and healthy places for children, with care in an appropriate location and environment.

Children under 16 should not usually be cared for on an adult ward, although if they are aged 14 or over they may be given a choice as to whether they wish to be cared for on an adult ward. Hospital admission data should include the age of children so that hospitals can monitor whether children are being given appropriate care on appropriate wards. For further information refer to the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) recommendations.

Children’s Social Care must be notified by the hospital if a child is in hospital for more than 12 weeks. Children’s Social Care must then carry out an assessment of the child’s welfare and safety (as per Section 85 of the Children Act 1989).

The hospital should inform the parents/carers of the child that the information will be shared with Children’s Social Care and the reasons for this.

Best practice is that notifications should be received at least three weeks before a child has been away from home for the statutory period of 12 weeks so that the Children’s Social Care assessment remains within timescales.

There will be occasions when children are staying in a hospital outside of the local authority where they normally live, especially where they are receiving treatment from specialist units. In such cases, hospital staff should ensure there is relevant communication and liaison with professionals in the child’s home authority, including with Children’s Social Care where a notification under Section 85 of the Children Act needs to be made.

3.5 Young Offender Institutions

The local authority has the same responsibilities towards children in custody as it does for other children in the local authority area.

Under the Legal Aid Sentencing and Punishing of Offenders Act 2012, children are remanded to the care of the local authority and are managed within Children Act Statutory Guidance; Care planning, placement and case review.

Young Offenders Institutions which accommodate juveniles (16–18-year-olds) must have policies and procedures in place which set out their duties to safeguard and promote the welfare of the children and young people in their care.

Specific institutions in an area must ensure that there are links in place with the local Safeguarding Children Partnership and local authorities.

There are currently no Young Offender Institutions in Buckinghamshire which accommodate juveniles.

3.6 Children in police custody

The age of criminal responsibility in England and Wales is 10 years old. This means that any person over this age can be arrested and detained if they commit a criminal offence. There are strict and complex rules governing the arrest of children set out in the code of practice in the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984. The police should generally only arrest children where they need to do so to preserve and secure evidence.

The police recognise that the custody environment is not usually the most appropriate place for young people to be dealt with. However, where it is necessary for a young person to be held in custody, they should generally be held for the shortest time possible.

There is a presumption in favour of bail in all cases, and this is even stronger in the case of young people. However, sometimes young people commit extremely serious offences and there will be occasions where it is necessary to remand a young person in custody. When a young person has been remanded, arrangements must be made for their transfer to local authority accommodation, unless the custody officer produces a certificate stating why this was impracticable, or in certain cases where secure accommodation was required but was not available.

3.7 Children of families living in temporary accommodation

Children may be at risk of harm when they are living in temporary accommodation that also houses adults, for example B&Bs, hostels or refuges.

Placement in temporary accommodation, often at a distance from previous support networks or involving frequent moves, can lead to individuals and families falling through the net and becoming disengaged from health, education, social care and welfare support systems. Some families who have experienced homelessness and are placed in temporary accommodation by local authorities under the main homeless duty can have very transient lifestyles. See Local Transfer Protocol.

It is important that effective communication and systems are in place to ensure that children from homeless families receive services from health and education, as well as any other relevant services.

There will be additional challenges where temporary accommodation is provided in another local authority. In such cases the services involved with the family should take extra care to ensure there is good communication and that relevant services are continued.

There is statutory guidance on making arrangements under section 11 of the Children Act 2004 to safeguard and promote the welfare of children, which sets out local authorities’ responsibilities for homeless families.

3.8 Homeless 16 and 17 year olds

In relation to homeless 16 and 17 year olds, the Joint Protocol for Homeless 16 and 17 Year Olds (opens as a PDF) should be followed. This sets out the responsibilities for Buckinghamshire Council.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Evidence from research demonstrates that a significant proportion of children who go missing are at risk of serious harm. There are links between going missing and a number of different risk factors. For example, there are particular concerns about the links between children going missing and the risks of exploitation (criminal and sexual), especially for looked after children (LAC) who go missing from their placements. Other risks and vulnerabilities include, but are not limited to, trafficking, forced marriage, radicalisation and involvement in gangs.

This guidance is relevant for all agencies working in Buckinghamshire in cases where children go missing from either home, care or education. It is designed to ensure that when a child goes missing there is an effective and coordinated safeguarding response from all agencies involved. In particular:

  • it will help professionals understand how to assess the risk to a child if they do go missing
  • it sets out the actions that should be taken by professionals to locate the child, to assist with their return and to identify the issues which caused, and may continue to cause, the child to go missing
  • it will help professions take steps to raise awareness, ensure improved responses and practice thereby delivering better outcomes from children.

This guidance should be read in conjunction with the Statutory guidance on children who run away or go missing from home or care (Department for Education).

2. Key Principles

The following safeguarding principles should be adhered to in relation to identifying and locating children who go missing:

  • the safety and welfare of the child is paramount
  • locating and returning the child to a safe environment is the main objective
  • the usual child protection procedures will be initiated whenever there are concerns that a child who is missing may have suffered, or is likely to suffer, significant harm.

All practitioners working with children at risk of going missing should discuss the dangers relating to this with the child and, if appropriate, their family. They should be told about support services and this should include information about helplines.

3. Definitions

Anyone whose whereabouts cannot be established will be considered as missing until located and their well-being or otherwise confirmed.

3.1 Continuum of risk

All reports of missing people sit within a continuum of risk from ‘no apparent risk (absent)’ through to high-risk cases that require immediate, intensive action.

No apparent risk (absent)
There is no apparent risk of harm to either the subject or the public. Actions to locate the subject and/or gather further information should be agreed with the informant and a latest review time set to reassess the risk.
Low risk
The risk of harm to the subject or the public is assessed as possible but minimal. Proportionate enquiries should be carried out to ensure that the individual has not come to harm.
Medium risk
The risk of harm to the subject or the public is assessed as likely but not serious. This category requires an active and measured response by the police and other agencies in order to trace the missing person and support the person reporting.
High risk
The risk of serious harm to the subject or the public is assessed as very likely. This category almost always requires the immediate deployment of police resources – action may be delayed in exceptional circumstances, such as searching water or forested areas during hours of darkness.

There should be a press/media strategy and/or close contact with outside agencies. Although please note that caution must be exercised when making decisions on whether to use media appeals, as sometimes children who are the victims of exploitation may be at increased risk in relation to gang involvement.

Children’s services must also be notified immediately if the person is under 18.

Thames Valley Police will not categorise the following as ‘no apparent risk’; they will always be the subject of a missing person investigation:

  • children aged 14 and under
  • registered sex offenders
  • all persons under 18 who have a CSE warning marker.

Professionals or others reporting a child missing to the police should not make a judgement about the level of risk. This decision will be made by the police on the basis of the information provided.

3.2 Children missing education

Children of compulsory school age who are not registered pupils at a school and are not receiving suitable education otherwise than at a school. Children missing education are at significant risk of underachieving, being victims of harm, exploitation or radicalisation, and becoming NEET (not in education, employment or training) later in life.

Children missing education should not be confused with children missing from. These are children who run away from school, or have missing episodes during the time they should be at school.

4. Reporting a Child Missing to the Police

Parents and those with parental responsibility are normally expected to have undertaken the following basic measures to try to locate the missing child, if considered safe to do so. Anyone else who has care of a child without parental responsibility should take all reasonable steps to locate the child and ascertain their safety. Professionals working with families should support parents and carers in taking the following necessary steps;

  • search bedroom / accommodation / outbuildings / vehicles
  • contact known friends and relatives where a child may be
  • visit locations that the child is known to frequent, if it is possible
  • calling or texting any mobile phone held by child and leaving a message asking for contact
  • contact with school or school friends to gather any available information regarding the child’s whereabouts.

At the point where a parent / person with parental responsibility consider the child to be missing, they should inform the police without delay.

When reporting a child missing to the police any relevant information that might help find or support the child should be shared, including;

  • if there are any specific risks
  • a description of the child and the clothing they were wearing
  • any mobile phone numbers
  • whether or not the missing child uses social media
  • details of where the child was last seen, when and with whom
  • a recent photograph and consent to release this to the press if required
  • relevant addresses, known associates and addresses frequented
  • details of any previous missing episodes – when, where, for how long, with whom, where found/when returned
  • the circumstances and any relevant information such as an argument, being bullied etc.
  • any other information that is seen as increasing the vulnerability of the child (for example: learning disability, criminal associations, drug or alcohol dependency, or if the child has previously experienced or been considered at risk of sexual exploitation or trafficking).

Anyone who has care of a child without parental knowledge or agreement should do what is reasonable to safeguard and promote the child’s welfare. In these circumstances, they should inform the police, Children’s Social Care and the parents of their whereabouts and safety. If this is not complied with, the police should consider advice or warning under the Child Abduction Act (1984), if appropriate.

5. Thames Valley Police

The police are the lead agency for investigating and finding missing children. However, some missing children who have not been reported to the police may come to the attention of agencies. Agencies should work with families to help them recognise the risks associated with a child going missing and the importance of reporting this to the police.

When Thames Valley Police receives a report that a child is missing, they will determine the level of risk based on the answers to 10 standard risk assessment questions:

  • What is the specific concern that has caused you to call the police?
  • What has been done so far to trace the individual?
  • Is this significantly out of character?
  • Do they need urgent medical attention or essential medication that is not likely to be available to them?
  • If under 18, are they currently at risk of child abuse including child sexual exploitation?
  • Are they likely to be subjected to any other crime?
  • Are they likely to be the victim of any other form abuse?
  • Are they likely to attempt suicide?
  • Do they pose a danger to other people?
  • Is there any other information relevant to their absence?

The person reporting a missing child to the police should provide the police with up-to-date information to inform decision making, as well as details of any action they have taken to trace the missing child.

When accepting a missing person report, the police will advise the caller that they will share information about the missing child and seek assistance from partner agencies to find the child. They will presume that all missing children are vulnerable unless a risk assessment determines otherwise. The police have the ultimate responsibility for determining the action that needs to be taken and when it needs to be escalated.

The continued response and classification of a child as missing is based on on-going risk assessment and undertaken in line with current police guidance.

5.1 Police response – no apparent risk

If a child is risk assessed to be recorded as ‘no apparent risk’, their details will be added to the Police National Computer (PNC) and an appropriate call-back time agreed with the caller. This will be dependent upon the risk assessment, and will remain subject to constant review in light of new information and changing circumstances. When the call back time is reached, the police will call the reporting person and review the 10 questions. If at that time, or earlier, there is information to indicate a higher or increased level of risk, the police will change the status of the missing child and officers will be deployed to commence a missing person investigation.

Where the police have risk assessed a missing child to be ‘no apparent risk, it will be the responsibility of the reporting person to collect the child and establish the reasons behind their absence once they are located. The police will not conduct a safe and well check unless crimes or other safeguarding issues are suspected.

5.2 Police response – risk identified

Where risk is identified, either to the missing child or to the public, as a result of responses to the standard risk assessment questions, the police response will be determined by the identified level of risk (see risk assessment table above). A police officer will visit the reporting person and commence a missing person investigation.

5.3 High risk missing children

A missing child would be prioritised as ‘high risk’ where:

  • the risk posed is immediate and there are substantial grounds for believing that the child is in danger through their own vulnerability; or
  • the child may have been the victim of a serious crime; or
  • the risk posed is immediate and there are substantial grounds for believing that the public is in danger.

All high risk cases will be led by a senior police officer.

Police officers will:

  • search the premises and surrounding grounds, accepting this action should already have been completed by the reporting person (police are searching both for the missing child and evidence of ‘push/pull’ factors behind the child going missing)
  • obtain full details concerning the child’s disappearance
  • complete a full risk assessment asking the initial 10 questions again to ensure nothing is missed, together with eight further questions
    • Is the person detainable under any mental health legislation? If so what is the legislation?
    • Is the person vulnerable due to other factors?
    •  Is the person particularly at risk of harm due to physical disability, frailty or memory loss?
    • Does the person lack the ability to interact safely with others in an unknown environment (mental illness, learning disability and/or sensory impairment)?
    • Has the person been involved in a violent, homophobic or racist incident immediately prior to disappearance?
    • Any child safeguarding concerns triggered? (e.g. subject to child protection plan, known to Children’s Social Care/ Protecting Vulnerable People Unit (Thames Valley Police) and/or specific PNC warning flag)
    • Is the person suffering from a drug or alcohol dependency?
    • Are there any social concerns? (E.g. family / relationship / employment / financial / school / college)
  • obtain a detailed description of the child’s clothing, together with a recent photograph
  • obtain consent to release the photograph to the press (if required) and pass details to partner agencies assisting with the search
  • add the child’s details to the missing person records management system
  • add the child’s detail to the Police National Computer (PNC).

The police will undertake a secondary investigation to identify any incidents or issues which may inform the risk assessment or help locate the child more quickly, e.g. domestic violence, child protection reports, the child is in care, potentially at risk from child exploitation or another crime, or particularly vulnerable for any reason. Police should consider contacting Children’s Social Care and the risk assessment must be continually reviewed.

In some cases, the police may feel it is necessary to publicise information relating to a missing chid via the media. They may also utilise the website facility of the UK Missing Person’s Unit.

The police may also utilise ‘Text Safe’ as this provides a way of proactively texting a missing person’s mobile phone with a message from Missing People about the service. This lets the missing person know that we care for their safety and want to help, and encourages them to get in touch.

The police are responsible for liaising with the family as well as with other agencies and force areas. If the child is in care, it may be more appropriate for Children’s Social Care to undertake enquiries with the family and other agencies, and report their findings back to the police. This approach should be decided on a case-by-case basis.

The local Police Missing Person Co-ordinator is the single point of contact for all agencies. Out of weekday office hours the local Duty Inspector is the contact. Both can be contacted via 101.

5.4 Medium risk missing children

A missing child would be prioritised as ‘medium risk’ where the risk of harm to the subject or the public is assessed as likely but not serious. This category requires an active and measured response by the police and other agencies in order to trace the missing person and support the person reporting. This will involve a proactive investigation and search in accordance with the circumstances to locate the missing child as soon as possible.

In cases where the report is initially made to Children’s Social Care the child of concern should still be referred to the police on 101. In cases where the report to Children’s Social Care was from a third party, there should be agreement, informed by risk assessment, about who makes this report.

5.5 Timescales and Police notification to Children’s Social Care

All missing persons are reviewed by the Duty Shift Inspector during their tour of duty. Any child who is missing will be referred by the police to Children’s Social Care within 24 hours.

Children’s Social Care must be notified immediately in the case of any high risk missing children.

Where a child discloses a safeguarding issue, there are concerns about a child’s vulnerability or that the child may be at risk of significant harm, the police should make a referral to Children’s Social Care as soon as this becomes evident.

If the child has been missing for more than 24 hours, the case will be reviewed at the police daily management meeting.

In all high-risk cases, or once a child has been missing for over 24 hours, the police, in consultation with partner agencies, must consider a media strategy, although as stated previously, caution must be exercised as in some cases a media appeal could increase the risk to the child. Each case to be treated on its own merits. Such an approach is not routine but is usually a response to very serious concerns for the child’s safety. Either carers or the police may suggest such an approach. Normally, such decisions to publicise will be made jointly, and where appropriate, in consultation with parents and Children’s Social Care. However, for operational reasons primacy over such decisions must lie with the police.

When a child deemed to be medium risk has been missing for more than 48 hours, the case will be reviewed by a Detective Inspector.

All missing persons are notified to the UK Missing Person’s Unit (National Crime Agency) after 48 hours, or earlier if the child is at high risk of harm.

When a child has been missing for over three days, Children’s Social Care will convene a strategy meeting. Children’s Social Care will call a strategy meeting sooner if they consider the child is likely to suffer significant harm. The meeting will review:

  • the action taken so far by the police and other professionals
  • the action which needs to be taken by the police and other professionals
  • whether the child should return to their home or their placement when located, and plans needed to support this
  • any new and other relevant information.

Further reviews will take place at least every five days thereafter or earlier, if deemed appropriate.

If the child has been missing for more than 10 weeks, the Missing Person Co-ordinator will ask for the PNC entry to remain in place for up to a year.

6. The Local Authority

Section 13 Children Act 2004 requires local authorities and other named statutory partners to make arrangements to ensure that their functions are discharged with a view to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children. This includes planning to prevent children from going missing and to do everything possible to ensure their safe return when they do go missing.

The Local Authority should have a named senior manager within Children’s Services who is responsible for monitoring policies and performance relating to children who go missing from home or care.

The Local Authority must ensure that all incidents where children go missing are appropriately risk assessed, and should record all incidents of looked after children who are missing or away from placement without authorisation.

Children who are looked after should have information about and easy access to help lines and support services including emergency accommodation. Support should also be made available to families to help them understand why the child has gone missing and how they can support them on their return.

6.1 Sharing information to locate a child who is looked after, subject to a child protection plan or a child in need

The local authority should consult with the police regarding what action should be taken to share information about a missing child who is looked after, subject to a child protection plan or a child in need. This should include an assessment of whether to release information to the media. The local authority should also notify other local authorities according to the degree of concern. Consideration should also be given to whether the child or their family has links to other areas either within the UK or abroad.

On receipt of a notification from another local authority, a flag should be added to the electronic record system for Children’s Social Care and consideration should be given to notifying health and other relevant partners.

7. Other Agencies

In all circumstances where a child goes missing, local safeguarding procedures should be followed. If there is concern that the child may be at risk of significant harm if returned home, a referral should be made to Children’s Social Care so that an assessment can be undertaken and where necessary arrangements made for accommodation.

8. Multi-Agency Child Exploitation (MACE) Meeting

MACE is a multi-agency risk management meeting that seeks to ensure that children living in Buckinghamshire are effectively safeguarded and protected from harm in cases where:

  • they are, or might be, victims of all forms of child exploitation including but not limited to child sexual exploitation (CSE)
  • they are high-risk missing children or children who regularly go missing.

High risk means the risk posed is immediate and there are substantial grounds for believing that the subject is in danger through their own vulnerability; or may have been the victim of a serious crime; or the risk posed is immediate and there are substantial grounds for believing that the public is in danger.

Repeat missing person means someone who is reported missing three times or more in a 90 day period.

Information is shared between agencies and actions set with the intention of reducing the risk to children, providing early intervention and considering how harmful activities can be disrupted.

MACE does not replace the provisions of Section 17 (Child in Need) or 47 (Child in need of protection) of the Children Act. It compliments statutory processes by helping to ensure that the bigger picture is considered, that action to safeguard is being completed and the appropriate multi-agency response is in place.

See also Multi-Agency Child Exploitation Protocol.

9. Specific Risks

9.1 Homeless 16 and 17 year olds

When a 16 or 17 year old goes missing they are no less vulnerable than younger children and are equally at risk, particularly of sexual exploitation or involvement with gangs.

When a 16 or 17 year old presents as homeless, Children’s Social Care must assess their needs as for any other child. Where this assessment indicates that the young person is in need and requires accommodation under Section 20 of the Children Act 1989, they will usually become looked after.

The accommodation provided must be suitable, risk assessed and meet the full range of the young person’s needs. The sustainability of the placement must be considered. Children aged 16 or 17 who have gone missing and are at risk of homelessness may be placed in supported accommodation, with the provision of relevant specialist support. For example, a specialist service might be provided for those who have been sexually exploited, or at risk of sexual exploitation.

Local authorities should have regard to:

9.2 Hidden missing

Professionals should be aware of the ‘hidden missing’. These are children who have not been reported missing to the police, but have come to an agency’s attention after accessing other services. There may also be trafficked children who have not previously come to the attention of children’s services or the police. Research demonstrates that children from black and minority ethnic groups, and children that go missing from education are less likely to be reported as missing.

9.3 Trafficking

Some of the children looked after by the Local Authority may be unaccompanied asylum seeking children or other migrant children. Some children in this group may have been trafficked into the UK and may remain under the influence of their traffickers even while they are looked after. Trafficked children are at high risk of going missing, with most going missing within one week of becoming looked after and many within 48 hours. Unaccompanied migrant or asylum seeking children who go missing immediately after becoming looked after should be treated as children who may be victims of trafficking. See also, Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children.

Children who have been trafficked may be exploited for sexual purposes and the possible link to sexual exploitation should be considered. Professionals should also refer to the Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol.

The assessment of need to inform the care plan will be particularly critical in these circumstances and should be done immediately, as the window for intervention is very narrow. The assessment must seek to establish

  • relevant details about the child’s background before they came to the UK
  • an understanding of the reasons why the child came to the UK
  • an analysis of the child’s vulnerability to remaining under the influence of traffickers.

In conducting this assessment, it will be necessary for the Local Authority to work in close co-operation with the UK Human Trafficking Centre and immigration staff who will be familiar with patterns of trafficking into the UK. Immigration staff should be able to provide advice on whether information about the individual child suggests that they fit the profile of a potentially trafficked child.

Provision may need to be made for the child to be in a safe place before any assessment takes place, and for the possibility that the child may not be able to disclose full information about their circumstances immediately. The location of the child should not be divulged to any enquirers until their identity and relationship with the child has been established, if necessary with the help of the police and immigration services. In these situations the roles and responsibilities of care providers must be fully understood and recorded in the placement plan. Proportionate safety measures that keep the child safe and take into account their best interests should also be put in place to safeguard the child from going missing from care or from being re-trafficked.

It will be essential that the local authority continues to share information with the police and immigration staff concerning potential crimes against the child, the risk to other children, or other relevant immigration matters.

Safeguarding Children Who May Have Been Trafficked: Practice Guidance (gov.uk) contains practical guidance for agencies that are likely to encounter children who may have been trafficked.

The NSPCC Child Trafficking Advice Centre (CTAC) can provide advice and information to professionals who have concerns that a child may have been trafficked. CTAC can be contacted at free phone number: 0808 800 5000, Monday to Friday 9.30am to 4.30pm or email [email protected].

Where it is suspected that a child has been trafficked, they should be referred by the Local Authority into the UK’s victim identification framework, the National Referral Mechanism (NRM).

9.4 Grooming

Grooming is when someone builds an emotional connection with a child to gain their trust for the purposes of abuse or exploitation. Children can be groomed online or in the real world, by a stranger or by someone they know – for example a family member, friend or professional. Groomers may be male or female. They could be any age. Many children don’t understand that they have been groomed, or that what has happened is abuse.

Children can be groomed for the purpose of sexual abuse as well as other forms of exploitation including involvement in criminal and extremist activity. Children who are missing are more vulnerable to being groomed and may also go missing as a result of being groomed.

9.5 Protecting children at risk of radicalisation

Children can suffer harm when exposed to extremist ideology. This harm can range from a child adopting or complying with extreme views which limit their social interaction and full engagement with their education, to children being groomed for involvement in violent attacks.

Children can by exposed to harmful, extremist ideology in the immediate or extended family, or relatives/family friends who live outside the family home but have influence over the child’s life. Older children might self-radicalise over the internet or through the influence of their peer network – in this instance their parents might not know about this or feel powerless to stop their child’s radicalisation.

Going missing is a risk factor in relation to radicalisation:

  • a child may go missing because they have already been radicalised
  • a child’s risk of being radicalised might increase because they are missing and are spending time with people who may seek to involve them in radical/extreme activities; the risk is heightened whilst they are missing, because the protective factors of family or care are not available to them.

9.6 Child sexual exploitation (CSE)

CSE is a form of child sexual abuse. It occurs where an individual or group takes advantage of an imbalance of power to coerce, manipulate or deceive a child under the age of 18 into sexual activity in exchange for something the victim needs or wants, and/or for the financial advantage or increased status of the perpetrator or facilitator.

The victim may have been sexually exploited even if the sexual activity appears consensual. CSE does not always involve physical contact; it can also occur through the use of technology.

Involvement in exploitative relationships is characterised by the limited availability of choice as a result of their social, economic or emotional vulnerability.

A common feature of CSE is that the child does not recognise the coercive nature of the relationship and does not see themselves as a victim of exploitation.

Going missing is a significant risk factor in relation to CSE:

  • a child may go missing because they are being sexually exploited
  • a child’s risk of being sexually exploited might increase because they are missing and are spending time with people who may seek to involve them in sexual exploitation; the risk is heightened whilst they are missing because the protective factors of family or care are not available to them.

Because there is such a strong link between children going missing and risk of sexual exploitation, professionals should always assess whether a child who has gone missing is being sexually exploited or at risk of being sexually exploited.

Professionals should also refer to Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (including Organised Abuse), and can also contact the First Response Team for advice.

9.7 Child criminal exploitation

Children who go missing from care, home and education also need safeguarding against the risk of being criminally exploited by organised crime groups (OCGs) in relation to the supply of drugs. For example, some children have become involved in what has become known as the ‘county lines’ issue. This involves children being used by gangs to transport and distribute drugs outside of London and other major cities as drug sales operations are expanded into the home-counties and beyond. Involvement in county lines and criminal exploitation places children at increased risk of serious violence.

10. Response for Children Missing from Care and Care Leavers

When a child in care goes missing it is the responsibility of the carer to undertake the basic measures as outlined to try and locate the missing child. When the child is established as missing and the carer contacts the police, it is important that they make it clear that they are reporting the child as missing. In addition to sharing all the relevant information, they should inform the police that the child is in care and under what legal orders. The carer should always ask for, and record, the Police Incident Number.

If a child goes missing out of office hours, the carer should inform the Buckinghamshire Out of Hours Emergency Duty Team (see Local Contacts) and follow their agency’s policies and procedures.

10.1 Care leavers

It is important to note that local authorities have very similar duties and responsibilities towards 16 and 17 year old care leavers as they do to children in care and for the purposes of this guidance, the response to a missing care leaver age 16 and 17 year old should be the same.

Local authorities continue to have a range of responsibilities towards children leaving care until the young person’s 21st birthday and in some instances their 25th birthday. It is good practice to follow the guidance set out below whilst a young person remains ‘leaving care’.

Care leavers, particularly 16 and 17 year olds, are vulnerable to sexual exploitation and may go missing from their home or accommodation. Local authorities must ensure that care leavers live in “suitable accommodation” as defined in Section 23B (10) of the Children Act 1989 and Regulations 9(2) of the Care Leavers Regulations. In particular young people should feel safe in their accommodation and the areas where it is located. Local authorities should ensure that pathway plans set out where a young person may be vulnerable to exploitation, trafficking or going missing, and put in place support services to minimise this risk.

10.2 Out of area placements

When a child is placed out of their local authority area, the host Local Authority must be notified by the allocated social worker in advance of the placement. The responsible authority should seek to ensure that the child has access to the services they need. Any missing report whilst the child is out of county must still be recorded on LCS by the allocated social worker.

It is possible that during a missing episode the child will return to the area of the responsible authority. It is therefore essential that liaison between the police and professionals in both authorities is well managed and coordinated.

This procedure should be followed with additional reference to policies and procedures that apply in the host authority.

10.3 Looked after children who are away from placement without authorisation

Sometimes a looked after child may be away from their placement without authorisation. While they are not missing because their whereabouts is known, they may still be at risk.  The carer or social worker should take reasonable steps to ascertain the wellbeing of the child including, when appropriate, visiting the location. However, if there is a concern the child may be at significant risk of harm to themselves or to others then the police should also be notified in order that appropriate safeguarding measures can be taken. This should not be confused with reporting a child missing. Where appropriate, the social worker should consider whether a strategy meeting is required.

10.4 Prevention and planning

Local authorities have a duty to place a looked after child in the most appropriate placement to safeguard the child and minimise the risk of the child going missing. The care plan and the placement plan should include details of the arrangements that will need to be in place to keep the child safe and minimise the risk of the child going missing from their placement.

  • a pre-incident risk assessment should be completed for all children for whom there is concern that they may run away; distance from home, family and friends should be considered as a risk factor
  • the child should be given advice about an independent advocate and their view should be taken into account
  • statutory reviews should consider any absences and revise strategies to prevent repeat absences and/or missing incidents and the care plan should be revised accordingly.

Where a child already has an established pattern of going missing, the care plan should include a strategy to keep the child safe and minimising the likelihood of the child running away in the future. This should be discussed and agreed as far as possible with the child and with the child’s carers and should include detailed information about the responsibilities of all services, the child’s parents and other adults involved in the family network.

Independent Reviewing Officers (IROs) should be informed about missing episodes and they should address these in statutory reviews.

Designated health professionals for Looked After Children should be informed by the allocated social worker of children missing from care who are deemed to be ‘high risk’. They should be included in any multiagency strategy meetings or activity to manage the child’s retrieval and any subsequent health needs.

10.5 Actions when the whereabouts of a looked after child is not known

Whenever the whereabouts of a looked after child is not known, the foster carer or the manager on duty in the children’s home is responsible for carrying out initial checks to see if the child can be found. For example, if a child was supposed to have returned home from school but has not arrived within the normal journey time, checks could include finding out if there are transport delays, phone calls to the child, phone calls to the school to see if the child has been delayed etc. If these initial checks do not succeed in locating the child or there are still concerns that, despite contact being made with the child they are at risk, the individuals and agencies listed below should be informed.

It is important that a deadline is set at the outset of initial checks so that they don’t continue beyond a reasonable timeframe. What timeframe is reasonable should be based on an assessment of the risks relating to the individual child. In some cases, there might be particular reasons to be worried for the child’s safety immediately and the agencies listed below should be contacted straight away alongside continued attempts to contact the child.

The following individuals and agencies should be contacted when a looked after child is missing:

  • the local police
  • the authority responsible for the child’s placement
  •  the parents and any other person with parental responsibility, unless it is not reasonably practicable to do so, or would be inconsistent with the child’s welfare
  • the Independent Reviewing Officer (IRO).

The carer/s should take all reasonable steps, which a good parent would take, to secure the safe and speedy return of the child based on their own knowledge of the child and the information in the child’s placement plan. If there is suspected risk of harm to the child the carer/s should liaise immediately with the police.

Initial discussions between the allocated children’s social worker and the police should include agreement on an immediate strategy for locating the child. The strategy should incorporate a range of actions to locate and ensure the safe return of the child, and clarity around who will undertake these actions. Aspects to cover in the strategy include:

  • arrangements for attempts to be made to contact the child on a daily basis by, for example, calling their mobile phone or the phones of friends or relatives they may be with
  • visiting the addresses of parents, friends or relatives with whom they may be staying
  • the police should consider requesting a trace on the child’s mobile phone
  • the Independent Reviewing Officer (IRO) should also try and contact the child.

Within 3 days, a strategy meeting between relevant parties should take place. This should include the police, the child’s social worker and the care provider and other relevant parties. The action plan and risk assessment should be reviewed and updated.

Regular multi-agency meetings should be held at least monthly to update the action plan and share information.

Details of all missing children are shared with senior managers in children’s social care, including the Director of Children’s Social Care, who may request a ‘Need to Know’ form to be completed which is sent to the Corporate Director and used to notify the Lead Member.

Any publicity will be led by the police. The use of harbouring notices etc. will be agreed at the missing from care meeting. Recovery Orders may be used where the child is Looked After.

During the investigation to find the child, regular liaison and communication should take place between the police, Children’s Social Care and any other agencies involved. In the case of a child placed out of area, both the responsible local authority and the host local authority should be involved.

The authority responsible for the child should ensure that plans are in place to respond promptly once the child is found and for determining if the placement remains appropriate.

10.6 Actions when a looked after child is found

When a looked after child / care leaver has been located, care staff/ foster carers should promptly inform the child’s social worker and the Independent Reviewing Officer. If the child was not located by the police, then they should also be informed. The police will then arrange a safe and well check and trigger a return home interview.

The attitude of all practitioners towards a child which has been missing can have a big impact on how they will engage with any subsequent investigations and planning. A supportive approach, actively listening and responding to a child’s needs will have a greater chance of preventing the child from going missing again and safeguarding them against any risks.

11. Response for Children Missing from Home

Children missing from home are subject to risks and vulnerabilities similar to those for children who are looked after.

If the whereabouts of the child are known or suspected, it is the responsibility of the parents or carers to arrange for the child’s return. In exceptional circumstances, in the interests of the safe and speedy return of the child, the police may agree to requests from parents or carers to assist. All agencies need to work together to agree the most appropriate and safe return for the child.

The police will respond to any notifications of children missing from home in line with this procedure and their own procedures.

The usual child protection procedures must be initiated whenever there are concerns that a child who is missing may be suffering or likely to suffer, significant harm. For example:

  • where the child has been hurt or harmed whilst they have been missing (or this is believed to have been the case)
  • where there is known or suspected risk of sexual exploitation / trafficking or contact with persons posing a risk to children
  • where there is known or suspected physical or sexual abuse whilst they have been missing.

Where the child meets the criteria for referral to Children’s Social Care, the Local Authority will ensure that an assessment takes place to determine the best course of action.

Where the child is already known to Children’s Social Care (for example they are subject of a child protection plan, or the subject of a Section 47 enquiry) a strategy meeting should be arranged as soon as practicable and within no more than 3 days. Representatives from the Police Missing Persons Unit and the Child Abuse Investigation Unit (CAIU) should attend the strategy meeting, as well as other practitioners involved with the child. If the child has returned prior to the date of the strategy meeting, it is not a requirement for the meeting to go ahead.

12. Safe and Well Checks

A safe and well check will be undertaken by the police as soon as possible and within 24 hours of a child returning from a missing episode. A safe and well check will not be conducted over the telephone. The purpose is to check for any indications that the child has suffered harm; where and with whom they have been; and to give them an opportunity to disclose any offending by, or against them.

Where a child goes missing frequently, it may not be practicable to see them every time they return. In these cases, a reasonable decision should be taken in agreement between the police and their child’s parent or carer, or their Social Worker with regard to the frequency of such checks. Consideration must be given to the link between frequent missing episodes and serious harm.

The assessment of whether a child might go missing again should be based on information about:

  • their individual circumstances
  • family circumstances and background history
  • the reasons why they went missing (push and pull factors)
  • their potential destinations and associates
  • their recent pattern of absences
  • the circumstances in which the child was found or returned
  • their individual characteristics and risk factors such as whether a child has learning difficulties, mental health issues, depression and other vulnerabilities.

If further information comes to light as a result of the safe and well check, where relevant the police will share this information with Children’s Social Care.

If the child makes an allegation of crime that occurred whilst they were missing or that contributed to them going missing, the police will record this allegation and take appropriate action. If it is apparent, upon return, that a child has been the victim of a crime whilst missing, or that there is risk or a crime in relation to the circumstances involved in the missing episode, the police will instigate further enquiries.

In any situation which indicates that the child may have been subject to, or at risk of, significant harm, a referral must be made to Children’s Social Care in accordance with these safeguarding procedures.

Consideration must be given to securing evidence by police including by forensic examination. For sexual offences, professionals should consider an urgent referral to the SARC.

13. Return Home Interview

When a child is found they must be offered a return home interview to talk about going missing. Providing children with an opportunity to talk is key to safeguarding them. Return home interviews are designed to support a child in exploring his or her feelings and concerns; it should be gentle and inquisitive, not adversarial or seeking to attribute blame.

Return interviews should be completed by someone independent of their parents or carers. In Buckinghamshire they are usually conducted by staff from Barnardos R U Safe? but on some occasions may also be completed by other agencies. It is important to acknowledge that a returning child may well share different parts of their experience with different people. It is the responsibility of all agencies therefore, to attend to issues of immediate safety, future support and safeguarding needs, and to share relevant information in a way which respects and safeguards children.

The return home interview will be carried out within 72 hours of the child returning to their home or care setting, unless there are exceptional circumstances. The child should be seen on their own unless they specifically request to have someone with them. The child should be offered the option of speaking to an independent representative or advocate.

Where a child is placed out of area, the responsible local authority should ensure the return home review interview takes place, working closely with the host authority where appropriate.

The return home interview and actions that follow from it should:

  • Identify and deal with any harm the child has suffered, including harm that might not have already been disclosed as part of the ‘safe and well check’ – either before they ran away or whilst missing.
  • Consider the triggers for missing episodes and try to address the reasons why the child went missing or ran away, including push and pull factors.
  • Establish where the child was during the missing period, explore the circumstances which led to the missing episode, and what happened during the missing episode.
  • Identify any concerns or risks that may have occurred before and during the missing episode, including exploitation and contextualised safeguarding issues.
  • Help to build a picture of the child, their individual circumstances, their friendship groups and known associates (full names), patterns (including reference to gangs), and geographical areas they may have links to.
  • Enable the child to talk about how they are feeling, listen to any concerns, worries or fears that that they may have, and help the child to feel safe and understand that they have options to prevent repeat instances of them running away or going missing.
  • Provide the child with information on how to stay safe if they go missing or run away again, including helpline numbers, signposting to specialist services, and discuss what may need to change to reduce the likelihood of further missing episodes.

Where appropriate the return home interview may also gather the views of the parents / carers. Parents and/or carers are sent a letter by R U Safe? following notification of their child going missing. This gives them the opportunity to provide any relevant information and intelligence they may be aware of. This should help to prevent further instances of the child going missing and identify early the support needed for them.

The interview may result in a referral being made to other services that can provide support to meet the assessed needs of the child.

Following a missing episode, Children’s Social Care, the police and other relevant agencies should continue to work together to understand and meet the ongoing needs of the child.

14. Repeat Missing

There is a strong link between repeat missing episodes and a risk of significant harm. If a child continually runs away, the actions undertaken following earlier missing episodes need reviewing and alternative strategies considered. This will include a referral to the Missing and Exploitation Hub for high risk missing children or those that go missing more than 3 times in 90 days (see above for further detail).

In the case of children looked after, children’s homes staff and foster carers should be supported to offer a consistent approach to the care of children, including being proactive about strategies to prevent children from running away; and to understand the procedures that must be followed if a child goes missing. There is evidence to show that children in care do not respond to one off or reactive return home interviews as well as children who go missing from home. A more consistent, relationship based approach is often required.

Where a child is, or has been, persistently absent without permission from a children’s home; or is at risk of harm, the children’s home should ask the local authority that looks after the child to review that child’s care plan.

15. Missing Children who are Found but do not Wish to Return

Difficulties can arise when missing children are found but do not want to return. Under the Children Act 1989, where there is reasonable cause to believe that the child could suffer significant harm the police can take the child into Police Protection, and remove to suitable accommodation which could include the home from which the child originally went missing. The police are not given the power to use force to take children into Police Protection. There will be occasions when a child is found in a location that may be considered unsuitable, but where there would not be legal grounds for taking them into Police Protection. In such cases, the police and the accountable manager from the responsible Children’s Social Care will need to liaise to discuss what steps may be necessary in order to safeguard the child’s welfare. Consideration may need to be given to location and recovery orders.

16. Children Absent from Education

This section should be read in conjunction with the Government’s statutory guidance for children missing education.

Statutory guidance defines children absent from education as those who are not on a school roll or receiving suitable education otherwise than at school. Those who are regularly absent or have missed 10 school days or more without permission may be at risk of becoming ‘children absent from education’. This should be distinguished from children who are missing from school or another form of education.

The Local Authority has a duty under section 436A of the Education Act 1996 to establish (so far as it is possible to do so) the identities of children in our area who are of compulsory school age but who are not registered pupils at a school or receiving some other form of suitable education.

The Children’s Services Protocol for Children Missing Education sets out local arrangements for ensuring all children not receiving a suitable education are identified quickly and effective tracking systems and support arrangements are put in place.

In line with the above Protocol, the Children Absent from Education Officer must be notified after 10 days of any children thought to be absent from education through the following routes:

  • contact the Children Absent From Education Team on: 01296 383098
  • email: [email protected]

As a result of daily registration, schools are particularly well placed to notice when a child has gone missing. This section provides guidance for schools where they are concerned that a child has gone missing.

If a member of school/educational establishment/college staff becomes aware that a child may have run away or gone missing, they should try to establish with the parents/ carers, what has happened. If this is not possible, or the child is missing, the designated safeguarding teacher/advisor should, together with the class teacher, assess the child’s vulnerability.

From the first day that a child does not attend school and there is no explanation or authorisation of the absence, the following steps should be taken:

  • a trained staff member will make contact with the parents/carers (person with parental responsibility for the child) to seek reassurance that the child is safe at home
  • the outcome of the contact should be assessed and if there are any concerns a consultation with the school/establishment/colleges designated safeguarding adviser should take place to consider the child’s vulnerability.

In the following circumstances a referral to Children’s Social Care and /or the police should always be made promptly:

  • the child may be the victim of a crime
  • the child is subject of a child protection plan
  • the child is subject of s47 enquiries
  • the child is subject to a child in need plan
  • the child is looked after
  • there is a known person posing a risk to children in the household or in contact with the household.

The following questions may assist a judgement on whether or not to inform Children’s Social Care and the police:

  • In which age range is the child?
  • Is this very sudden and unexpected behaviour?
  • Have there been any past concerns about the child associating with significantly older children or adults?
  • Was there any significant incident prior to the child’s unexplained absence?
  • Has the child been a victim of bullying?
  • Are there health reasons to believe that the child is at risk? e.g.
  • Does the child need essential medication or health care?
  • Was the child noted to be depressed prior to their unexplained absence?
  • Are there religious or cultural reasons to believe that the child is at risk? (E.g. rites of passage or forced marriage planned for the child)
  • Has the child got a disability and/or special educational needs?
  • Have there been past concerns about this child and family which together with the sudden disappearance are worrying? e.g. Is there any known history of drug or alcohol dependency within the family?
  • Is there any known history of domestic violence?
  • Is there concern about the parent/carer’s ability to protect the child from harm?

If the judgement reached on day one is that there is no reason to believe that the child is suffering, or likely to suffer, significant harm, then the school may delay making a referral to Children’s Social Care. They should continue to make reasonable enquiries to establish what has happened, for example checking with all members of staff the child may have had contact with, checking with the pupil’s friends and their parents, siblings and known relatives.

The length of time that a child remains out of school could, of itself, be an alerting factor of risk of harm to the child. Accordingly the assessment of risk should be ongoing and a referral to Children’s Social Care should be made at any point where there is reasonable cause to believe that the child is suffering or is likely to suffer significant harm. If there is no reasonable cause to believe that the threshold for significant harm has been met, the school should continue to take reasonable action to ascertain the whereabouts of the child, and in line with the Local Authority Protocol for Children Missing Education (CME), a referral should be made to the Children Missing Education Officer after 10 days.

  • contact the Children Missing Education Team on: 01296 383098
  •  email: [email protected]

Extended leave of absence can be authorised by the head teacher, at which point a return date is set. In these cases the time line for enquiries starts from when the child does not attend school on the expected return date, not from the day the extended leave started.

The CME team will make enquiries by visiting the child’s home. They should also check databases within the local authority, use agreed protocols to check other relevant local databases, check with agencies known to be involved with the family and with any other local authorities where the family has previously lived or to which the family may have moved.

The child’s circumstances and vulnerability should be regularly and jointly reviewed and reassessed by the school’s designated safeguarding lead and the local authority’s CME Officer. Other agencies should be involved in the discussions as appropriate.

17. Children Subject to Restriction / Foreign Nationals

This section applies to children who are ‘subject to restriction’ i.e. who have:

  • proceeded through immigration control without obtaining leave to enter; or
  • left the border control area Border Force accommodation without permission; or
  • been granted temporary admission; or
  • been granted temporary release or bail; or
  • released on a restriction order; or
  • served with a ‘notice of liability to deport’ or is the dependant of a foreign national offender whose status in the UK is under consideration by criminal casework – these dependants could be British Citizens or have extant leave.

Where the whereabouts of a child subject to restrictions is not known, a missing person’s referral must be made by Home Office staff to the police, the UK Missing Person’s Unit and Children’s Social Care in a number of circumstances including:

  • when a child ‘subject to restriction’ is identified as having run away from their parents
  • where they are looked after and have gone missing from their placement
  • where they are being hidden by their parents and where there is concern for the child’s safety because they are being hidden by, or have gone missing with, their family.

If it is believed by Home Office staff that a child is being coerced to abscond or go missing, this must be reported as a concern that the child has suffered or is likely to suffer significant harm to the local police and children’s social care services.

Notifications will also be made where a missing child is found by Home Office staff.

The local authority and health are responsible for:

  • reporting any missing child who is in their care to the police
  • notifying the Home Office when a child is reported missing to the police or is found.

The police are responsible for:

  • investigating all children reported missing by the Home Office – following receipt of a missing person’s notification
  • conducting joint investigations with the Home Office where necessary
  • circulating a missing child on the Police National Computer (PNC).

The local authority will also notify the Home Office Evidence and Enquiry Unit when a child in their care goes missing or when a missing child returns or is found. The Home Office must maintain regular weekly contact with the local authority and the police until the child is found and record all contact with the police and local authority.

When a child subject to restrictions is found by Home Office Staff, the local police and local authority must be informed immediately. In consultation with the local police and Children’s Social Care, a decision will be made as to where the child is to be taken, if they are not to be left at the address where they are encountered. The Home Office must follow up enquires with the local police and children/adult services in order to identify if there are any safeguarding issues.

When a child subject to restrictions is found by the police or local authority, the Home Office must be notified.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

 1. Concealed Pregnancy

1.1 Introduction

There is no single accepted definition of a concealed pregnancy, but it covers situations where a woman, through fear, ignorance or denial, does not accept, or is unaware of, her pregnancy. It can include no, or late, engagement with maternity services, such as presenting at hospital in labour or delivering the child with no medical intervention.

It can cover a variety of situations such as:

  • undetected: where both the woman and her carers are unaware that she is pregnant;
  • conscious concealment: where the woman is aware of her pregnancy and is emotionally bonded to the unborn baby but does not tell anyone;
  • conscious denial: where the woman has physical awareness of her pregnancy, but lacks emotional attachment;
  • unconscious denial: where the woman is not subjectively aware of her pregnancy and genuinely does not believe the signs of pregnancy or even the birth of the baby.

Women may conceal or deny their pregnancy for a variety of reasons including:

  • mental illness or learning disability;
  • fear of disapproval of pregnancy / religious or cultural disapproval;
  • unwanted pregnancy / too late to terminate pregnancy;
  • conception following rape / incest / extra-marital paternity;
  • fear around social care involvement following removal of previous child/ren;
  • concerns about immigration status / modern slavery or trafficking / language barrier;
  • concerns around home situation such as domestic abuse or substance misuse;
  • desire for a ‘natural’ birth and objection to medical intervention.

Whilst there is a criminal offence of concealment of birth (the secret disposal of the dead body of an infant to conceal knowledge of the child’s birth), there is no criminal offence of concealment of pregnancy. A woman with mental capacity is free to choose not to engage with maternity services. However, where the woman does not have mental capacity or there is uncertainty as to mental capacity, legal advice should be sought. Lack of mental capacity may be due to factors such as learning disability, mental health or age (see also Mental Capacity and Consent chapter). If the mother is a child herself, a referral should be made to children’s social care. Action may be required to safeguard the mother and / or the child once born. If she is less than 16 years of age, a criminal offence may have been committed and police should be informed for further investigation.

1.2 Risks

Lack of antenatal care presents a risk to the unborn child due to lack of assessment of the maternal history, gestational age and health of the pregnancy, and research has shown that women who do not engage, or engage very late, with maternity services are at higher risk of maternal and foetal complications.

Risks for the baby include:

  • prematurity / low birth weight and associated health issues;
  • stillbirth / neonatal death;
  • exposure to harmful substances in the womb / withdrawal;
  • infanticide / neonaticide (the deliberate act of a parent murdering their own child during the first 12 months / 24 hours of life);
  • abandonment by mother.

1.3 Referral and assessment

Where there is considered to be a risk of significant harm to the child, a referral to children’s social care should be made (see Referrals chapter). Consideration should be given to the reason for the concealment and a risk assessment of the reason undertaken by means of a multi-agency assessment (see also Assessments chapter).

Previous concealed pregnancies are a risk factor for future concealed pregnancies, and multi-agency information sharing is an important consideration.

2. Pre-Birth Safeguarding

2.1 Risk factors

Action to safeguard a child may be necessary before the child is born where there are concerns around the ability of the parents to effectively care for and safeguard the child once born. This may include:

  • concerns around concealment of the pregnancy and the reasons for such concealment;
  • concerns relating to the parent/s such as mental ill health; learning disability; substance misuse; young age and vulnerability such as currently looked after or care leavers / victim of criminal exploitation; modern slavery; history of violent and / or criminal behaviour; involvement in criminal activity such as county lines;
  • concerns around the home situation such as domestic abuse; unsatisfactory / unsuitable home conditions;
  • previous concerns of abuse and neglect, such as removal of previous children / criminal convictions.

2.2 Multi-agency practice

Born into Care: Best Practice Guidelines for When the State Intervenes at Birth (Nuffield Family Justice Observatory) sets out guidelines to inform multi-agency practice when action is taken to safeguard children at birth:

  • when there are safeguarding concerns, parents and their unborn baby should be referred to children’s social care quickly, and professional engagement should start early in pregnancy to include a timely offer of specialist support (first trimester);
  • case allocation should maximise continuity of professional involvement throughout the pre-birth period and beyond;
  • parents and practitioners should co-define needs and goals, and work collaboratively to identify and build on strengths throughout the pregnancy;
  • practitioners should work proactively with parents and the family and friend network to provide support matched to identified needs and concerns that may place the baby at risk of significant harm during pregnancy and after birth;
  • processes should be initiated in a timely manner to facilitate careful and planned decision making;
  • practitioners’ concerns and plans should be shared with parents at every step of the way, including any plan to initiate care proceedings at birth; the understanding of parents should be continually checked;
  • practitioners should support parents to access robust, comprehensive and expert legal advice;
  • the birth arrangements and plan for the baby after birth should be shared at a timely point. The birth arrangements should contain sufficient detail of the management of risk. Choice and control should be offered to parents wherever possible.

Any practitioner who has concerns about the welfare of the unborn child should discuss with their safeguarding lead and consider whether a referral needs to be made to local authority children’s social care. This should be done without delay if there is a concern that the child is likely to suffer significant harm (see Referrals chapter).

The focus of multi-agency work should be on assessing the ability of the parent/s to protect and care for the child once born, what support needs to be put in place to facilitate this, action needed to safeguard the child and plans for the birth.

An early help assessment may be undertaken to assess what help needs to be put in place. Where there are concerns that the child may be at risk of significant harm once born, a child protection conference should be held to enable agencies to share all relevant information and reach a decision as to whether the child will be made subject to a child protection plan at birth and a core group established to implement the child protection plan (see Child Protection Conferences and the Child Protection Plan chapter).

Timescales should allow for the possibility of premature birth, especially where there are risk factors such as substance misuse by the mother or previous premature birth/s.

2.3 Removal of child at birth

Legal advice must be sought where concerns are such that the child needs to be removed from the parents at birth. Court orders cannot be granted in respect of the child until it is born, but arrangements must be made so that an application for an interim care order can be made as soon as the child is born and / or joint risk assessments to keep mum and baby safe.

A pre-birth planning meeting should be held with relevant agencies to set out the birth arrangements and plan for the baby after birth. This should contain sufficient detail of the management of any risks. The plan should cover necessary steps to safeguard the child immediately after birth, such as:

  • action needed to ensure the child’s immediate protection, such as use of police powers of protection where there is a risk that the parents may seek to remove the child from the hospital before the interim care order is obtained. See Immediate Protection chapter;
  • meeting the child’s health needs such as managing withdrawal symptoms of babies born to substance-misusing mothers;
  • discharge arrangements;
  • arrangements for contact between the child, parents and other relevant family members;
  • practical arrangements such as contact details of practitioners, out of hours cover and contingency plans.
Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

Scope

This policy sets out how partners across Buckinghamshire will identify, assess, protect and support children and families affected by domestic abuse, and how we will disrupt and manage perpetrators through coordinated multi‑agency practice. It applies to all organisations working with children, young people, parents/carers and families in Buckinghamshire, including statutory, voluntary and community services.

Who it’s for:

  • Professionals and managers in children’s services, education, health (including mental health), police, probation, housing, youth justice, adult safeguarding, and domestic abuse specialist services.
  • Front‑line workforce who may receive disclosures or observe indicators of domestic abuse.
  • Commissioners and partnership leads developing local responses and pathways.

 In Buckinghamshire, the BSCP, the Safer Buckinghamshire Partnership and the Buckinghamshire Domestic Abuse Partnership (BDAP) coordinate local strategy, services and training.

1. Definition

1.1 Domestic abuse

The Domestic Abuse Act 2021 provides a definition of domestic abuse.

It is the behaviour of one person towards another where:

  • both people are aged 16 or over and are personally connected to each other (see Section 1.3, Personally Connected); and
  • the behaviour is abusive.

Behaviour is defined as abusive if it consists of any of the following:

  • physical or sexual abuse;
  • violent or threatening behaviour;
  • controlling or coercive behaviour;
  • economic abuse;
  • psychological, emotional or other abuse.

It does not make any difference whether the behaviour is a single incident or consists of a number of incidents over a period of time.

Economic abuse is any behaviour by a person that has a negative impact on the other person’s ability to:

  • obtain, use or maintain money or other property (such as a mobile phone or car and also include pets);
  • buy goods or services (for example utilities such as heating, or food and clothing).

Children are recognised as victims of domestic abuse if they see, hear, or experience the effects of the abuse, and are related to the victim and / or perpetrator of the domestic abuse, or if the victim and / or perpetrator have parental responsibility.

The definition of domestic abuse also includes ‘honour’ based abuse (see ‘Honour’ Based Abuse chapter), female genital mutilation (see Female Genital Mutilation chapter) and forced marriage (see Forced Marriage chapter).

Domestic abuse also includes child-to-parent abuse.

1.2 Controlling and coercive behaviour

See also Controlling or Coercive Behaviour Statutory Guidance Framework (Home Office)

Controlling behaviour is a range of acts designed to make a person subordinate and/or dependent by isolating them from sources of support, exploiting their resources and capacities for personal gain, depriving them of the means needed for independence, resistance and escape and regulating their everyday behaviour.

Coercive behaviour is an act or a pattern of acts of assault, threats, humiliation and intimidation or other abuse that is used to harm, punish, or frighten their victim.

Both coercive and controlling behaviour can apply to people who are no longer in a relationship but were previously.

1.3 Personally connected

The Act introduced the term ‘personally connected’. This applies to people who:

  • are married to each other;
  • are civil partners of each other;
  • have agreed to marry one another or have a civil partnership (whether or not they are still planning to);
  • are or have been in an intimate personal relationship with each other;
  • have, or have had, a parental relationship in relation to the same child;
  • are relatives.

2. Victims and Perpetrators of Domestic Abuse

Victims of domestic abuse do not solely come from one gender or ethnic group. Abuse occurs in same sex relationships, is committed by young people against other family members or partners (teenage domestic abuse is the most common), as well as abuse of older relatives or those with physical or learning disabilities. Domestic abuse occurs irrespective of social class, racial, ethnic, cultural, religious or sexual relationships or identity.

Domestic abuse has a significant impact on children and young people of all ages (up to 18 years old)

Section 76 Serious Crime Act 2015 created the offence of Controlling or Coercive Behaviour (CCB) in an intimate or family relationship.

Practitioners should be mindful of how CCB overlaps with other offences such as stalking, harassment and assaults.

3. Impact on Child Victims

Experience of domestic abuse is recognised as an Adverse Childhood Experience (ACE) and can contribute towards early trauma. The presence of domestic abuse has been identified as a risk factor for child physical and emotional abuse, with children who were exposed to domestic violence being more likely to be physically abused and neglected.

Young people can also experience abuse in their own relationships (‘peer on peer abuse’). Experiencing abuse in their own intimate relationships can be hugely damaging for young people and abuse in teenage relationships should be taken just as seriously as in adult relationships.

Broadly, some of the impacts that domestic abuse can have on children can include:

  • feeling anxious or depressed;
  • low self-esteem and difficulties with forming healthy relationships;
  • hypervigilance in reading body language or changes in mood and atmosphere;
  • having difficulty sleeping, nightmares;
  • physical symptoms such as stomach aches or bed wetting;
  • delayed development or deterioration in speech, language and communication;
  • reduction in school attainment, truancy, risk of exclusion from school;
  • increased application to activities outside the home, including academia or sports, as a distraction;
  • inconsistent regulation of emotions, including becoming distressed, upset or angry;
  • becoming aggressive or internalising their distress and becoming withdrawn;
  • managing their space within the home so they are not visible; and
  • using alcohol or drugs, or self-harming.

Non-physical forms of domestic abuse like coercive control have a significant impact on children and professionals focused on physical acts of violence may fail to understand the daily experience of victims and children, how it is affecting them, and the level of risk posed by perpetrators.

4. Action in Response to Domestic Abuse

4.1. Working with Adults where there are Concerns of Domestic Abuse

On average victims experience on average 50 incidents, and over a two and a half year period, before seeking support (see SafeLives).

Interventions with adults who are experiencing or at risk of domestic abuse should seek to:

  • support victims to get protection from violence by providing relevant practical and other assistance;
  • identify those who are responsible for perpetrating such abuse, so that there can be an appropriate criminal justice response;
  • provide victims with full information about their legal rights, and about the extent and limits of statutory duties and powers;
  • support non-abusing parents in making safe choices for themselves and their children, where appropriate.

Professionals from any agency may receive a disclosure from a victim or perpetrator about domestic abuse or have concerns that such behaviour is taking place. All staff working with children and families should be familiar with the signs of domestic abuse and know how to respond.

Concerns may also be reported by a member of the extended family, friend or neighbour for example. Such information must be responded to in accordance with these procedures.

Professionals in contact with adults who are threatening or abusive to them as professionals, should be aware of the potential for that individual to be also abusive in their personal relationships. They should, therefore, assess whether domestic abuse may be occurring within the family environment.

4.1.1 Risk Assessment

See also SafeLives: Resources for identifying the risk victims face  including the Domestic Abuse, Stalking and Harassment (DASH) checklist.

When carrying out a risk assessment, professionals should see the adult on their own.

When assessing domestic abuse and the needs of the adult living with domestic abuse, the following factors should be considered:

  • age and vulnerability of the adult;
  • the adult’s description of the effects of the abuse upon them;
  • frequency and severity of the abuse, how recent and where it took place;
  • whether there were any children or other adults who either witnessed the abuse or was in the property at the time;
  • any weapons used or threatened to be used;
  • whether the adult victim has been locked in the house or prevented from leaving;
  • has there been any actual or threatened abuse of animals used to threaten the adult.

The professional should decide, based on any assessment and their professional judgement as to whether there is a threat to the safety of the adult or anyone else in the home environment. If the threat is imminent, the police should be contacted immediately by telephoning 999.

The police are often the first point of contact for adults experiencing domestic abuse. However, the Ambulance Service and hospital Emergency Departments may also be involved as a first point of contact.

Professionals should ensure that they make a full record of all discussions, including referrals to other agencies.

Under the Domestic Abuse Act, local authorities have a duty to provide support in refuges / other safe accommodation to victims of domestic abuse and their children. In addition, all eligible homeless victims of domestic abuse automatically have ‘priority need’ for homelessness assistance.

4.2 Safeguarding and Supporting Children

The first priority must always be the safety and welfare of the child.

Where there is an imminent risk of serious harm, the police must be contacted and steps taken to ensure immediate protection for the child. See Immediate Protection chapter.

Children and young people may be victims of domestic abuse both directly (in their own relationships) and by witnessing the abuse of others such as a parent.  Domestic abuse also includes child-to-parent abuse.

Agencies should recognise the impact domestic abuse has on children and support them accordingly. Those responding to children experiencing domestic abuse should follow existing safeguarding, risk assessment and referrals processes and procedures.

A referral should be made to children’s social care and the safeguarding children process initiated and followed. See Referrals chapter.

It is vital that young people who experience domestic abuse within their own relationships are referred through a multi-agency risk assessment, using an appropriate risk assessment tool such as the Domestic Abuse, Stalking and Harassment (DASH) checklist. See SafeLives: Resources for Identifying the Risk Victims Face.

Professionals should be equipped to identify and respond to children and young people experiencing domestic abuse, drawing on the range of support available, from early intervention to crisis stage. Best practice responses involve an integrated response which combines child safeguarding and high-risk domestic abuse expertise, particularly in relation to risk assessment and safety planning. Further details on responding to young people experiencing abuse can be found in: Children and Young People (SafeLives), Work with Young People’s Violence and Abuse (Respect) and Good Practice Guidance for Specialist Services for Children and Young People (Women’s Aid).

Once their safety has been secured, children and young people should be offered support based on their individual needs, with a range of interventions, so that each child is able to access the specialised help they require. This could include access to psychoeducational support, therapeutic services (for example, counselling) or specialist children’s victim support workers or an independent domestic violence adviser (IDVA) who is able to work with children and young people. A strengths-based approach to recovery, building on ‘the resilient blocks in the child’s life’, has been shown to be effective in interventions for children.

Professionals should recognise the dynamics, impact, and risk when responding to cases of child-to-parent abuse. Where indicated, this may include, commissioning specialised local child-to-parent abuse services. It is important that a young person using abusive behaviour against a parent or family member receives a safeguarding response.

Professionals should develop an individual response for every child and young person affected, including for siblings. Professionals must take the individual needs of the child into consideration to support them to communicate in a way they feel comfortable. This may include drawing on multi-agency approaches, working with educational psychologists and drawing on the knowledge of those who know the child best, such as their teacher or any therapists currently involved in their support. It is important that children and young people have the communication tools appropriate to report abuse and engage with professionals trained to aid their communication where needed.

The Young People’s Family Justice Board have produced some Top Tips for Professionals Working with Children and Young People who Have Experience of and Been Affected by Domestic Abuse.

5. Multi-Agency Working

All agencies have a duty to assess whether a safeguarding response is required before referring an incident to a multi-agency partnership.

The response to domestic abuse is a complex one that spans several statutory and non-statutory agencies, including but not limited to, local authorities, community-based agencies, children’s services, schools, housing, health (including mental health), drug and alcohol services, specialist domestic abuse agencies, the police and the criminal justice system. Wider organisations, such as employers and financial services institutions also have a role to play.

Agencies have a responsibility to work together effectively to provide support and protection to victims of domestic abuse. This can be through strategic planning, co-commissioning and creating joined-up services. Working together is essential to help with identifying domestic abuse at an early stage and with responding to domestic abuse in a manner that can reduce the risk of escalation. It is vital to appropriately safeguard victims, including children, regardless of the level of risk.

An effective multi-agency response means that all frontline agencies consider domestic abuse and are trained to understand both the complex dynamics and the signs of domestic abuse.

Multi-agency working should be embedded into approaches to responding to domestic abuse and should offer a range of interventions and support, from early intervention to support for high-risk cases through formalised safeguarding arrangements. These responses can include but are not limited to:

  • advice and guidance;
  • advocacy;
  • onward referrals or signposting to other agencies or services;
  • housing support;
  • financial advice and assistance;
  • one-to-one or group counselling;
  • respite care;
  • child protection plans;
  • safety and support plans;
  • support through a criminal justice process, or civil court case;
  • drug and alcohol support; and
  • perpetrator behaviour change programmes.

5.1 Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences

A Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conference (MARAC) is a non-statutory process that brings together statutory and voluntary agencies to jointly support adult and child victims of domestic abuse who are at a high risk of serious harm or homicide, and to disrupt and divert the behaviour of the perpetrator(s).

See Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conference chapter

5.2 Independent Domestic Violence Advisers

Independent Domestic Violence Advisers (IDVAs) provide independent support to victims / survivors of domestic abuse.

They provide support regardless of whether a victim / survivor has chosen to report an offence to the police, whether they have ended the relationship with the perpetrator or whether they are victims of multiple offences.

IDVAs can help victims / survivors to understand and systems and processes relating to areas such as victims’ / survivors’ rights, health and wellbeing, reporting to the police, criminal and family justice processes and accessing support services.

Children and Young Persons IDVAs (CHIDVAs) support children and young people experiencing domestic abuse between adults in their household or within their own intimate relationships.

Young Persons Violence Advisers (YPVAs) work with young people experiencing domestic abuse in their own intimate relationships.

Court IDVAs provide dedicated support for victims / survivors navigating courts by offering practical and emotional support throughout both public and private law proceedings. Their role includes explaining the court process and the different options that are available, supporting with any arrangements required (such as travelling to court or childcare), attending court with victims/survivors and liaising with court officials.

Health-based IDVAs (HIDVA) provide support to victims / survivors of domestic abuse who are accessing healthcare, alongside providing training and case consultation assistance for health professionals to understand and respond to domestic abuse.

A victim / survivor can be referred into the IDVA service at any time, by any professional engaging with them. Some IDVA services accept self-referrals by victims themselves.

See also Independent Domestic Violence Adviser Statutory Guidance 

6. Recording and Information Sharing

Agencies must work together and share information to ensure they are able to draw on all the available information held within each agency to build a full picture of the victims, including children, and perpetrators. This includes looking holistically at an individual’s case and circumstances to identify appropriate multi-agency support.

All relevant information should be recorded.  Information sharing is only as good as the quality of the information being shared, and the level of detail can be crucial to accurate risk assessment. For example, simply recording “there is a history of domestic abuse” does not give other professionals the level of detail needed to be able to risk assess.

There must be a lawful basis to process (including sharing) any personal data. What lawful basis is appropriate will depend on the specific purpose for the processing. For further information see Information Sharing and Data Protection chapters.

7. Domestic Violence Protection Orders and Notices

See also Domestic Violence Protection Notices (DVPNs) and Domestic Violence Protection Orders (DVPOs) Guidance (gov.uk).  These orders will become Domestic Abuse Protection Orders and Domestic Abuse Protection Notices under the Domestic Abuse Act 2021).

DVPOs are a civil order that fills a ‘gap’ in providing protection to victims by enabling the police and magistrates’ courts to put in place protective measures in the immediate aftermath of a domestic violence incident where there is insufficient evidence to charge a perpetrator and provide protection to a victim via bail conditions. It is important to note that bail with conditions and protective measures can be used simultaneously to build up greater protection for the victim.

A DVPN is an emergency non-molestation and eviction notice which can be issued by the police, when attending to a domestic abuse incident, to a perpetrator. Because the DVPN is a police-issued notice, it is effective from the time of issue, thereby giving the victim the immediate support they require in such a situation. Within 48 hours of the DVPN being served on the perpetrator, an application by police to a magistrates’ court for a DVPO must be heard.

A DVPO can prevent the perpetrator from returning to a residence and from having contact with the victim for up to 28 days. This allows the victim a degree of breathing space to consider their options with the help of a support agency. Both the DVPN and DVPO contain a condition prohibiting the perpetrator from molesting the victim.

A Domestic Violence Protection Notice and subsequent Order are aimed at perpetrators who present an on-going risk of violence to the victim with the objective of securing a co-ordinated approach across agencies for the protection of victims and the management of perpetrators.

The DVPN / DVPO process builds on existing procedures and bridges the current protective gap, providing immediate emergency protection for the victim and allowing them protected space to explore the options available to them and make informed decisions regarding their safety.

The DVPN / DVPO process does not aim to replace the criminal justice system in respect of charge and bail of a perpetrator. A DVPN will be issued in circumstances where no other enforceable restrictions can be placed upon the perpetrator.

7.1 Multi-agency engagement

Although the power to issue a DVPN and subsequent application for a DVPO lies with the police and ultimately the criminal justice service, the success of any such process will be reliant on the partnership work with other agencies and organisations including those that contribute to Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) and service providers for independent domestic violence advisers (IDVAs) or other, similar services.

Engagement with the victim and the agencies referred to above at the earliest opportunity, is crucial to the success of the DVPN / DVPO process.

See Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conference chapter

8. Domestic Violence Disclosure Scheme

The Domestic Violence Disclosure Scheme (also known as Clare’s Law) is made up of two elements: the Right to Ask and the Right to Know.

Under the right to ask, a person or relevant third party (for example, a family member) can ask the police to check whether a current or ex-partner has a violent or abusive past. If records show that an individual may be at risk of domestic abuse from a partner or ex-partner, the police will consider disclosing the information.

Right to Know enables the police to make a disclosure on their own initiative if they receive information about the violent or abusive behaviour of a person that may impact on the safety of that person’s current or ex-partner. This could be information arising from a criminal investigation, through statutory or third sector agency involvement, or from another source of police intelligence.

9. Addressing the Behaviour of the Perpetrator

Addressing perpetrator behaviour is as important as safeguarding and supporting victims.  Tackling perpetrator behaviour and placing the onus on them should be a key consideration for partnership work.

Agencies should take the earliest opportunity available to consider how the behaviour of the perpetrator can be disrupted or constrained, putting the emphasis for change on that individual. The response to the perpetrator must be appropriate for the unique context and needs of the victim. For instance, victims subject to ‘honour’-based abuse may be experiencing a spectrum of behaviours from multiple perpetrators.

Where the threshold for HM Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) statutory interventions is not available, agencies should consider creative options to address the behaviour of the perpetrator, including recourse to Youth Offending Teams, Integrated Offender Management (IOM), Multi-Agency Targeting And Co-ordinating (MATAC), Domestic Abuse Perpetrator Programmes, safeguarding, housing, Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and the full range of quality assured perpetrator programmes. Any approaches adopted should work closely with existing arrangements, including MARAC to ensure perpetrator management teams have key information from victim-focused panels.

See also Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements chapter

It is important that local areas commission safe, effective perpetrator programmes which take into account the needs in their areas and are accompanied by support for any associated victims. These should be ‘as well as’ support for victims, not ‘instead of’.

Behaviour change interventions aim to challenge and support perpetrators of abuse to make long term changes to their violent and abusive behaviour.  They also consider additional needs such as alcohol and substance misuse and mental health difficulties.

10. Professional Safety

It is important to assess any potential risks to professionals, carers or other staff who are providing services to a family where domestic abuse is or has occurred. In such cases a risk assessment should be undertaken. Professionals should speak with their manager and follow their own agency’s guidance for staff safety. Such issues should also be discussed during supervision.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. What is Female Genital Mutilation ?

Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) is a procedure where the female genital organs are deliberately cut, injured or changed and there is no medical reason for this. It is often a very traumatic and violent act and can cause harm in many ways. FGM can cause immediate as well as long-term health consequences, including pain and infection, mental health problems, difficulties in childbirth and/or death (see Section 2, Consequences of Female Genital Mutilation).

The age at which FGM is carried out varies according to the community. The procedure may be carried out on new-born infants, during childhood or adolescence or just before marriage or during a woman’s first pregnancy. There is no religious reason, in the Bible or Koran for example, for FGM and religious leaders from all faiths have spoken out against the practice. The exact number of girls and women alive today who have undergone FGM is unknown; however, UNICEF estimates that over 200 million girls and women worldwide have had FGM procedures.

FGM has been classified by the World Health Organisation (WHO) into four types:

  • type 1 – clitoridectomy: part or total removal of the clitoris (a small, sensitive and erectile part of the female genitals) and, in very rare cases, only the prepuce (the fold of skin surrounding the clitoris);
  • type 2 – excision: removal of part or all of the clitoris and the labia minora, with or without excision of the labia majora (the labia are the ‘lips’ that surround the vagina);
  • type 3 – infibulation: narrowing the vaginal opening by creating a covering seal. The seal is formed by cutting and repositioning the inner, or outer, labia, with or without removal of the clitoris; and
  • type 4 – other: all other harmful procedures to the female genitals for non-medical reasons, for example pricking, piercing, incising, scraping and cauterising (burning) the genital area.

Under the Female Genital Mutilation Act 2003, FGM is a criminal offence and a form of violence against women and girls.

 2. Consequences of Female Genital Mutilation

There are no health benefits to FGM. Removing and damaging healthy female genital tissue interferes with the natural functions of women’s bodies.

2.1 Immediate effects

  • severe pain;
  • shock;
  • bleeding / haemorrhage;
  • wound infections;
  • difficulty urinating;
  • injury to adjacent tissue;
  • genital swelling;
  • in some cases, death.

2.2 Long term consequences

  • genital scarring;
  • genital cysts and keloid (a thick) scar formation;
  • re-occurring urinary tract infections and difficulties in passing urine;
  • possible increased risk of blood infections such as hepatitis B and HIV;
  • pain during sex, lack of pleasurable sensation and impaired sexual function;
  • psychological concerns such as anxiety, flashbacks and post traumatic stress disorder;
  • difficulties with menstruation (periods);
  • complications in pregnancy or childbirth (including long labour, bleeding or tears during childbirth, increased risk of having a caesarean section); and
  • increased risk of stillbirth and death of child during or just after birth.

Personal accounts from survivors show that FGM is an extremely traumatic experience for girls and women, the effects of which remain with them throughout their life. Young women may feel betrayed by their parents, when they are involved in the decision to have the procedure, as well as feeling regret and anger.

 3. Law in England, Wales and Northern Ireland

In England (as well as Wales and Northern Ireland),  under the Female Genital Mutilation Act 2003 (‘the 2003 Act’) it:

  • is illegal to carry out FGM in the UK;
  • is illegal to take girls who are British nationals or permanent residents of the UK abroad for FGM, whether or not it is lawful in that country;
  • is illegal to aid, assist, guide or arrange the carrying out of FGM abroad;
  • has a penalty of up to 14 years in prison and / or, a fine.

Regardless of individual status in the UK ie. Permanent or otherwise, the same safeguarding response will be afforded to all.

3.1 Female Genital Mutilation Protection Orders (FGMPO)

A FGMPO is a civil order which can be made to protect a girl against FGM offences or protect a girl against whom a FGM offence has taken place. Breaching an order carries a penalty of up to five years in prison.

The terms of the order can be flexible, and the court can include whatever terms it thinks are necessary and appropriate to protect the girl, including to protect her from being taken abroad or to order giving up her passport so she cannot leave the country. See also: Making an Application for an FGM Protection Order (FGMPO) – Flowchart.

 4. Risk Factors

The most significant factor to consider when assessing if a girl may be at risk of FGM is whether her family has a history of practising FGM. In addition, it is important to consider whether FGM is known to be practised in her community or country of origin.

As FGM is illegal and therefore not discussed openly, women who have undergone FGM may not fully understand what FGM is, what the consequences are, or that they themselves have had FGM. Discussions about FGM should therefore always be undertaken with care and sensitivity.

There are a number of other factors which could indicate a girl is at risk of being subjected to FGM.

  • a girl / family believe FGM is essential in their culture or religion;
  • the family mainly associates with other people from their own culture and has not mixed much with the wider UK community;
  • parents have limited access to information about FGM and do not know about the harmful effects of FGM or UK law;
  • a family is not engaging with professionals (health, education or other professionals).

Signs that FGM may have taken place include:

  • a girl asks for help or confides in a professional that FGM has taken place;
  • a girl has difficulty walking, sitting or standing or looks uncomfortable;
  • a girl spends longer than normal in the bathroom or toilet due to difficulties passing urine;
  • a girl has frequent urine, period or stomach problems;
  • a girl does not want to have any medical examinations.

If you have concerns, do not be afraid to ask a girl or woman about FGM, using appropriate and sensitive language. Women and girls sometimes say that professionals have avoided asking questions about FGM, and this can then lead to a breakdown in trust. If a professional does not give a girl / woman the opportunity to talk about FGM, it can be very difficult for her to bring this up herself.

There are screening tools that can be used to support the conversations, e.g. Guidance – FGM: Mandatory Reporting in Healthcare (Department of Health and Social Care) 

 5. Action in Suspected Cases

FGM is illegal in England and Wales, and practitioners should act to safeguard girls who may be at risk of FGM or have been affected by it.

5.1 When a Girl is at Risk of FGM

The girl may be at imminent risk, in which case immediate protection should be taken to protect her such as a Female Genital Mutilation Protection Order or other action such as an Emergency Protection Order or the exercise by the police of their powers of protection (see Immediate Protection chapter).

Practitioners should consult with their safeguarding lead and information should be shared with relevant agencies as appropriate to ensure a multi-agency response as necessary. A referral should be made to Children’s Social Care (see Referrals chapter).

Discussions with family members should be conducted sensitively and with use of accredited interpreters (not known to the family) as required.  However, it is important to remember that the child may be at risk of harm from family members who may believe that FGM is in the girl’s best interests and may not understand the legal situation and implications.  The primary consideration at all stages should be the safety and welfare of the girl.

Action should include:

  • making enquiries about other female family members who may need to be safeguarded from harm. This includes considering the needs of any unborn child if a  woman is pregnant (see Section 6, Safeguarding Other Family Members); and / or
  • considering criminal investigations into the perpetrators, including those who carry out the procedure, to prosecute those who have broken the law and to protect others from harm.

5.2 When a Girl has had FGM

Practitioners should inform their safeguarding lead and make a referral to Children’s Social Care so that further safeguarding enquiries can be made.

Regulated health and social care professionals and teachers in England and Wales have a mandatory duty to make a report to the police if they become aware of a girl having had FGM. See Section 8, FGM Mandatory Reporting Duty.

Action should include:

  • making enquiries about other female family members who may need to be safeguarded from harm. This includes considering the needs of any unborn child if a  woman is pregnant (see Section 6, Safeguarding Other Family Members); and / or
  • considering criminal investigations into the perpetrators, including those who carry out the procedure, to prosecute those who have broken the law and to protect others from harm;
  • arranging for appropriate medical assessment / treatment for the girl to address any medical needs resulting from the FGM.

 6. Safeguarding Other Family Members

Whenever a girl is identified as having had, or being at risk of, FGM professionals must consider whether she is at risk of further harm, and whether there are other girls or women in her family or wider social network who may be at risk of FGM.

 7. NHS FGM Data Collection

NHS England collects the following data from NHS acute trusts, mental health trusts and GP practices:

  • if a patient has had Female Genital Mutilation;
  • if there is a family history of Female Genital Mutilation;
  • if a Female Genital Mutilation-related procedure has been carried out on a patient.

For more information please see Female Genital Mutilation (FGM, NHS)

8. FGM Mandatory Reporting Duty

Where a regulated health and social care professional or a teacher in England and Wales becomes aware of a case of FGM on a girl under the age of 18, they must report this to the police as soon as possible, preferably by the end of the next working day.  They may become aware of the FGM because the girl has disclosed it to them or because they observe physical signs.

Please note:  This is in addition to the safeguarding process.  If a practitioner is concerned that a child has had FGM, they should also consult their safeguarding lead and make a referral to Children’s Social Care (see Referrals chapter).

See also:

Guidance – Mandatory Reporting of Female Genital Mutilation: Procedural Information (gov.uk)

Guidance – FGM: Mandatory Reporting in Healthcare (Department of Health and Social Care) 

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

 

1. Introduction

This procedure provides a clear, coordinated framework for professionals across Buckinghamshire to:

  • Identify and respond to concerns about harmful sexual behaviour promptly and effectively.
  • Ensure the safety and welfare of all children involved, including victims and those displaying HSB.
  • Promote a consistent multi-agency approach, involving Children’s Social Care, Police, Youth Offending Service (YOS), Child and Adolescent Harmful Behaviour Services (CAHBS), education, and health.
  • Support early intervention and therapeutic responses to reduce risk and prevent escalation.

2. Definitions

The term ‘harmful sexual behaviour’ describes a continuum of behaviours displayed by children and young people under 18, ranging from those considered ‘inappropriate’ at a particular age or developmental stage to ‘problematic’, ‘abusive’ and ‘violent’ behaviours (Hackett). The NSPCC uses the following definitions:

  • Problematic sexual behaviour (PSB) is developmentally inappropriate or socially unexpected sexualised behaviour which does not have an overt element of victimisation or abuse.
  • Harmful sexual behaviour (HSB) is developmentally inappropriate sexual behaviour displayed by children and young people which is harmful or abusive.
  • Peer-on-peer sexual abuse is a form of HSB where sexual abuse takes place between children of a similar age or stage of development. Child-on-child sexual abuse is a form of HSB that takes place between children of any age or stage of development.

Problematic or harmful sexual behaviour can include:

  • frequently and intentionally accessing age inappropriate sexual material online;
  • using inappropriate language;
  • undertaking mutual sexual activity they are not ready for with peers;
  • sending and receiving illegal images;
  • sexual interactions where there are significant power differences, lack of consent, or with force or threats;
  • engaging in abusive or sexually violent sexual behaviour online or offline.

3. Overview

Research by the Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse shows that in pre-adolescent children, behaviour is more likely to be at the ‘inappropriate’ or ‘problematic’ end of the continuum. Most pre-adolescent children displaying harmful sexual behaviour have themselves been sexually abused or experienced other kinds of trauma or neglect.

Older children and young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour are mostly boys, many of whom have a history of adverse childhood experiences and family difficulties.

Most sexually abused children and young people do not go on to abuse others, and the majority of children and young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour do not commit sexual offences as adults. However, older adolescents who abuse younger children, and those whose sexual behaviours involve violence, are at greater risk of further sexual offending.

The limited research into technology assisted harmful sexual behaviour suggests that boys who engage ‘only’ in watching images of child sexual abuse online have far less troubled histories than those who commit other sexual offences. There may sometimes be a link between viewing online pornography and subsequent harmful sexual behaviours.

There is limited published research on effective interventions, particularly at the ‘problematic’ end of the continuum, although there is a general consensus that interventions need to be holistic, child-focused and involve parents/carers.

Professionals working with children need knowledge and skills to respond to harmful sexual behaviour, and to create organisational contexts which maximise safety from abuse. Prevention education should take a long-term, ‘whole school’ approach to healthy relationships, and involve children and young people in development and delivery. Broader public health approaches which challenge gender inequality and patriarchal values and attitudes are also required.

The Harmful Sexual Behaviour (HSB) Framework and Audit: An Evidence-informed Operational Framework for Children and Young People Displaying Harmful Sexual Behaviours (Hackett, Branigan, and Holmes, NSPCC) covers the essential elements of developing and delivering an integrated and effective HSB service for children, young people and their families:

  • a continuum of responses to children and young people displaying HSB;
  • prevention, identification and early assessment;
  • effective assessment and referral pathways;
  • interventions;
  • workforce development.

4. Hackett’s Sexualised Behaviour Continuum

Hackett’s continuum presents sexualised behaviour as a range from ‘normal’ to ‘inappropriate’, ‘problematic’, ‘abusive’ and ‘violent’ (Hackett, Children, Young People and Sexual Violence, in Barter and Berridge Children Behaving Badly? Exploring Peer Violence Between Children and Young People, Wiley). See Continuum Guide (NSPCC)

See the Understanding Sexualised Behaviour in Children (NSPCC) for further information.

The diagram uses a green / amber / red system to classify sexual behaviours in young people from developmentally typical or normal (green), problematic or inappropiate (amber) to harmful or abusive or violent (red).

Diagram of the Hackett Continuum.

4.1 Developmentally typical (green) behaviours

The NSPCC use the term ‘developmentally typical’ to describe behaviours that are green on the continuum –  these green behaviours might also be termed ‘healthy’, ‘normal’ or ‘developmentally expected’.

Green sexual behaviour:

  • is developmentally expected and socially acceptable;
  • is consensual, mutual and reciprocal;
  • involves shared decision making.

4.2 Problematic (amber) behaviours

The NSPCC use ‘problematic sexual behaviour’ (PSB) as an umbrella term for all amber behaviours. On the Hackett continuum, amber behaviours are described as ‘inappropriate’ or ‘problematic’.

Inappropriate behaviour

inappropriate behaviour includes:

  • single instances of developmentally inappropriate sexual behaviour;
  • behaviour that is socially acceptable within a peer group but would be considered inappropriate outside that group;
  • generally consensual and reciprocal;
  • may involve an inappropriate context for behaviour that would otherwise be considered normal.

Problematic behaviour

Problematic behaviour includes:

  • developmentally unusual and socially unexpected behaviour;
  • may be compulsive;
  • consent may be unclear and the behaviour may not be reciprocal;
  • may involve an imbalance of power;
  • does not have an overt element of victimisation.

4.3 Harmful (red) behaviours

Red sexualised behaviours are harmful to the child who displays them, as well as the people the behaviour is displayed towards. The NSPCC refer to all red sexual behaviours as ‘harmful sexual behaviour’ (HSB). Hackett divides these into ‘abusive’ and ‘violent’ behaviours.

Abusive behaviour

Abusive behaviour includes:

  • intrusive behaviour;
  • may involve a misuse of power;
  • may have an element of victimisation;
  • may use coercion and force;
  • may include elements of expressive violence;
  • informed consent has not been given (or the victim was not able to consent freely).

Violent behaviour

Violent behaviour includes:

  • physically violent sexual abuse;
  • highly intrusive;
  • may involve instrumental violence which is physiologically and/or sexually arousing to the perpetrator;
  • may involve sadism.

5. Children and Young People who Display Harmful Sexual Behaviour

An understanding of how children develop sexually can help practitioners recognise which sexual behaviours are developmentally typical and identify if a child is displaying behaviour that is problematic or harmful.

Sexual Development and Behaviour in Children (NSPCC) contains information about the stages of typical sexual development and behaviour for different age groups.

5.1 Pre-adolescent children

While the behaviour of some pre-adolescent children may be ‘problematic’, it is seldom intentionally abusive. Many pre-adolescent children displaying harmful sexual behaviour have been sexually abused or exposed to developmentally inappropriate sexual experiences, such as seeing pornography. Their behaviour may be a way of communicating what has happened to them or an indirect response to other factors in their lives, including other forms of trauma and neglect.

5.2 Adolescents

The early teens are the peak time for the occurrence of harmful sexual behaviour. The vast majority of adolescents who display such behaviour are male, but it is rare for research or practice to focus on the significance of gender.

Most research has been conducted with criminal justice or ‘clinical’ populations and has repeatedly found that boys who have committed a sexual offence, or have been referred to specialist services because of concerns about their behaviour, generally have other major difficulties in their lives; these include experience of physical or sexual abuse or neglect, witnessing domestic violence, or having parents with mental health or substance abuse issues. Adverse childhood experiences tend to be more strongly linked to antisocial behaviour in males than in females.

Adolescents displaying abusive or violent sexual behaviour are, like their peers whose offending behaviour is non-sexual, likely to have low self-esteem, poor social skills and difficulties with anger, depression and peer relationships.

When harmful sexual behaviour involves siblings, it may occur within a context of family violence and neglect. Compared with other intra-familial abuse, it may occur more often and over longer periods, and be more likely to involve intrusive and penetrative acts.

It is increasingly recognised that some forms of sexual harassment and abusive behaviours between adolescents are so commonplace in schools and colleges that some young people may regard them as ‘normal’. Higher levels of general antisocial behaviour tend to be shown by adolescents who behave in sexually harmful ways towards their peers, compared with those whose harmful sexual behaviour targets younger children.

5.3 Children with learning disabilities or autism

Children and young people with learning disabilities are more vulnerable both to being sexual abused and to displaying inappropriate or problematic sexual behaviour; in one large UK study, 38% of under-18s referred to specialist services because of harmful sexual behaviour were assessed as having a learning disability. However, it is likely that the high level of adult supervision of children and young people with learning disabilities means that their sexual behaviour is more likely to be observed and problematised.

Reasons why some children and young people with learning disabilities may be more likely to display harmful sexual behaviour include having less understanding that some sexual behaviours are not acceptable, and fewer opportunities to establish acceptable sexual relationships; receiving less sex education; struggling with social skills; and relating more easily to children younger than themselves.

While research suggests that individuals with autism spectrum disorders are not at increased risk of offending generally, a proportion of harmful sexual behaviours in individuals with autism may result from specific difficulties in understanding what other people may be thinking or feeling.

5.4 Girls and young women

Most research into harmful sexual behaviour is based on male populations or includes only small numbers of girls. However, studies have found that girls and young women displaying abusive sexual behaviour are likely to have experienced more victimisation (including intra-familial sexual abuse, other forms of abuse and frequent exposure to family violence) than boys. Two UK studies found that, compared to boys, girls who sexually harmed had typically experienced more chronic and extensive maltreatment in childhood, had been sexually abused at an earlier age and were more likely to have been abused by more than one person.

Harmful sexual behaviour tends to be identified at a younger age in girls than in boys, and tends to involve younger victims. It is relatively rare for girls’ abusive sexual behaviour to involve the use of physical force. Girls displaying harmful sexual behaviour are less likely than boys to be charged with an offence, in part because they and their victims tend to be younger – but, like boys who display harmful sexual behaviour, they often have difficulties in school and relatively high levels of learning difficulties.

Girls’ Talk (Barnado’s) is a resource pack for practitioners supporting girls who have displayed harmful sexual behaviour to develop healthy sexual relationships.

6. Responding to an Incident

All incidents of harmful sexual behaviour require an immediate and appropriate response. Practitioners becoming aware of incidents of harmful sexual behaviour must act appropriately to support and protect both children who have displayed the behaviour and those who have been impacted by the behaviour. Practitioners should discuss with their safeguarding lead whether a referral to children’s social care should be made (see Referrals chapter) Where a child is in immediate danger or a possible criminal offence has been committed, the police must be notified. Where there is an imminent risk of serious harm, steps may be need to ensure the child’s immediate protection (see Immediate Protection chapter).

Keeping Children Safe in Education part Five: Child on Child Sexual Violence and Sexual Harassment (Department for Education) sets out specific guidance for educational establishments. Locally, CABS (Child and Adolescent Harmful Behaviour Service) can support children and young people in Oxfordshire and Buckinghamshire about whom there are concerns in relation to harmful sexual behaviour (HSB).

7. Assessment

For information on assessments, see Assessments chapter. Specific considerations will apply in cases of harmful sexual behaviour. In all cases it is important to undertake an holistic assessment which gives as clear a view as possible about the child or young person’s sexual behaviours and the degree to which, for a child of that age, they should be considered healthy, inappropriate, problematic or abusive.

Harmful Sexual Behaviour among Children and Young People (NICE) distinguishes between early help assessments and more specific HSB risk and needs assessments.

The NICE guidance states that an ‘early help’ assessment is warranted when a child’s sexual behaviours are indicated at the level of ‘inappropriate’ on the continuum. NICE suggests that a designated lead practitioner acts as a single point of contact for the child and family, coordinates early help and develops a care plan to deliver agreed actions. A NICE early help assessment would take into account the child or young person’s development status, gender identity and any neurodevelopmental or learning disabilities. The purpose of the assessment is to ascertain whether the child’s needs can be met by universal services or whether a referral for a more specialist HSB risk and needs assessment is necessary.  Early help may help to prevent escalation of sexual violence.

For children and young people whose sexual behaviours are more indicative of abusive and violent categories on the continuum model, a more specific assessment of risk and need is likely to be required. NICE recommends that professionals responsible for risk assessments should use age-appropriate assessment tools, taking into account the child or young person’s age, neurodevelopmental disabilities, learning disabilities and gender identity.  Whichever tool is used, effective assessment practice should include holistic, child-focussed, multi-agency assessments that examine the needs met by the behaviour, any underlying reasons or triggers, and protective factors and strengths that can be used to manage or reduce HSB.

It is vital to assess parental capacity to protect their children, the ability to manage a safety plan, and their capability to meet the needs of their children while considering the wider demands on the family.

8. Interventions

Interventions are required to deal with a highly diverse group of children and young people and their families. Interventions should be tailored to the specific needs of the child and family, rather than applied routinely to all. Research suggests that a tiered approach to intervention is most appropriate, which distinguishes children and young people whose needs can be met through parental monitoring, through those who need limited psycho educative support, from those who would benefit from more specialist intervention services and placements.

Effective support should target presenting sexual behaviour problems as well as broader issues in the child or young person’s early experience (unresolved trauma, experiences of abuse, family issues). Resilience models aim to mobilise the child or young person’s strengths and reduce the risk of repeat harmful sexual behaviour by helping them develop positive relationships and pro-social ambitions.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Executive Summary

  • This document has been developed to assist all agencies in Buckinghamshire who are working with families of children under eighteen where an adult has mental health needs.
  • Parents/carers with mental health needs have the right to be provided with timely care and support that enable them to meet the needs of the child/children.
  • Children have the right to be protected from harm and to receive timely services when their health or development is at risk.
  • All professionals, whether working with the adult or with a child within the family, have a responsibility to THINK FAMILY and to consider both the needs of the child and those of adults with mental health difficulties and refer to other agencies. Guidance on referral is included in this document.
  • No one professional is an expert on the needs of both the adult and the child and so joint working between agencies is crucial.
  • Medical confidentiality should not be a barrier to appropriate and timely sharing of information between professionals. Guidance on information sharing between agencies is included in this document.
  • The lived experience of both the child/children and the adult should be central to the assessment of a family’s needs, risks and the support offered.

2. Context and Aims

This procedure has been written to improve the coordination and communication between all agencies in Buckinghamshire engaged with children and families and those adults who have mental health needs.

The procedure should be applied whenever there are concerns about the well-being or safety of children whose parents or carers have mental health needs, specifically where these difficulties are impacting, or are likely to impact, on their ability to meet the needs of their children. This procedure also applies to pregnant women who have mental health problems or where their partners are known to have mental health problems.

The Final Analysis of Serious Case Reviews (2017 to 2019) published by the Department for Education reported that 55% involved parents with mental health problems. In these cases, the mental illness of the parent had a significant impact on their parenting capacity, resulting in the death or serious injury of the children. However, it remains the case that the majority of mentally ill parents do not harm their children. It also does not mean that parents who experience mental health problems have poor parenting skills.

However, the impact of parental mental health problems can, on some occasions, lead to children and families needing additional support; or, in a small number of cases, support and multi-agency action to prevent significant harm.

3. Principles

The guidance is underpinned by the following principles:

  • All those who come into contact with children, their parents and families in their everyday work, including practitioners who do not have a specific role in relation to child protection, have a duty to safeguard and promote the welfare of the child as set out in Working Together to Safeguard Children.
  • The welfare of the child must take precedence over parents/carers right to confidentiality.
  • Children are usually best brought up within their own families and support should be provided to enable this to be the case whenever possible. Most parents, carers and pregnant women with mental health needs safeguard their children’s wellbeing.
  • Respect and sensitivity should be given to differing family patterns, lifestyles, and child-rearing practices, which can vary across different racial, ethnic, and cultural groups. However, all professionals must be clear that child abuse and neglect, caused deliberately or otherwise, cannot be condoned for religious or cultural reasons.
  • Coordinated and timely services must be provided to families in which there are dependent children of parents, carers, or pregnant women with mental health problems.
  • There should be good cooperation and collaborative decision-making between services that promote the well-being and safety of adults and children.
  • Parents/carers should be seen as the experts on their children and, wherever possible, plans are to be developed with them for times when they are unwell. Consideration to include the extended family should be given.
  • Children should be actively included in the work, proportionate to their age and ability, and must offered information and support about a parent’s mental health issues.
  • Childcare workers must help to identify parents who may have mental health needs and use links with other agencies (including primary healthcare) to find help and support for them. Practitioners need to consider the ‘think family ‘approach.
  • Mental health workers must help to identify all children who may need services.

4. Consider the Child / Children’s Experience – What is Life Like for the Child?

Here are some messages to mental health professionals written by young people from a Barnardo’s project in Liverpool2. The messages show how important it is to keep children informed.

  • Introduce yourself. Tell us who you are and what your job is.
  • Give us as much information as you can.
  • Tell us what is wrong with our parents.
  • Tell us what is going to happen next.
  • Talk to us and listen to us. Remember it is not hard to speak to us; we are not aliens.
  • Ask us what we know and what we think. We live with our parents; we know how they have been behaving.
  • Tell us it is not our fault. We can feel really guilty if our mum or dad is ill. We need to know we are not to blame.
  • Please don’t ignore us. Remember we are part of the family and we live there too.
  • Keep on talking to us and keep us informed. We need to know what is happening.

Tell us if there is anyone we can talk to. MAYBE IT COULD BE YOU.

5. Possible Effects of Adult Mental Ill Health on Children

Mental ill health can sometimes lead to neglect of both the adults and their children’s physical, emotional and social needs. The children may have caring responsibilities, which are inappropriate to their age and may have an adverse impact on their development. Some forms of mental ill health may cause adults to be ‘unavailable’ or not responsive to the child; or to behave in bizarre, unpredictable or violent ways towards themselves, their children or environment.

The stigma and oppression associated with adult mental ill health can impair the adult’s ability to care for the child/ren and children can carry the burden of covering for parental behaviour. It can be difficult for adults to share their situation and struggles. Children may be reluctant to talk about family problems or seek support. Practitioners need to be sensitive to this. See also Section 4, Consider the Child / Children’s Experience – What is Life Like for the Child?

At the extreme, a child may be at risk of severe injury, profound neglect or even death.

An adult carer’s mental ill health will be less likely to have an adverse effect on a child when:

  • the ill health is mild or short-lived
  • there is another parent or family member who can help/who is assessed as a safeguard
  • there is no other family disharmony
  • the child has wider support from extended family, friends, teachers or other adults.
  • the child feels a sense of belonging and security
  • the child has at least one secure attachment relationship
  • the child has access to wider supports such as extended family and friends
  • the child has positive nursery, school and or community experiences.

A significant history of violence is a risk indicator for children, as is parental and adult non- compliance with services and treatment.

Children most at risk of significant harm are those who:

  • feature within the adult’s delusions (i.e., false beliefs)
  • are built into the adult suicidal plans.
  • becomes the target of the adult’s aggression or rejection.
  • are being profoundly neglected physically and/or emotionally as a result of the adult’s mental illness.
  • are new-born infants whose mother has a severe mental illness or personality disorder
  • have a parent/carer who is expressing thoughts of harming their child, e.g., in severe depression.
  • are involved in their carer’s obsessive-compulsive behaviours.
  • have caring responsibilities inappropriate to their age
  • may witness disturbing behaviour arising from mental health problems (e.g., self-harm, suicide, disinhibited behaviour, violence, homicide)
  • do not live with the unwell parent, but have contact (e.g., formal unsupervised contact session or the parent sees the child in visits to the home or on overnight stays)
  • are socially isolated because they feel unable to bring other children home, or understand or have the words to explain what is happening at home to adults
  • are an unborn child of a pregnant woman with any previous and/or post-partum major mental health problem.

The following factors may impact the ability of an adult to provide appropriate care and increase concerns that a child may have suffered, or is at risk of suffering, significant harm:

  • history of mental health problems with an impact on the sufferer’s functioning
  • maladaptive coping strategies
  • misuse of drugs, alcohol or medication
  • severe eating disorders
  • self-harming and suicidal behaviour
  • lack of insight into illness and impact on child
  • non-compliance with treatment
  • poor engagement with services
  • previous or current compulsory admissions to mental health care
  • mental health problems deemed long term ‘untreatable’, or untreatable within timescales compatible with child’s best interest
  • mental health problems combined with domestic abuse and/or relationship difficulties
  • mental health problems combined with isolation and/or poor support networks
  • mental health problems combined with criminal offending
  • non-identification of the illness by professionals
  • previous referrals to Children’s Social Care for other children.

5.1 Pregnant women

When an agency identifies a pregnant woman experiencing mental health problems, an assessment must be undertaken to determine what services she requires and the Concealed Pregnancy and Pre-Birth Safeguarding procedure must be followed.

This must include gathering relevant information from their Primary Care Team/GP, in addition to any other agencies involvement, to ensure that the full background is obtained about any existing or previous diagnosis, or treatment for mental illness or substance misuse. This is especially important where service awareness of earlier births may need to be clarified, for example, in the case of older or overseas children. If a person has moved recently, it is advisable to seek out health records from the previous Primary Care Team/GP. It is also important to identify partners of pregnant women who have mental health or substance misuse problems.

Pregnant women in Buckinghamshire now book their maternity appointments online and these are coordinated by midwives based at the hospital and not by Primary Care Teams/GPs. As such, it is possible that a pregnant woman may not see her GP during the pregnancy and the first contact with their GP may be at the face-to-face six-week post-natal appointment. It is important that those working with pregnant women do not assume that the pregnant women are being routinely seen by their GP.

Research has shown that pregnant women with a previous history of mental health needs are particularly vulnerable to breakdown during the later stages of pregnancy and following the birth of their baby.

5.2 Substance misuse, mental health and domestic abuse

When a parent has a substance misuse problem, as well as mental health needs, this can put the child at particular risk, especially where the potential for dealing with the substance misuse problem is limited. Where a parent/carer has mental health and substance misuse issues, the assessment of the adult should ideally be conducted in partnership between the Mental Health Care Management Team and the Adult Substance Misuse Care Management Team.

In addition, the Final Analysis of Serious Case Reviews (2017 to 2019) and previous reviews of Serious Case Reviews have shown that the three issues of domestic abuse, parental mental ill health, and alcohol or substance misuse are not the only risk factors that may contribute to cumulative risk of harm. Other risk factors often co-exist with these factors, and potentially interact with them to create harmful environments for the children. These include issues such as adverse experiences in the parent/carer’ own childhoods, a history of criminality – particularly violent crime, a pattern of multiple consecutive partners, and acrimonious separation. Professionals should be aware of this when undertaking an assessment of risk.

6. Decision Making Flowchart

This flowchart is relevant to all services in Buckinghamshire which are treating or providing any kind of service to parents, carers, or pregnant women with mental health problems.

  1. Are you treating or providing a service for a parent, carer, or pregnant woman with mental health problems?
  2. Questions to ask:
    • Do they have children?
    • What are ages/ date of birth?
    • Are they known to services?
    • Are they open to children’s social care?
    • What is their previous history?
  3. Discuss with the adult, support options in relation to their mental health needs. Consider referral to Primary Care (GP)/ Adult Mental Health Services.
  4. Consider the level of risk to the unborn/child, consider whether a referral to social care is needed. Refer to the thresholds document and referral flow chart to inform decision making. If in doubt seek advice from the Multi-agency Safeguarding Hub (MASH):
    • If a parent/carer is hospitalised/ receiving that may impact on parenting, inform Children’s Social Care;
    • If no risk of significant harm, consider impact of mental health problem on the children/ unborn and make appropriate referrals and consider Early Help. Continue support and monitoring;
    • If child is at risk of significant harm refer immediately to Children’s Social Care;
  5. Ensure all discussions and decisions are recorded in your agency’s case records. This should include and decisions about sharing or not sharing information, and the reasons decisions are made.

7. Principles for Considering an Adult’s Capacity to Care for Children

Informed assessments and effective multi-agency/disciplinary working are the key to ensuring that children and families receive the appropriate services to meet their identified needs and manage risk.

The key to ensuring children are safe, protected, and their needs are being met where parents/carers have additional needs, is to assess parent’s/carers capacity and ascertain if additional support is required. Consider the following areas:

  • Basic care.
  • Ensure they are safe.
  • Able to provide emotional warmth.
  • Stimulation.
  • Appropriate boundaries and stability.

 7.1 Key questions 

Are parents/carers able to provide the following:

BASIC CARE

  • How are the children being cared for?
  • Are they receiving basic care?
  • Providing for the child’s physical needs, and appropriate medical and dental care. Includes provision of food, drink, warmth, shelter, clean and appropriate clothing, and adequate personal hygiene.

ENSURING SAFETY

  • How are the children kept safe?
  • There should be recognition of hazards and danger both in the home, online and elsewhere.
  • Is safety planning for the children included in the mental health care plan if a parent’s mental health deteriorates.

 EMOTIONAL WARMTH

  • Ensuring the child’s emotional needs are met, giving the child a sense of being specially valued, and a positive sense of own racial and cultural identity.
  • Includes ensuring the child’s requirements are met for secure, stable, and affectionate relationships with significant adults.
  • There should be appropriate physical contact and comfort and affection sufficient to demonstrate warm regard, praise, and encouragement.

STIMULATION 

  • Promoting child’s learning and intellectual development through encouragement and cognitive stimulation and promoting social opportunities.
  • Ensuring school attendance or equivalent opportunity.
  • Facilitating the child to meet the challenges of life.

GUIDANCE AND BOUNDARIES

  • Enabling the child to regulate their own emotions and behaviour through demonstrating and modelling appropriate behaviour, control of emotions and interactions with others.
  • Guidance which involves setting boundaries, so the child develops an internal model of moral values, conscience, and appropriate social behaviour.

STABILITY

  • Providing a sufficiently stable family environment to enable a child to develop and maintain a secure attachment to the primary caregiver/s, to ensure optimal development.
  • Parental responses change and develop according to child’s developmental progress.
  • In addition, ensuring children keep in contact with important family members and significant others.

See Continuum Of Need Threshold for further information.

8. Guidance for Referral to Adult Mental Health Services

If there is concern about the mental health needs of a parent/carer, the adult’s Primary Cary Team/ GP should be contacted in the first instance and a request made for information to be shared regarding any existing or previous diagnosis of mental illness, and previous or current treatment or referrals.

In order for timely sharing of this information, the Primary Care Team will need to know why the information is needed, in what timescale it needs to be provided, with whom the information will be shared (within health professionals or with other agencies), what information is being asked and whether the patient has consented to this information being shared.

Practitioners should be aware that women in Buckinghamshire who are temporarily placed in refuges may be additionally vulnerable to their mental health needs not being met and patient information between systems may be limited.

If there is an imminent danger to the person or others, including a child, the police must be contacted. Staff must ensure that their decision and agreed course of action is fully and accurately documented.

Triggers that may indicate a referral to adult mental health services for initial assessment is needed are listed below. However, this is not an exhaustive list and is provided to assist professional decision-making.

  • recent history of assessment and treatment by secondary adult mental health services, including hospitalisation and/or community mental health team involvement;
  • previous history of mental illness during pregnancy or the post-partum period;
  • current/recent treatment for mental health needs by the Primary Care Team;
  • previous history of self-harm, or current expression of an inability to manage their own or their child/children’s safety;
  • expression of apparently unreal fears about their own safety or that of others;
  • evidence of significant withdrawal from people, family, or activities, i.e., showing signs of depression or anxiety;
  • fluctuations in mood and activity, e.g., excessive crying, inappropriate expression of anger, over activity, or increased suspicion;
  • concerns about self-neglect;
  • a child’s or other’s expression of concern regarding change in a parent and/or carer’s behaviour or attitude;
  • chaotic households against a background of significant social stressors such as inadequate housing, unemployment, or low income.

Concerns should be discussed with the person’s Primary Care Team/GP in order to agree the most appropriate course of action. It would be usual practice for the Primary Care Team/GP to assess the client in the first instance and make a referral to mental health services if appropriate. However, in some circumstances another professional may make the referral, or the client may self-refer.

A past history of mental health problems will not necessarily mean a referral is required; this will depend on what the particular diagnosis was, current mental state, how long an individual has been stable and the level of support at home.

9. Guidance for Referral to Children’s Social Care

In any instance where there is a concern about the welfare of a child, professionals should consult the Continuum of Need Threshold.

A referral to Children’s Social Care for an initial assessment or pre-birth assessment should always be made if a parent, carer or pregnant woman is considered to have significant mental health problems, as indicated by the triggers given below. A referral should always be discussed with a manager.

If there is an imminent danger to the person or others, including a child, the police must be contacted.

Speak to the family to discuss the concerns and reasons for referral. Gain a better understanding of the situation and gain consent to refer if possible.

Think family – consider all family members including all the children. Risks may be relevant to some or all of the children in the family.

Consideration should be given to a referral to Early Help in order to provide additional support and safeguard children at an early stage. Early Help in Buckinghamshire is provided by the Family Support Service.

Consider schools involvement – what support is school offering? Are they aware of the family situation? Is the school counsellor involved? Is the child’s school attendance level a concern?

Triggers that indicate referral to Children’s Social Care are listed below. However, this is not an exhaustive list and is provided to assist professional decision-making.

  • a parent/carer expresses thoughts of harm to a child – in such cases the referral should include any safety planning completed for the child and /or parent/carer.
  • any parent/carer exhibiting signs of mental illness, or who are already the subject of a continued psychiatric assessment, where there are concerns surrounding the impact on a child’s wellbeing.
  • there has been a previous death of a child or serious harm caused to a child whilst in the care of either parent/carer which raised concern.
  • there are concerns about the parent/carer’s ability to self-care and/or to care for the child, e.g., unsupported young or learning-disabled mother.
  • the child may be at risk of significant harm, including a parent/carer previously suspected of fabricating or inducing illness in a child
  • urgent concerns as a result of parents or carers being assessed under the Mental Health Act
  • parents or carers with mental health or substance misuse problems who are caring for a child with a chronic illness, disability, or special educational needs.
  • children who are caring for parents or carers with mental health or substance misuse problems (young carers)
  • children who have been the subject of previous child protection investigations, a Child Protection Plan, local authority care, or alternative care arrangements.

Where a parent or carer expresses thoughts of self-harm, an assessment of risk to the child or unborn baby must be made and consideration given to a referral to Children’s Social Care based on the level of risk. Management of self-harm risk by adult mental health services staff must include in the plan actions to support the needs of the child/children/unborn baby and there should be discussion with the organisation’s lead for child safeguarding. Where necessary, advice should be sought from First Response. Consideration must always be given to the care arrangements for the children should the adult need to be admitted to hospital.

When a parent or carer has been receiving inpatient services, in whatever setting, consideration must be given to discharge arrangements to ensure provision for the children is appropriate, and their welfare and safety has been properly assessed. A formal meeting with Children’s Social Care should be held where they are already involved or if concerns are identified. If a parent or carer discharges themselves out of hours, a referral to the Emergency Duty Team should be made to ensure the children’s welfare is protected.

Newly identified risk or changes in the risk assessment in any agency must be communicated to other relevant agencies in order that they can consider if this new information impacts on their own risk assessments. Staff must always consider that a change for one member of the family might have impact on another member, and that a Think Family approach is essential.

Where the need for referral to Children’s Social Care is unclear, this must be discussed with a line manager and/or safeguarding lead. Children’s Social Care can be consulted for advice. Staff must ensure that all decisions and the agreed course of action are signed and dated. If a referral is not made, the reasons must also be clearly documented.

10. Joint Working Between Agencies

All information should be shared in line with Information Sharing Advice for Safeguarding Practitioners (Department for Education).

It is essential that staff working in adult mental health and children’s services work together to ensure the safety of the child and the management of the adult’s mental health.

Joint work will include mental health workers providing all information with regards to:

  • Treatment plans
  • Likely duration of any mental health problem
  • the effects of any mental health problem and/or medication on the parent/ carer’s general functioning and parenting/ caring ability.

Parents/Carers with mental health issues entrust professionals with, or allow them to gather, sensitive information relating to their health and other matters as part of their seeking treatment. They do so in confidence, and they have legitimate expectation that staff will respect their privacy and act appropriately.

Where there are concerns about the wellbeing of a child, the need to share information will take precedence over the patient’s right to confidentiality. However, practitioners need to consider what information is and is not confidential, and the need in some circumstances to make a judgement about whether confidential information can be shared, in the public interest, without consent.

Sensitive information can be shared if there is a clear and justifiable purpose, and consideration has been made of the safety and wellbeing of the child and others who may be affected. The more sensitive the information, the greater the child focus needs to be in order to justify sharing.

The practitioner needs to be mindful that information may need to be shared with a number of agencies, therefore the ‘need to know’ and ‘proportionality to the risk of harm’ principles apply. Where a practitioner is considering the inclusion or exclusion of sensitive information, or consent has been refused, they must discuss this with their safeguarding lead within their organisation.

If an adult’s clinical information is shared without their consent, the adult should be notified of this.

Child protection workers must assess the individual needs of each child and, within this, incorporate information provided by mental health workers. They must assess the risk and impact on each child in accordance with information provided by mental health workers and the assessment framework.

Mental health professionals must attend and provide information to any meeting regarding the potential impact of parent/carer  mental health concerns on the child. These will include:

  • Multi-agency meetings
  • Strategy meetings
  • Initial and Review Child Protection Conferences
  • Core Group meetings.

Relevant professionals from Children’s Services and other agencies supporting the child should attend Care Programme Approach (CPA) and other meetings related to the management of the parent/carer’s mental health where concerns about capacity to parent have been raised.

All plans for a child, including Child Protection Plans, will identify the roles and responsibilities of mental health and other professionals. The plan will also identify the process of communication and liaison between professionals. All professionals should work in accordance with their own agency procedures/guidelines and seek advice and guidance from line management when necessary.

Key examples of good practice in joint working:

  • No major decisions (such as the removal of children, closure of a case or move to discharge or home leave from hospital) should be made without the consultation of other services, unless urgency requires immediate action. In these circumstances, other parties should be informed as soon as possible.
  • Social Care must be informed if a parent/carer is being hospitalised or other treatment is taking place which might impact on their ability to care for their children.
  • The mental health worker must be informed if a child is returning home following a period of being in care, and the children and families social worker must be informed of any changes in treatment for the parent/carer, such as a trial period on reduced or no medication.
  • The health visitor should be invited to all CPA meetings where the service user has a child under five years.
  • Written documentation or minutes must be sent to all professionals involved and put on the respective case files and a copy sent to the patient’s Primary Care Team/GP.
  • Regular communication by telephone, fax, email, or letter should be maintained, particularly if there are any concerns or changes in the situation.
  • If appropriate and practical, it is good practice to arrange joint visits from time to time. Otherwise, agencies should coordinate visits from adult mental health teams and child social work teams to ensure families are seen regularly.
  • When any service is considering that they should close a case, discussion must take place with other involved services first. This will help to ensure that the full implications of closing the case are understood and considered collectively.

Consideration to be given to the adult’s accommodation history, have they always lived in Buckinghamshire, have the child/children been known in another local authority?

11. Joint Working and Risk Assessments

It is important to be aware that risk assessment in mental health work and risk assessment in child protection work are two different concepts, and it can be dangerous to confuse them.

The former is concerned with predicting the likelihood of a patient’s mental health deteriorating to the point where she/he poses a risk to self and/or others. The latter involves the analysis of information to consider whether or not the children’s likely experiences are acceptable, in terms of risk of physical or sexual assault, omission of care or neglect, or threat to emotional wellbeing.

Newly identified or changes in risk in one agency’s assessment must be communicated to other relevant agencies, so that they too can consider if this new information impacts on their own risk assessments. Staff must always consider that a change for one member of a family might have impact on the other member – a ‘think family’ approach is essential.

12. Resolution of Disputes and Differences

In the event of a dispute or disagreement arising between professionals, the procedure for Escalation, Challenge and Conflict Resolution should be followed.

Any disagreements or differences should be recorded on the case file, including the views of the other party.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

RELATED GUIDANCE

Support for Parents and Carers to Keep Children Safe Online (gov.uk)

Guidance – Sharing Nudes and Semi-Nudes: Advice for Education Settings Working with Children and Young People (gov.uk) – guidance on responding to incidents and safeguarding children and young people.

Guidance: Education for a Connected World (UK Council for Internet Safety) – a framework to equip children and young people for digital life

Guidance: Challenging Victim Blaming Language and Behaviours when Dealing with the Online Experiences of Children and Young People (UK Council on Internet Safety) – guidance for professionals on how to effectively challenge victim blaming language and behaviours and advice on best practice

Keeping Children Safe in Education Part five: Child-on-child Sexual Violence and Sexual Harassment (Department for Education, 2025)

Ofcom Protection of Children Codes of Practice and Guidance 

Child Sexual Abuse Material Generated by Artificial Intelligence:  An Essential Guide for Professionals who Work with Children and Young People (NCA, CEOP, IWF)

Internetmatters.org – supporting children’s online safety

February 2026: Information has been added on Ofcom’s Protection of Children Codes of Practice and Guidance, and guidance for professionals on Child Sexual Abuse Material Generated by Artificial Intelligence (NCA, CEOP, IWF). See Related Guidance.

Information on ways in which Artificial Intelligence (AI) is being used to create indecent images of children has also been added, as well as advice on how to respond when children and young people use AI in this way to create images of their peers. Advice on ways practitioners can support children and young people with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) has been added into Apps to help children stay safe online.

1. Introduction

Technology is a big part of everyday life, bringing educational and social benefits and opportunities for children and young people. However, there are potential harms which children and young people may encounter when online, including online child abuse, bullying, harassment or criminal exploitation. The consequences and impact of online child abuse can be just as severe as abuse experienced offline.

The term ‘victim’ has been used within this chapter to describe a child or young person who has experienced online abuse, in any form. This includes abuse from an adult, or another child or peer. In practice, different terms may be used, for example victim or survivor. Many children or young people who have experienced online abuse would not consider themselves a victim, and would not refer to themselves as such.

In line with the Online Safety Act 2023, Ofcom has published Protection of Children Codes of Practice and Guidance.  Providers of online services (such as social media sites and websites) that are likely to be accessed by children in the UK, are legally required to protect children from content that is harmful to them, including checks on their age.  Any site which hosts pornography or content which encourages self-harm, suicide or eating disorders must have robust age checks in place to protect children from accessing that content. Additional detail on how staff can support children and young people with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) to stay safe online has also been added. See Apps to help children stay safe online.

2. Risks

The breadth of issues classified within online safety is considerable and ever evolving. Keeping Children Safe in Education Part Two: The Management of Safeguarding (Department for Education, 2025) categorises them into four areas of risk (‘the 4Cs’):

  1. content: being exposed to illegal, inappropriate, or harmful content, for example: pornography, fake news, racism, misogyny, self-harm, suicide, radicalisation, and extremism;
  2. contact: being subjected to harmful online interaction with other users; for example: peer to peer pressure, commercial advertising and adults posing as children or young adults with the intention to groom or exploit them for sexual, criminal, financial or other purposes;
  3. conduct: online behaviour that increases the likelihood of, or causes, harm; for example, making, sending and receiving explicit images, for example consensual and non-consensual sharing of nudes and semi-nudes and / or pornography, sharing other explicit images and online bullying; and
  4. commerce: risks such as online gambling, inappropriate advertising, phishing and / or financial scams.

The Sexual Offences Act 2003 and the Online Safety Act 2023 set out several criminal offences in relation to harmful online activity, and these should be reported to the police for investigation of possible criminal offences (alongside any safeguarding referral).

Some of the main categories of safeguarding risks are now considered in more detail.

2.1 Risk of sexual harm

See also Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (Including Organised Sexual Abuse) chapter.

Indecent images of children: Making, possessing, and distributing any imagery of someone under 18 which is ‘indecent’ is illegal. This includes images which have been created by using artificial intelligence (‘AI’), such as tools enabling the digital removal of clothing from images.  As well as AI-generated images which are not photorealistic such as cartoons, illustrations and animations.

Sending a photograph or film of genitals (‘cyberflashing’): It is a criminal offence to intentionally send a photograph or film of any person’s genitals to another person either with the intention that the recipient will see the genitals and be caused alarm, distress or humiliation, or for the purpose of obtaining sexual gratification (inserted into the Sexual Offences Act 2003 by the Online Safety Act 2023).

Threatening / blackmailing children into sending indecent images / carrying out indecent acts online: This is  an offence under the Sexual Offences Act 2003.

Sharing or threatening to share intimate photograph or film: This is a criminal offence under the Online Safety Act 2023.  A person would ‘share’ the film/image if they, by any means, give or show it to another person, or make it available to another person. This includes electronic sharing, for example by posting a photograph or film on a website or emailing to someone. ‘Film’ or ‘photograph’ covers data that can be converted into such an image – for instance data stored on a hard drive or disc.

Sharing nudes and semi-nudes: Children may be encouraged, or may choose, to share nude or semi-nude images online with other children and young people.

Guidance – Sharing Nudes and Semi-Nudes: Advice for Education Settings Working with Children and Young People (gov.uk) uses the term ‘sharing nudes and semi-nudes’ to mean the sending or posting of nude or semi-nude images, videos, or live streams by young people under the age of 18 online.

For example:

  • a person under the age of 18 creates and shares nudes and semi-nudes of themselves with a peer under the age of 18;
  • a person under the age of 18 shares nudes and semi-nudes created by another person under the age of 18 with a peer under the age of 18;
  • a person under the age of 18 is in possession of nudes and semi-nudes created by another person under the age of 18.

This could be via social media, gaming platforms, chat apps or forums. It could also involve sharing between devices via services like Apple’s AirDrop which works offline.

The sharing of nudes and semi-nudes can happen publicly online, in 1:1 messaging or via group chats and closed social media accounts.

Nude or semi-nude images, videos or live streams may include more than one child or young person. The term ‘nudes’ is used as it is most commonly recognised by young people and more appropriately covers all types of image sharing incidents. Alternative terms used by children and young people may include ‘dick pics’ or ‘pics’.

See also Section 3.2, Information on avoiding unnecessary criminalisation of children and:

2.2 Risk of physical and / or emotional harm

The risk of physical and / or emotional harm can include the following.

Children being exposed to online threats and harmful online ‘fake news’

The Online Safety Act 2023 introduced offences of threatening communications and false communications.

A person commits the false communications offence if they send a message conveying information that they know to be false, intending the message to cause non-trivial psychological or physical harm to a likely audience (that is, someone who could reasonably be foreseen to encounter the message or its content). It is not necessary to show that the sender intended to cause the harm to any of the likely audience in particular.

A person commits the threatening communications offence if they send a message conveying a threat of death, serious injury, rape, assault by penetration, or serious financial loss. This includes situations where the recipient fears that someone other than the sender of the message may carry out the threat. It does not matter if the content of the message is created by the person who sends it; a message can consist of or include a hyperlink to other content.

Children being exposed to content designed to cause them physical and / or psychological harm

The Online Safety Act 2023 introduced offences of sending or showing flashing images electronically with the intention of causing harm to a person with epilepsy. The offence may be committed by a person who forwards or shares the electronic communication, as well as by the person originally sending it.

The Act also introduced an offence of encouraging serious self-harm. It includes online communications capable of encouraging or assisting another person to seriously self-harm. It also includes an omission, such as encouraging or assisting a person to stop eating or taking required prescription medication. The person committing the offence need not know, or even be able to identify, the person or persons who receive the communication. So, a person who intends that a recipient or recipients of their communication will seriously harm themselves is guilty of an offence, even though they may never know the identity of those who receive the communication.

An offence can be committed whether or not serious self-harm occurs. In addition, a person who arranges for someone else to do an act capable of encouraging or assisting the serious self-harm of another person will also be committing an offence if the other person carries out that act.

This category would also include cyberbullying.

Preventing Bullying: Guidance for Schools on Preventing and Responding to Bullying (Department for Education, 2017) provides further information on tackling this form of online harm.

2.3 Children being groomed for the purposes of sexual and / or criminal exploitation

Under the Sexual Offences Act 2003 (as amended) it is an offence for a person (over 18 years) to engage in sexual communication with a child (under 16 years) (section 15A), or to meet a child (under 16 years) following sexual grooming (section 15).

See also chapters on Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (Including Organised Sexual Abuse) and Multi-Agency Child Exploitation Protocol.

2.4 Risk of exposure to extremist material / online radicalisation

For further information see Radicalisation and Violent Extremism chapter

Concerns about online radicalisation can be reported to the police on 101 and / or a Prevent referral can be made, so that the victim can get safeguarding support.

Any member of the public can report terrorist content they find online through the gov.uk referral tool – more information about what to report and what happens when you do can be found on the Action Counters Terrorism campaign.

Educate Against Hate Parents’ Hub provides resources and government advice for parents and carers on keeping young people safe from extremism, including online.

3. Children as Perpetrators as Well as Victims

3.1 Child-on-child abuse

The prevalence of online activity by children and young people makes it increasingly likely that children may be both victims and perpetrators of harmful online activity, which may involve the commission of criminal offences. An appropriate multi-agency response including police and safeguarding will be required in respect of all children involved. Children can abuse other children online. This can take the form of abusive, harassing, and misogynistic / misandrist messages, the non-consensual sharing of indecent images, especially around chat groups and the sharing of abusive images and pornography to those who do not want to receive such content. Child-on-child abuse can include cyberbullying, online threats of physical abuse, online threats and/or encouragement of sexual violence, online sexual harassment.

The nature of online abuse means that it can very rapidly involve multiple children, for example children sharing images online / forwarding on content, sending links of content to others and / or posting things on online platforms such as social media.

Children may create ‘nude’ images of their peers by using AI tools to digitally remove clothing from images.  For further information see Child Sexual Abuse Material Generated by Artificial Intelligence: An Essential Guide for Professionals who Work with Children and Young People (NCA, CEOP, IWF).

See also Harmful Sexual Behaviour chapter

3.2 Avoiding unnecessary criminalisation of children

This is of particular relevance in relation to the sharing of nude / semi-nude images where both victim and perpetrator are under 18.

The law criminalising indecent images of children, for instance, was created to protect children and young people from adults seeking to sexually abuse them or gain pleasure from their sexual abuse. It was not intended to criminalise children and young people. The law was also developed long before mass adoption of the internet, mobiles and digital photography.

Despite this, children and young people who share nudes and semi-nudes of themselves, or peers, are breaking the law. Making, possessing, and distributing any imagery of someone under 18 which is ‘indecent’ is illegal. This includes imagery of the person making / sending the image if they are under 18.

Guidance – Sharing Nudes and Semi-Nudes: Advice for Education Settings Working with Children and Young People (gov.uk) stresses the importance of avoiding unnecessary criminalisation of children. Situations should be considered on a case by case context, considering what is known about the children and young people involved and if there is an immediate risk of harm. Often, children and young people need education and support for example, on identifying healthy and unhealthy behaviours within relationships and understanding consent and how to give it. Safeguarding action will also be required in cases where there is risk of harm.

Investigation by police of an incident of sharing nudes and semi-nudes does not automatically mean that the child / young person involved will have a criminal record. Once an incident is reported to the police, they will investigate and decide on an appropriate outcome. If an incident is found to have abusive and / or aggravating factors, the child or young person may receive a caution or conviction.

To mitigate the risk of children and young people being negatively impacted, the police are able to record the outcome of an investigation using an ‘outcome 21’ code should an incident be found to be non-abusive and have no evidence of any of the following:

  • exploitation;
  • grooming;
  • profit motive;
  • malicious intent (for example, extensive or inappropriate sharing; uploading onto a pornographic website);
  • persistent behaviour.

This means that even though a child or young person has broken the law, and the police could provide evidence that they have done so, the police can record that they chose not to take further action as it was not in the public interest.

It is possible for an incident of sharing nudes and semi-nudes recorded on police systems with outcome 21 to be disclosed on a DBS certificate. However, information falling short of conviction or caution can only be included on a DBS certificate when an individual has applied for an Enhanced Criminal Records Check. In such cases, it would be for a chief officer to consider what information (in addition to convictions and cautions held on the Police National Computer) should be provided for inclusion. That decision must be made on the basis that the chief officer reasonably believes the information to be relevant to the purpose of the disclosure (for example, someone taking up a position working with children) and considers that it ought to be included.

3.3 Support to all children

Keeping Children Safe in Education Part five: Child-on-child Sexual Violence and Sexual Harassment (Department for Education, 2025) provides information on managing harm between children, including online harm, and the importance of providing ongoing support for all affected children: victims, alleged perpetrators and other children who have been directly or indirectly affected.

If a child is convicted or receives a caution for an offence, risk assessments should be reviewed and updated to ensure relevant protections are in place for all the children affected.

4. Who to Contact / How to Make a Report

Anyone concerned that a child / young person may be at risk of significant harm due to online activity should make a referral to children’s social care (see Referrals chapter) so that safeguarding procedures can be implemented (see Section 7, Safeguarding Response).

In addition, there are specific referral channels for specific concerns.

4.1 Contact the police

Contact the police via 999 (emergency number) where:

    • a child is in immediate danger;
    • a threat has been made to a child’s life;
    • a child’s safety has been compromised;
    • a child is being forced to take part in sexual behaviours online.

Report other non-emergency situations (that is, those that do not require an immediate police response) by dialling 101.

4.2 Report sexual content / harm

If you are concerned that a child has been a victim of online sexual abuse or you are worried about the way someone has been communicating with a child online, you can report it to NCA-CEOP.

If you see sexual images or videos of someone under 18 online, report it anonymously to the Internet Watch Foundation who can work to remove them from the web and help to identify victims and survivors.

Specific guidance on the steps to take in response to child sexual abuse material generated by AI has been produced by the NCA and partners.

4.3 Report harmful content

To report other forms of harmful online content (other than online child sexual abuse imagery), see Report Harmful Content. This provides advice and resources on how to report a variety of different issues you may see online including:

  • threats;
  • impersonation;
  • bullying and harassment;
  • self-harm or suicide content;
  • online abuse;
  • violent content;
  • unwanted sexual advances.

It also offers advice on When you Should go to the Police.

4.4 Report extremist content / radicalisation

Concerns about online radicalisation can be reported to the police on 101 and / or a Prevent referral can be made, so that the victim can get safeguarding support.

Any member of the public can report terrorist content they find online through the gov.uk referral tool – more information about what to report and what happens when you do can be found on the Action Counters Terrorism campaign.

5. Education, Protection and Prevention

Filtering and age-appropriate parental controls on digital devices can be used to restrict children’s access to age-inappropriate content. Filtering and Monitoring Standards for Schools and Colleges (Department for Education) provides further information.

Internet Matters has step-by-step guides on setting up parental controls to control what content children can access online.

The UK Safer Internet Centre has guidance on how to switch on family-friendly filters to prevent age-inappropriate content being accessed on devices.

The NSPCC has more information for parents or carers with concerns about their child seeking inappropriate or explicit content online.

Apps to help children stay safe online

The BBC has a website and app called Own It, to help children navigate their online lives.

The UKCIS Digital Passport is a resource for care-experienced children and young people and their carers. It is a communication tool created to support children and young people with care experience to talk with their carers about their online lives.

Other useful resources include:

It is also important to ensure that practitioners working with children and young people are aware of the risks posed to children by online activity and how children can be protected and encouraged to help protect themselves. This should include being able to recognise the additional risks that children with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) face online, for example, from bullying, grooming and radicalisation, to enable practitioners to have the capability to support children with SEND to stay safe online. Agencies should provide suitable training for staff working with children and young people.

Children and young people with SEND can face distinct and heightened online‑safety risks due to differences in communication, social understanding, cognitive processing, emotional regulation and vulnerability to peer influence. These may include misinterpreting online interactions, oversharing personal information, increased susceptibility to grooming or coercion, impulsive posting, difficulty recognising scams, or relying heavily on online spaces for social connection. Some may also miss safety cues because of sensory, visual or hearing needs, or experience power imbalances in specialist settings. Practitioners therefore need to be alert to these additional vulnerabilities and equipped to provide tailored support that helps children with SEND recognise risks, build digital resilience and stay safe online. Agencies must ensure that staff receive suitable training so they can confidently identify these risks and intervene appropriately.

Useful resources include:

6. Terminology and Avoiding Victim Blaming Language

Victim blaming is any language or action that implies (whether intentionally or unintentionally) that a person is partially or wholly responsible for abuse that has happened to them. It is harmful and can wrongfully place responsibility, shame or blame onto a victim, making them feel that they are complicit or responsible for the harm they have experienced. For example:

  • in the context of non-consensual nude image sharing, telling the child or young person that they should not have sent the image in the first place;
  • after an abusive message online, suggesting that it is the fault of the child / young person for accepting a friend request from someone they did not know on social media;
  • using language such as that a child or young person ‘shouldn’t place themselves in danger’ or ‘put themselves at risk’ by doing x or using y.

Guidance: Challenging Victim Blaming Language and Behaviours when Dealing with the Online Experiences of Children and Young People helps practitioners to understand that the responsibility always lies with the person who abused the child or young person. The guidance also offers practical steps to help practitioners practice and advocate for an anti-victim blaming approach, in a constructive and supportive way.

6.1 Children and young people may feel they are to blame

One of the greatest barriers to a child or young person seeking help and reporting online abuse, is feeling they are to blame for something that has happened to them. When practitioners working with the child or young person speak or behave in such a way that reinforces this feeling of self-blame, the impact of the abuse the child or young person has already experienced may be greater, leading to a longer recovery. In contrast, positive responses can reduce feelings of post-traumatic stress which a young person may experience as a result of abuse occurring. They can also encourage other children and young people to report their online experiences.

6.2 Children and young people’s experiences may not be treated as a safeguarding concern

When victim blaming occurs, there is a risk of diminishing the child or young person’s experiences, leading to a lack of, or an inappropriate, safeguarding response. This could be by practitioners initially dealing with an incident or by those involved subsequently. This can have a devastating impact for the child or young person who has experienced abuse and make it less likely that they, or their peers, will have the confidence to disclose abuse in the future. In addition, victim blaming attitudes can prevent families, friends and wider society from recognising certain behaviours as abuse.

7. Safeguarding Response

7.1 Immediate actions and referral

Where practitioners have concerns that a child is a victim or perpetrator of online harm, they should discuss with their safeguarding lead. Where it is suspected that the child is at risk of significant harm, a referral should be made to children’s social care and safeguarding processes engaged which may include a multi-agency strategy discussion (see Referrals and Strategy Discussions chapters). Where there is an imminent risk of significant harm, steps must be taken to ensure the child’s immediate safety (see Immediate Protection chapter).

A referral should be made to children’s social care where the child is already known to them, for example, they are currently, or have in the past, been the subject of an early help or child protection plan.

A referral should also be made where there are believed to be wider safeguarding issues such as several children having been affected.

The police should be informed where there is a known or suspected criminal offence.  This should take place as soon as possible to enable swift preservation of evidence.

See also Section 4, Who to Contact / How to Make a Report for additional notifications in response to particular types of online harm.

7.2 Securing indecent images

Where the harm involves indecent images, the images should not normally be viewed by practitioners but should be referred to the police. Practitioners may themselves commit a criminal offence by viewing any indecent images. Guidance – Sharing Nudes and Semi-Nudes: Advice for Education Settings Working with Children and Young People (gov.uk) sets out the very limited circumstances where it may be necessary to view images, such as it being unavoidable because a child or young person has presented it directly to a staff member or nudes or semi-nudes have been found on an education setting’s device or network. Practitioners must never copy, print, share, store or save indecent images – this is illegal. If any devices need to be taken and passed onto the police, the device/s should be confiscated, and the police should be called. The device should be disconnected from Wi-Fi and data and turned off immediately to avoid imagery being removed from the device remotely through a cloud storage service. The device should be placed in a secure place, for example in a locked cupboard or safe until the police are able to come and collect it.

Viewing indecent images can be distressing for both children, young people, and adults and appropriate emotional support may be required.

7.3 Decision by schools and colleges not to refer to the police or children’s social care

Schools / colleges becoming aware of incidents involving nude / semi-nude images of children should hold an initial review meeting to establish:

  • whether there is an immediate risk to any child or young person;
  • if a referral should be made to the police and/or children’s social care.

An immediate referral to police and / or children’s social care should be made if at the initial stage:

  • the incident involves an adult. Where an adult poses as a child to groom or exploit a child or young person, the incident may first present as a child-on-child incident;
  • there is reason to believe that a child or young person has been coerced, blackmailed or groomed, or there are concerns about their capacity to consent (for example, owing to special educational needs);
  • the images or videos suggest the content depicts sexual acts which are unusual for the young person’s developmental stage, or are violent;
  • the image involves sexual acts and any child or young person in the images or videos is under 13;
  • there is reason to believe a child or young person is at immediate risk of harm owing to the sharing of nudes and semi-nudes, for example, they are presenting as suicidal or self-harming.

Guidance – Sharing Nudes and Semi-Nudes: Advice for Education Settings Working with Children and Young People (gov.uk) sets out the very limited circumstances where an education setting may decide to respond to an incident involving sharing of nude / semi-nude images between children without involving the police or children’s social care. They can still choose to escalate the incident at any time if further information / concerns are disclosed later.

The decision to respond to the incident without involving the police or children’s social care should only be made in cases where the designated safeguarding lead (or equivalent) is confident that they have enough information to assess the risks to any child or young person involved and the risks can be managed within the education setting’s pastoral support and disciplinary framework and, if appropriate, their local network of support. The reasons for not referring the incident should be recorded.

All incidents relating to nudes and semi-nudes being shared need to be recorded by education settings. This includes incidents that have been referred to external agencies and those that have not.

7.4 Multi-agency working

Many instances of online harm will involve possible criminal offences and so will necessitate a police response and safeguarding response. Educational establishments are often likely to be involved as guidance tell us that many of these events are likely to involve the child’s educational experience in some way, such as images of children being widely circulated between pupils.

Children accessing alternative educational settings, voluntary activities and specialist units should be considered with the context of this policy.

Multi-agency information sharing is important to enable effective assessment of risk and identification of other children who may be affected.

See also Tier 1 – Children Safeguarding Data Sharing Agreement (DSA) and  Data Protection.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Unlike female genital mutilation, male circumcision is not an illegal act in itself and is not normally a child protection or safeguarding issue. This procedure provides practitioners in Buckinghamshire with an understanding of when male circumcision may raise safeguarding children concerns and how to respond if such concerns arise.

2. What is Male Circumcision

Male circumcision is the surgical removal of the foreskin on the penis. The procedure is usually requested for social, cultural or religious reasons (e.g. by families who practise Judaism or Islam). Additionally, there are parents who request circumcision for assumed medical benefits.

There is no requirement in law for professionals undertaking male circumcision to be medically trained or to have proven expertise. Traditionally, religious leaders or respected elders may conduct this practice.

Male circumcision is a non-reversible procedure.

3. Circumcision for Therapeutic or Medical Reasons

It is rare for circumcision to be recommended for medical reasons in boys. This is because other less invasive and less risky treatments are usually available. See Circumcision in Boys (NHS). Doctors should be aware of this and reassure parents accordingly.

The medical harms or benefits of circumcision have not been unequivocally proven, except to the extent that there are clear risks of harm if the procedure is done inexpertly.

Doctors/health professionals should ensure that any parents seeking circumcision for their son in the belief that is confers health benefits are fully informed that there is a lack of professional consensus as to current evidence demonstrating any benefits. The risks/benefits to the child must be fully explained to the parents and to the child himself, if Gillick competent.

Where parents request circumcision for their son for assumed medical reasons, it is recommended that circumcision should be performed by or under the supervision of doctors trained in children’s surgery in premises suitable for surgical procedures.

4. Non-therapeutic Male Circumcision

Male circumcision that is performed for any reason other than physical clinical need is termed ‘non-therapeutic male circumcision’ or NTMC.

See also Section 7, Non-therapeutic Male Circumcision – Principles for Good Practice.

5. Legal Position

Practitioners may assume that the circumcision procedure (therapeutic or non-therapeutic) is lawful provided that:

  • it is performed competently, in a suitable environment that reduces the risk of infection, cross-infection and contamination;
  • it is in the child’s best interests;
  • there is valid consent from both parents with parental responsibility (or, in cases of dispute, it is authorised by a court) and the child, if Gillick competent.

If doctors or other professionals are in any doubt about the legality of their actions, they should seek legal advice.

6. Consent

Consent for circumcision is valid only where the people (or person) giving consent have the authority to do so and understand the risks and implications, including that it is a non-reversible procedure.

The British Medical Association (BMA) and General Medical Council (GMC) recommend that consent should be sought from both parents having parental responsibility. Non-therapeutic male circumcision has been described by the courts as an ‘important and irreversible’ decision that should not be taken against the wishes of a parent. It follows that where a child has two parents with parental responsibility, doctors considering circumcising a child must satisfy themselves that both have the necessary parental authority and have given valid consent. Where people with parental responsibility for a child disagree about whether the child should be circumcised, the child should not be circumcised without the leave of a court.

7. Non-therapeutic Male Circumcision – Principles of Good Practice

An assessment of best interests in relation to non-therapeutic male circumcision should include consideration of:

  • the child’s own ascertainable wishes, feelings and values
  • the child’s ability to understand what is proposed and to weigh up the alternatives
  • the child’s potential to participate in the decision, if provided with additional support or explanations
  • the child’s physical and emotional needs
  • the risk of harm or suffering for the child (physical and emotional)
  • the views of the parents and family
  • the implications for the child and family of performing, and not performing, the procedure
  • relevant information about the child and family’s religious or cultural background.

8. Medical Response

Doctors are under no obligation to comply with a request to circumcise a child and circumcision is not a service which is provided free of charge. Nevertheless, some doctors and hospitals are willing to provide circumcision without charge, rather than risk the procedure being carried out in unhygienic conditions.

Poorly performed circumcisions have legal implications for the doctor responsible. In responding to requests to perform male circumcision, doctors should follow the guidance issued by professional organisations:

9. Recognition of Harm or Abuse

Circumcision may constitute significant harm to a child if the procedure was carried out in such a way that :

  • The child acquires an infection as a result of neglect;
  • the child sustains physical, functional or cosmetic damage
  • the child suffers emotional, physical or sexual harm from the way in which the procedure was carried out
  • the child suffers emotional harm from not having been sufficiently informed and consulted, or not having his wishes taken into account.

Significant harm is defined in Section 31 Children Act 1989 and is referred to in accordance with the statutory guidance Working Together to Safeguard Children.  Where it is believed that a child has suffered, or is likely to suffer, significant harm, concerns should be shared with Children’s Social Care as a referral (see Referrals).

Harm may stem from clinical practice being incompetent (including lack of anaesthesia) and/or clinical equipment and facilities being inadequate, not hygienic, etc. The professionals most likely to become aware that a boy is at risk of, or has already suffered from, harm from circumcision are health professionals (GPs, health visitors, A&E staff or school nurses), and childminding, day care and teaching staff. Others with responsibilities or roles within the wider community may also become aware, e.g. members of faith groups or sports/voluntary groups.

10 Multi Agency / Service Response

If anyone becomes aware, through something a child discloses, or another means, that the child has been, or may be, harmed through male circumcision, a referral must be made to children’s social care.

Children’s social care should assess the degree of harm and determine whether the likely or actual harm is significant for the child in question. Possible risks for other children in the family (including unborn babies) should also be considered

Where a criminal offence is suspected, e.g. sexual abuse or unjustified deliberate injury, the police must also be notified.

If any professional considers that their concerns are not being responded to appropriately, the Escalation, Challenge and Conflict Resolution Procedure should be followed.

If concerns relate to a professional or other person in a position of trust, concerns must be discussed with the Local Authority Designated Officer (LADO).

11. Community / Religious Leaders

Community and religious leaders should take a lead in the absence of approved professionals and develop safeguards in practice. This could include setting standards around hygiene, advocating and promoting the practice in a medically controlled environment and outlining best practice if complications arise during the procedures.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) was introduced in 2001 as the statutory arrangements for managing sexual and violent offenders. It is a process through which the police, probation and prison services work together, with other agencies, to help reduce the re-offending behaviour of violent and sexual offenders living in the community, in order to protect the public.

The purpose of MAPPA is to ensure that comprehensive risk assessments are undertaken and robust risk-management plans put in place. MAPPA takes advantage of coordinated information-sharing across the agencies on each MAPPA offender, and ensures that appropriate resources are directed in a way which enhances public protection.

MAPPA is not a statutory body in itself but is a mechanism through which agencies can better discharge their statutory responsibilities and protect the public in a coordinated way.

2. Responsible Authorities and Duty to Cooperate Agencies

The Responsible Authority is the primary agency for MAPPA. This is the police, prison and probation service in each area, working together. The Responsible Authority has a duty to ensure that the risks posed by specified sexual and violent offenders are assessed and managed appropriately.

Other bodies have a duty to cooperate with the Responsible Authority in this task. These duty to cooperate agencies (DTC agencies) will need to work with the Responsible Authority on particular aspects of an offender’s life, for example education, employment, housing, social care. These agencies include:

  • adult and children’s social care services;
  • local education authorities;
  • youth offending teams;
  • National Health Service providers;
  • local housing authorities;
  • registered social landlords who accommodate MAPPA offenders;
  • Jobcentre Plus;
  • electronic monitoring providers;
  • UK Visas and Immigration.

 3. Identification and Notification

The first stages of the process are to identify offenders who may be liable to management under MAPPA as a consequence of their caution or conviction and sentence. This responsibility falls to the agency that has the leading statutory responsibility for each offender. Offenders are placed into one of four MAPPA categories according to their offence and sentence:

  • category 1: registered sexual offenders;
  • category 2: violent and other sexual offenders (violent – 12 months or more sentence of imprisonment for violent offence, other sexual offenders and those subject to hospital orders with restrictions);
  • category 3: other dangerous offenders – a person who has been cautioned for or convicted of an offence which indicates that they are capable of causing serious harm and which requires multi-agency management at Level 2 or 3. It could also include those offenders on a community order who are, therefore, under the supervision of the probation service.
  • Category 4 – terrorist or terrorist risk offender:
    • required to comply with the notification requirements set out in Part 4 of the Counter-Terrorism Act 2008 (CTA 2008) (aged 16 or over and have been convicted (or found to be under a disability and to have done the act charged or found not guilty by reason of insanity) of an offence under s.41 or s.42 CTA 2008 and who receive a qualifying sentence of 12 months or more, a hospital order or a guardianship order);
    • have been convicted of a relevant terrorist offence and received a qualifying sentence of 12 months or more or disposal for that offence;
    • have been found to be under a disability and to have done the act charged/found not guilty by reason of insanity of a relevant terrorist offence with a maximum sentence of more than 12 months and received a hospital order (with or without restrictions) or guardianship order under MHA 1983 for that offence; or
    • have committed an offence and may be at risk of involvement in terrorism-related activity (discretionary Category 4) – they have either a conviction for any offence (current or historic, within the UK or abroad); or received a formal caution (adult or young person) or reprimand/warning (young person) for any offence; or been found not guilty of any offence by reason of insanity; or been found to be under a disability (unfit to stand trial) and to have done any act charged against the and the Responsible Authority believes that they may be or become involved in terrorism-related activity. This risk does not have to relate to the offence for which they received the disposal. The offence can be any offence. It does not have to be related to terrorism and may have been committed abroad.

4. Levels of Management

MAPPA offenders are managed at one of three levels according to the extent of agency involvement needed and the number of different agencies involved.

Level 1: ordinary agency management – ordinary agency management level 1 is where the risks posed by the offender can be managed by the agency responsible for the supervision or case management of the offender. The majority of offenders are managed at level 1. This involves the sharing of information but does not require multi-agency meetings.

Level 2: active multi-agency management – cases should be managed at level 2 where the offender:

  • is assessed as posing a high or very high risk of serious harm; or
  • the risk level is lower but the case requires the active involvement and co-ordination of interventions from other agencies to manage the presenting risks of serious harm; or
  • the case has been previously managed at level 3 but no longer meets the criteria for level 3; or
  • multi-agency management adds value to the lead agency’s management of the risk of serious harm posed;

Level 3: active enhanced multi-agency management – level 3 management should be used for cases that meet the criteria for level 2 but where it is determined that the management issues require senior representation from the Responsible Authority and DTC agencies. This may be when there is a perceived need to commit significant resources at short notice or where, although not assessed as high or very high risk of serious harm, there is a high likelihood of media scrutiny or public interest in the management of the case and there is a need to ensure that public confidence in the criminal justice system is maintained.

 5. MAPP Meetings

The vast majority of MAPPA offenders will be managed through the ordinary management of one agency, although this will usually involve the sharing of information with other relevant agencies.

The structural basis for the discussion of MAPPA offenders who need active interagency management, including their risk assessment and risk management, is the MAPP meeting.

The Responsible Authority agencies and the MAPPA Coordinator are permanent members of these meetings. The DTC agencies should be invited to attend for any offender in respect of whom they can provide additional support and management. The frequency of meetings depends on the level of management deemed appropriate for each offender.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!
If you are a member of the public or parent or carer who has concerns about someone being radicalised into terrorism or supporting terrorism, the ACT Early website offers advice and guidance, including signs of radicalisation to look out for, and information on how to share those concern. In an emergency, always phone 999.

1. Introduction

Radicalisation is the process through which people come to hold increasingly extreme views or beliefs that support terrorist groups or activities. The most common types of terrorism in the UK are extreme right-wing terrorism and Islamist terrorism. Multi-agency working is key to supporting children who have been radicalised, or who are at risk of radicalisation.

Extremism is defined as the promotion or advancement of an ideology or beliefs based on violence, hatred or intolerance that aims to:

  1. deny or destroy the fundamental rights and freedoms of others; or
  2. undermine, overturn or replace the UK’s system of democracy and democratic rights; or
  3. deliberately create an environment for others to achieve the results in (1) or (2).

(See Definition of Extremism, gov.uk)

Exposure to extremism can lead to radicalisation and acts of terrorism

 2. Government Approach to Preventing Radicalisation and Tackling Extremism and Terrorism

The national counter-terrorism strategy, CONTEST aims to reduce risks of terrorism in the UK and overseas.

Prevent is one of the key parts of CONTEST and aims to stop people becoming terrorists or supporting terrorism; it focuses on early intervention and safeguarding. Prevent is run locally by specialist staff who understand the risks and issues in the local area and know how best to support their communities. Through working together, organisations can identify people who are at risk of radicalisation and provide them with support. The objectives of Prevent are to:

  • tackle the ideological causes (the beliefs) of terrorism;
  • intervene early to support people to stop them from becoming terrorists or supporting terrorism; and
  • rehabilitate those who have become involved in terrorist activity.

The Prevent duty (Section 26, Counter-Terrorism and Security Act 2015 (CTSA) requires frontline staff working in specific organisations – including education, health, local authorities, police, prisons and probation – to work together to help prevent the risk of people becoming terrorists or supporting terrorism. It helps to make sure that people who are being radicalised are supported in the same way as they are under safeguarding processes.

 3. Signs that a Child or Young Person is being Radicalised

Children and young people can be exposed to the messages of extremist groups or drawn into violence in different ways, including through family members, by direct contact with extremist groups or, most often, the internet.

Everyone is different and there is no single way of identifying who is at risk of being radicalised into terrorism or supporting terrorism. Signs that a child or young person is being radicalised include them:

  • being more secretive or changing their usual patterns of behaviour;
  • accessing extremist content online or downloading propaganda material;
  • justifying the use of violence to solve issues / problems in society;
  • altering their style of dress or appearance in line with an extremist group;
  • being unwilling to engage with people who they see as different;
  • using certain symbols associated with terrorist organisations.

3.1 Vulnerability factors

Any child can be radicalised but there are some factors which may make a young person more vulnerable. These include them:

  • being easily influenced or impressionable
  • having low self-esteem or being isolated
  • feeling that rejection, discrimination or injustice is taking place in society
  • experiencing community tension between different groups
  • having a strong need for acceptance or belonging
  • experiencing grief such as loss of a loved one.

These factors will not always lead to radicalisation.

3.2 Protecting children from radicalisation

Children are exposed to news and information in lots of different ways and and they may see things which worry them or make them angry. Professionals and parents and carers can help them understand world events and issues in the news by:

  • Listening carefully to their fears and worries, and talk about what has caused them.
  • Offering reassurance and comfort, particular if terrorist events or conflicts / wars are in the news.
  • Avoiding complicated and worrying explanations that can be frightening and confusing.
  • Helping them find advice and support to understand distressing events and feelings; such as Childline.

Children should be encouraged to consider other viewpoints and to check the facts behind the information that they are looking at. Radicalisers will use conspiracy theories and fake news to draw people in.

As most radicalisation takes place on-line, make sure that devices have the appropriate parental controls in place, and monitor screen time.

4. Taking Action – Notice, Check, Share

4.1 Notice

Staff working in frontline roles such as education will often be the first to notice if a child displays concerning behaviour. If staff notice behaviours that are a cause for concern, they should consider whether the child is at risk of radicalisation.

There could be many different reasons for the behaviours, not just radicalisation. It is important to understand the context and try to find out why these changes are happening, before reaching conclusions too quickly.

4.2 Check

Concerns about radicalisation or extremism should then be checked / shared with the designated safeguarding lead in the organisation. The Prevent lead in the local authority or local police can also be contacted for advice.

Before deciding whether to make a referral to Prevent, it is important to gather as much information as possible, to assess if the child or young person may be on a pathway that could lead to terrorism.

The Department for Education has a dedicated telephone helpline for schools in England who have non-emergency concerns about extremism; which can be contacted by telephoning: 020 7340 7264.

4.3 Share

Where there are concerns about radicalisation and extremism, relevant information should be shared with children’s social care (see Referrals chapter).  A multi-agency meeting will be held to discuss whether to make a referral to the police for support under Prevent. Referrals to Prevent are made using the Prevent national referral form (see Get help for radicalisation concerns , gov.uk).

Children who could be referred include those who:

  • are accessing extremist materials, usually online or in books, leaflets or pamphlets;
  • are repeating propaganda, grievances, and conspiracies based on violence, hatred or intolerance;
  • may have been witnessed traumatic events in war or conflict zones, either in person or online;
  • are showing signs of being intolerant to people from different ethnic backgrounds, cultures or with other protected characteristics.

REMEMBER – in an emergency, always ring 999.

5. Action Following a Prevent Referral

Once a referral is submitted to the local Prevent team, specialist police staff will assess it. Firstly, they will check if the child is an immediate security threat. The police will then check if there is a risk of radicalisation which means that the child should be discussed at the local Channel panel to see if they are eligible for support through Prevent. This is called a ‘gateway assessment’. Referrals into Channel are made by the Police. If the child needs other support, this should continue unless there is a good reason not to do so.

Channel panels are chaired by the local authority, and attended by multi-agency partners such as police, education professionals, health services, education and children’s social care. They meet to discuss the referral, assess the risk, and, if appropriate, agree a package of support specific to the individual child. Channel is a voluntary process, and the child’s parents and carers must give their consent before a child receives support.

5.1 Types of support provided through Channel

The type of activities that are included in a support package will depend on risk factors, vulnerabilities, and local resources, but might include:

  • mentoring or diversion activities such as sports or leisure;
  • religious / ideological (beliefs) support – structured sessions to understand, assess or challenge ideological, religious or fixed thinking, which must be considered for all cases;
  • life skills – work on life skills or social skills, such as dealing with peer pressure;
  • positive pursuits – supervised or managed positive leisure activities;
  • education skills contact – activities focused on education or training;

family support contact – activities aimed at supporting family and personal relationships, including formal parenting programmes;

  • drugs and alcohol awareness – substance misuse interventions.

Where Channel is not considered suitable for the child, or their parents or carers do not consent, alternative options will be explored. If the risks cannot be managed in Channel, they will be kept under review by the police.

5.2 Closing a case

Where the Channel panel decides to close a case, the child and their parents and carers should be told that their case is being closed and that they will no longer receive support through Channel. They should also be told that ongoing support they are receiving through mainstream services (such as from the NHS, children’s social care, youth justice services, education) will continue.

Identifying a lead professional at the point of the case being closed provides reassurance that they can be brought back for discussion at the panel quickly, should concerns about them re-emerge.

The panel is best placed to identify which agencies will continue to engage with the child after their case with Channel has been closed and to identify a lead professional. Frontline practitioners involved in providing continuing support must be informed that Channel no longer has oversight of the child, and advised on how to re-refer them to Prevent if there are any future concerns.

6. Information Sharing

When sharing personal data about children and young people at risk of radicalisation, it is important to adhere to the requirements of data protection legislation.

Data protection legislation is not intended to prevent the sharing of personal data, but to make sure that it is done lawfully and with appropriate safeguards in place. Under the Data Protection Act and UK GDPR, there must be a legal basis to share personal data. The Prevent Duty is a lawful basis on which to share data.

See also Data Protection and Tier 1 – Children Safeguarding Data Sharing Agreement (DSA)

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

RELEVANT CHAPTER

Harmful Sexual Behaviour

Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol

RELEVANT INFORMATION

Brook – the young people’s sexual health and well-being charity

Relationships and sex education (RSE) and health education (Department for Education)

Harmful sexual behaviour among children and young people (NICE)

1. Introduction

Instances of underage sexual activity may raise difficult issues for practitioners and need to be handled with sensitivity. Agencies should ensure that all children and young people are given appropriate protection from sexual abuse. It is the responsibility of all professionals to accurately assess any risk of harm, including significant harm, when a child or young person is engaged in sexual activity. This is likely to require a multi-agency approach.

This guidance has also been formed within the context of government policy and therefore supports the principle that young people should be able to access sexual and reproductive health services, including advice about contraception and abortion.

This guidance applies to all sexual relationships. It is designed to assist staff in identifying where sexual relationships may be abusive and whether a child or young person may need the provision of protection or additional services in relation to sexual activity.

Where there are indications of actual or risk of sexual abuse of a child/young person, be it child sexual exploitation, interfamilial abuse or peer-on-peer abuse, also see the Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol.

The sexual behaviour of young people is conceptualised as laying on a continuum from mutual exploration to behaviours that are seriously harmful to them or to other children or young people.

Where sexual behaviour is harmful, please refer to the Harmful Sexual Behaviour chapter.

2. Legislation and Responding to Children

It is essential for agencies to clarify the age of the young person, as this will dictate the course of action to be taken. The Sexual Offences Act 2003 sets out the law in relation to children and young people under the age of 18 years old:

2.1 Children aged under 13

A child under 13 is not legally capable of consenting to sexual activity. Any offence under the Sexual Offences Act 2003 involving a child under 13 is very serious and offences committed by an adult may result in a significant prison sentence.

Where a professional is concerned that a child under 13 is involved in penetrative sex, or other intimate sexual activity, there will always be reasonable cause to suspect that a child, whether a girl or boy, is suffering or is likely to suffer significant harm. Professionals should make a referral to Children’s Social Care (see Referrals chapter).

Children’s Social Care will convene a strategy meeting which should include the professional making the referral as well as representatives from Children’s Social Care, police and other relevant agencies.

Where both parties involved in sexual activity are under 13, then both children should be considered at risk of significant harm. Thames Valley Police will seek to avoid any prosecution of a child where the children are age appropriate and there is no evidence of coercion, threat, force or other power imbalance.

2.2 Children aged 13-15

Sexual activity with a child under 16 is also a criminal offence. Where it is consensual it may carry a less serious criminal penalty than under 13 but still attracts a significant prison sentence. It may nevertheless have serious consequences for the welfare of the child.

Consent is always based on choice and is active, not passive. Consent is possible only when there is equal power. Forcing someone to give in is not consent, and going along with something because of wanting to fit in with a group is not consent: ‘If you can’t say “no” comfortably then “yes” has no meaning. If you are unwilling to accept “no” then “yes” has no meaning.’

Consideration should be given in every case of sexual activity involving a child aged 13–15 as to whether there should be a discussion with other agencies and whether a referral should be made to Children’s Social Care. Professionals should use the risk indicators outlined in Section 4 to inform their decision making.

Cases of concern should be discussed with the nominated child protection lead for the agency and subsequently with other agencies if required. Where confidentiality needs to be preserved, the initial consultation can occur without identifying the child directly or indirectly.

Where there is reasonable cause to suspect that significant harm to a child has/might occur, a referral must be made to Children’s Social Care and a strategy discussion held.

Thames Valley Police will seek to avoid any prosecution of a child where the children are age appropriate and there is no evidence of coercion, threat, force or other power imbalance.

2.3 Children aged 16-17

Although in most cases sexual activity in itself is not an offence when the young person is over the age of 16, young people aged 16 and 17 are still vulnerable to harm through an abusive sexual relationship and are still offered the protection of child protection procedures.

Professionals should still bear in mind the considerations outlined in this guidance, and in particular should be alert to:

  • issues of sexual exploitation (see Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol)
  • offences of rape and any other sexual or physical assault
  • sexual activity with a family member
  • young people over the age of 16 and under the age of 18 are not deemed able to give consent if the sexual activity is with an adult in ‘position of trust’ (see Managing Allegations against Staff and Volunteers)
  • young people with disabilities, who compared to children without disabilities are more vulnerable to abuse.

2.4 Providing advice

The Sexual Offences Act 2003 makes provision for young people aged under 16 years to be offered confidential professional advice on contraception, condoms, pregnancy and abortion.

It is good practice to follow the Fraser guidelines when discussing personal or sexual matters with a young person under the age of 16 (Lord Fraser, House of Lords ruling in case of Victoria Gillick v West Norfolk and Wisbech Health Authority & Department of Health and Social Security 1985). These hold that sexual health services can be offered without parental consent providing that:

  • the young person understands the advice that is being given
  • the young person cannot be persuaded to inform or seek support from their parents, and will not allow the worker to inform the parents that contraceptive/protection, e.g. condom advice, is being given
  • the young person is likely to begin or to continue to have sexual intercourse without contraception or protection by a barrier method
  • the young person’s physical or mental health is likely to suffer unless they receive contraceptive advice or treatment
  • it is in the young person’s best interests to receive contraceptive/safe sex advice and treatment without parental consent.

This exception, in statute, covers not only health professionals, but also anyone who acts to protect a child, e.g. teachers, school nurses, careers service personal advisers, youth offending service officers, youth workers, social workers and parents.

In offering such advice, a person is not guilty of aiding, abetting or counselling a sexual offence against a child where they are acting for the purpose of:

  • protecting a child from pregnancy or sexually transmitted infection
  • protecting the physical safety of a child
  • promoting a child’s emotional wellbeing by the giving of advice.

Promoting emotional wellbeing includes exploring the part that sexuality plays in the young person’s sense of identity, the emotional implications of entering into a sexual relationship, and the characteristics of healthy relationships. Where appropriate, the needs and concerns of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender young people should be recognised and approached sympathetically. Professionals should consider the particular needs of young people with disabilities. Young people who have been abused may need specialist support, for example where sexual feelings are regarded as shameful or where past relationships have been violent or exploitative.

3. Confidentiality

The duty of confidentiality owed to a person under 16 in any setting is the same as that owed to any other person, but the right to confidentiality is not absolute.

Where there is a serious child protection risk to the health, safety or welfare of a young person or others, this outweighs the young person’s right to privacy.

Research and experience have shown repeatedly that keeping children safe from harm requires professionals and others to share information. Such information sharing must be in accordance with legal requirements and the Information Sharing Protocol.

4. Assessment

All young people, regardless of gender or sexual orientation, who are believed to be engaged in or planning to be engaged in, sexual activity must have their needs for health education, support and/or protection assessed by the agency/agencies involved.

Consideration should be given to how the young person can access associated assessments and support, and where necessary agencies should signpost or make a referral to appropriate provision.

On each occasion that a young person is seen by an agency, consideration should be given as to whether her/his circumstances have changed or further information has been given which may lead to the need for a referral or re-referral to Children’s Social Care

Where the child is considered to be suffering or likely to suffer significant harm a referral must be made to Children’s Social Care (see Referrals chapter).

In assessing the nature of any particular behaviour, it is essential to look at the facts of the relationship between those involved.

The following considerations must be taken into account when assessing the extent to which the child (or other children) may be suffering, or are at risk of suffering, harm (this list is not exhaustive):

  • the age of the child – the younger the child the stronger the presumption must be that sexual activity is a matter of concern
  • the level of maturity and understanding of the child and her/his competence to understand and consent to sexual activity
  • power imbalances
  • where a young person has a disability which could impede choice or hinder their capacity to disclose that they have been abused
  • use of overt aggression, coercion or bribery
  • use of alcohol and/or drugs to facilitate the activity
  • f the young person’s own behaviour, e.g. the use of drugs/alcohol, means they are unable to make an informed choice
  • any attempts to secure secrecy by the sexual partner beyond what is usual in teenage relationships, e.g. their identity being a secret and/or communication being heavily dependent upon text messaging
  • if the sexual partner is known by agencies to have concerning relationships with other young people
  • if the young person denies or minimises adult concerns
  • the presence of a sexually transmitted infection in a very young person
  • if the relationship involves behaviours considered to be ‘grooming’ in the context of sexual exploitation (see Multi Agency Child Exploitation Protocol)
  • where sex has been used to gain favours, e.g. cigarettes, clothes, trainers, alcohol, drugs
  • where the young person has a lot of money or other valuable things which cannot be accounted for
  • knowledge about the child’s circumstances/background, including any familial child sex offences
  • the child’s behaviour, e.g. withdrawn, anxious
  • pregnancy (any girl who is pregnant must be offered specialist assessment, support and guidance).

It is important that all decision-making is undertaken with full professional consultation and never taken by one person alone. All discussions must be recorded, giving reasons for action taken and who was involved.
In cases of concern, where sufficient information is known about the sexual partner(s), the agency should check with other agencies, including the police, to establish what, if any, information is known about them. The police should normally share the required information without beginning a full investigation.

Where a serious crime is suspected, advice should be sought from the police at the earliest opportunity to safeguard the child and minimise the risk of any evidence, such as emails or pictures, being destroyed prior to an investigation.

5. Power Imbalances

Sexual abuse and exploitation of a child or young person involves an imbalance of power. Any assessment should seek to identify possible power imbalances within a relationship. These can result from differences in size, age, material wealth and/or psychological, social and physical development. In addition, gender, sexuality, race and levels of sexual knowledge can be used to exert power.

Where a power imbalance results in coercion, manipulation and/or bribery and seduction, these pressures can be applied to a young person by one or two individuals, or through peer pressure (i.e. group bullying). Professionals assessing the nature of a child or young person’s relationship need to be aware of the possibility that either or both of these situations can exist for the child or young person, and they should conduct a holistic assessment of the young person’s needs.

There will be an imbalance of power, and the child or young person will not be deemed able to give consent, if the sexual partner is in a position of trust or is a family member, as defined by the Sexual Offences Act 2003, and/or any pre-existing legislation.

6. Disabled Children and Young People

Disabled children and young people are more likely to be abused than non-disabled children, and they are especially at risk when they are living away from home (see Children Living Away from Home). They may be particularly vulnerable to coercion due to physical dependency or because a learning disability or a communication difficulty means that it is not easy for them to communicate their wishes to another person. This increases the risk that a sexual relationship may not be consensual.

Professionals should not, however, assume that because a young person has a disability that they are not Fraser competent. Although there is a duty to protect from abuse and exploitation, professionals also need to recognise that disabled children have the right to a full life, including a sexual life.

A child or young person with a disability could be vulnerable to harm from a sexual relationship developed through inclusive activities. This may be in mainstream schools, education colleges, leisure centres and other places where children and young people meet where supervision is at a minimum. Staff need to be alert to the different capabilities of the children and young people they supervise, and assess risks accordingly.
Where professionals in Children’s Social Care have concerns that a relationship may present a risk of harm to an older disabled young person, they should begin work with the Adult Social Care services at an early point in order for there to be a smooth transition from protection under the Children Act 1989 to protection for the young person, from their 18th birthday onwards.

7. Additional Guidance for Healthcare Staff

Doctors and other health professionals should consider the following issues when providing advice or treatment to young people on contraception, and sexual and reproductive health.

If a request for contraception is made, doctors and other health professionals should establish rapport and give a young person support and time to make an informed choice. It is important to take account of the capacity of a young person to make informed decisions, even if they are over 16 years old.

If a young person has a learning difficulty or disability, they should be encouraged to speak to an advocate of their choice to help their voice be clearly heard.

When considering a termination of pregnancy, it is particularly important to ensure that the young person has fully understood what is happening.

The following items should be discussed when providing advice or treatment to young people on contraception, and sexual and reproductive health:

  • the emotional and physical implications of sexual activity, including the risks of pregnancy and sexually transmitted infections
  • whether the relationship is mutually agreed and whether there may be coercion or abuse
  • the benefits of informing the young person’s GP and the case for discussion with a parent or carer – although any refusal should be respected
  • in the case of abortion, where the young woman is competent to consent but cannot be persuaded to involve a parent, every effort should be made to help them find another adult to provide support, e.g. another family member or specialist young worker
  • any additional counselling or support needs.

8. Additional Guidance for Education Staff

Young people need to be able to talk to a trusted adult about sex and relationship issues. Although it is desirable that this person is their parent or carer, this is not always possible. The law allows staff to respect young people’s rights to confidentiality when discussing sex and relationship issues, and a disclosure of under-age sex is not of itself a reason to break confidentiality.

Young people should be made aware that confidentiality might be breached if they or another young person is at risk. In these circumstances staff should consult the young person and endeavour to gain their cooperation to a child protection referral. If that is not possible, they should be advised that their confidentiality would be breached.

Staff in schools should consider the need to establish links with colleagues in health to facilitate the delivery of advice/support and guidance on matters of sexual health.

9. Additional Guidance for Police / Children’s Social Care

While police and Children’s Social Care staff may provide advice and guidance to a young person involved in under-age sexual activity, both agencies have specific responsibilities with regard to criminal activities.

Children’s Social Care staff should inform police of actual and suspected criminal offences at the earliest possible opportunity in order to consider jointly how to proceed in the best interests of the child. Any decisions not to do so must be made at a senior level and recorded on the child’s file.

Guidance for Children’s Social Care staff indicates that, as Working Together is issued under Section 7 of the Local Authority Social Services Act 1970, a decision not to inform the police where an offence has been committed against a child should only be made where ‘exceptional circumstances justify a variation’ (LASSL (2004) 21). This is likely to be where the sexual relationship is considered consensual and not abusive, and may be most relevant in respect of children in care where children’s social care is also acting as the ‘corporate parent’ for the child.

In these circumstances it may be more important that the child receives appropriate advice regarding sexual health and contraception. This may be difficult if the young person is concerned that the police will be involved. Such a decision should always be made following consultation with line managers and should be recorded.

The police will proportionately investigate all criminal activities and make appropriate decisions in relation to the need for prosecution or not. Such decisions should always be made following consultation with line managers and should be recorded.

The priority for the police is the identification and investigation of under-age sexual activity where the relationship is abusive, either by being intra-familial in nature, or where there is a significant age/power gap between the parties involved.

Where young people of a similar age are involved in consensual sexual activity, or in other sensitive cases, the police role may be confined to the undertaking of information checks only. In such cases the police will not become directly involved in an investigation unless enquiries by the police or other agencies indicate the relationship is in fact abusive.

Both police and Children’s Social Care staff together may decide that there is no need for prosecution, but young people should be advised that their confidentiality cannot be maintained if staff from these agencies are involved.

10. Sharing Information with Parents and Carers

Decisions to share information with parents and carers should be taken using professional judgement, consideration of the Fraser guidelines and in consultation with the child protection procedures. Decisions should be based on the child’s age, maturity and ability to appreciate what is involved in terms of the implications and risks to themselves. This should be coupled with the parents’ and carers’ ability and commitment to protect the young person.

Given the responsibility that parents have for the conduct and welfare of their children, professionals should encourage the young person, at all points, to share information with their parents and carers wherever safe to do so.

Those working directly with young people should give consideration to the role they may have in facilitating information sharing with parents/carers, in a planned way, in partnership with the young person.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

RELATED INFORMATION

Working Together to Safeguard Children (Department for Education)

Multi-agency Practice Principles for Responding to Child Exploitation and Extra-familial harm (Tackling Child Exploitation)

January 2026: A link to the Multi-agency Practice Principles for Responding to Child Exploitation and Extra-familial harm has been added. See above.

1. Introduction

Some children will experience abuse and exploitation outside the home. This is often referred to as ‘extra-familial harm’. Harm can occur in a range of extra-familial contexts, including school and other educational settings, peer groups, or within community/public spaces, and/or online. Children may experience this type of harm from other children and/or from adults. Forms of extra-familial harm include exploitation by criminal and organised crime groups and individuals (such as county lines and financial exploitation), serious violence, modern slavery and trafficking, online harm, sexual exploitation, teenage relationship abuse, and the influences of extremism which could lead to radicalisation. Children of all ages can experience extra-familial harm.

2. Action to Take

Where there are concerns that a child is experiencing extra-familial harm, practitioners should consider all the  child’s needs and vulnerabilities. Some children will have vulnerabilities that can be exploited by others and will require support appropriate to their needs to minimise the potential for exploitation. All children, including those who may be causing harm to others, should receive a safeguarding response first, and practitioners should work with them to understand their experiences and what will reduce the likelihood of harm to themselves and others.

Where children may be experiencing extra-familial harm, children’s social care assessments should determine whether a child is in need under section 17 of the Children Act 1989 or whether to make enquires under section 47 of the same Act, following concerns that the child is suffering or likely to suffer significant harm. A good assessment should:

  • build an understanding of the child’s strengths, interests, identity, and culture;
  • respond to each of the vulnerabilities and/or challenges that the child may be facing, including any within the home;
  • gather information on past experiences of trauma and how this may impact on the child’s current experience of harm and on how they interact with practitioners;
  • explore how the child’s experiences within their families and networks, including their friends and peer groups, interplay with the risk of harm outside of the home and identify what needs to change;
  • support parents, carers, and family networks to understand what is happening to the child, working with them to ensure they can best meet the child’s needs and play an active part in the solutions and processes to help create safety for the child;
  • understand the risk of extra-familial harm for siblings, for example, where older children are exploited, younger siblings may also be at risk of being targeted.

See also Assessments procedure.

Where there are concerns that more than one child may be experiencing harm in an extra-familial context, practitioners should consider the individual needs of each child as well as work with the group. The children in the group may or may not already be known to local authority children’s social care. Working with the whole group enables practitioners to build an understanding of the dynamics between those within the group and the extra-familial context.

Practitioners will need to build an understanding of the context in which the harm is occurring and draw on relevant knowledge and information from the children and wider partners in order to decide on the most appropriate interventions. Practitioners should consider the influence of groups or individuals perpetrating harm, including where this takes place online, and identify patterns of harm, risk and protective factors in these contexts. This may include working across safeguarding and community safety partnerships to agree a plan for keeping children safe.

Key decisions should be recorded and communicated to both the child and their parents or carers, so that everyone understands the action that has, or will be, taken to safeguard and promote their welfare. It is important that all partners are clear how actions contribute to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of the child.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Mother and baby units (MBUs) are discrete specialist accommodation, within some prisons, for female prisoners with children up to age of 18 months or above, where appropriate. Governors or Directors of prisons which have MBUs have a duty of care to the child.

2. Assessment

When a woman applies for a place on a mother and baby unit (MBU), a referral for assessment must be requested by the prison from children’s social care in the mother’s home local authority at the earliest opportunity and must include information on MBU provision and policy. Any assessment should set out the needs of the child in relation to the mother’s application to be placed on an MBU.

The assessment should consider:

  • suitability of the placement in safeguarding and promoting the welfare of the child, including the needs of the child and any risk;
  • impact of the placement on the child’s development, health, and wellbeing;
  • contact arrangements with the family and family network;
  • suitability and arrangements for the child’s care if the placement is not granted, including within the family network through a kinship care arrangement.

The lead practitioner responsible for the assessment should attend the MBU Admissions Board to represent the best interests of the child. When placed in an MBU, the mother retains full parental responsibility for the day-to-day care of the child, and the local authority in which the prison is located is responsible for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of the child.

The prison should actively engage children’s social care to ensure the relevant input into processes and individual cases. Practitioners should be provided with information on the purpose, facilities and support available on the MBU. Opportunities for practitioners to visit the MBU should be offered and encouraged.

Prisons must consult children’s social care on all MBU Board decisions, including decisions relating to a change in placement, and any other matters relevant to promoting the welfare and safeguarding a child.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Assessing and Supporting Children with Disabilities and their Carers

A crucial role of children’s social care is to provide help and support to children with disabilities and their families. When undertaking an assessment of a child with disabilities, practitioners should recognise the additional pressures caring for a child with disabilities can place on the family, and the distinct challenges they may have had to negotiate as a result of their child’s disability.

The assessment process should focus on the needs of the child and family, be strengths-based, and gather information to inform decisions on the help needed to:

  • ensure the child achieves the best possible outcomes;
  • enable the child’s family to continue in their caring role where that is right for the child;
  • safeguard children in cases where there is abuse, neglect, and exploitation;
  • ensure that appropriate practical support is in place to enable children with disabilities and their families to thrive.

The local authority must also consider whether it is necessary to provide support under section 2 of the Chronically Sick and Disabled Persons Act 1970. Where a local authority is satisfied that the identified services and assistance can be provided under section 2 of the Act, and it is necessary in order to meet the needs of a child with disabilities, it must arrange to provide that support.

Where a local authority is assessing the needs of a child with disabilities, a carer of that child may also require the local authority to undertake an assessment of their ability to provide, or to continue to provide, care for the child, under section 1 of the Carers (Recognition and Services) Act 1995. The local authority must take account of the results of any such assessment when deciding whether to provide services to the child.

2. Carer’s Assessments

If a local authority considers that a parent carer of a child with disabilities may have support needs, it must carry out an assessment under section 17ZD of the Children Act 1989. The local authority must also carry out such an assessment if a parent carer requests one. Such an assessment must consider whether it is appropriate for the parent carer to provide, or continue to provide, care for the child. The assessment should also take account of parent carer’s needs and wishes, and the specific needs and circumstances of the child resulting from their disability. Parent carers have the right to request an assessment under section 17ZD of the Children Act 1989, including where a child is not otherwise known to children’s social care. Local authorities must ensure they have a process to facilitate these assessments if requested.

3. Designated Social Care Officer (DSCO)

In line with the commitments made in the Special Educational Needs and Alternative Provision Improvement Plan, local authorities are encouraged to implement the role of Designated Social Care Officer (DSCO) in each local area. The DSCO role is intended to provide the capacity and expertise to improve the links between social care services and the SEND system. Similar to the Designated Clinical Officer (DCO) or Designated Medical Officer (DMO) role in health, the DSCO role will support both operational input (such as the contributions from care to education, health and care assessments) and more strategic planning functions (such as the commissioning of care services such as short breaks) for children with special educational needs and disabilities.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Introduction

Safer recruitment, induction and supervision of staff are essential to the safeguarding of children. All organisations should have generic recruitment policies and procedures in place. This chapter provides additional, specific guidance in relation to safer recruitment practices at each step of the generic recruitment process, which aims to prevent unsuitable persons from working with children, either as a paid member of staff or volunteer whether they are permanent, temporary or agency staff or recruited from abroad. In addition, it applies to staff / volunteers who are seen by children as trustworthy and / or have access to confidential information. This may include administrative staff, caretakers, and maintenance workers for example.

Commissioners should ensure the principles of safer recruitment and employment are included in service level agreements or contracts drawn up between them and service providers. A service level agreement or contract should also contain the service’s safeguarding statement (see Section 2.2 Safeguarding policies).

 2. Safer Recruitment Practices

2.1 Commitment to safeguarding

All organisations should have a statement about their commitment to the prevention of abuse and neglect and promoting the wellbeing of children and adults with care and support needs, to which it is expected all staff and volunteers will abide by and embed in their daily practice. This should include that robust recruitment and selection procedures are in place to identify and deter people who might abuse or neglect children or who are otherwise unsuitable for employment / volunteering. The statement should be included in recruitment material such as job adverts, candidate information packs and person specifications.

2.2 Safeguarding policies

Organisations should publish a safeguarding policy for staff which reflects these Safeguarding Children Policies and Procedures, and sets out the responsibilities of all staff to operate within it. It should include information on:

  • identifying children who are particularly at risk;
  • recognising risk from different sources and in different situations and recognising abusive or neglectful behaviour from other service users, colleagues, and family members;
  • routes for making a referral and channels of communication within and beyond the agency;
  • organisational and individual responsibilities for whistleblowing (see Whistleblowing chapter);
  • assurances of protection for whistle blowers;
  • working within best practice as specified in contracts;
  • working within and co-operating with regulatory mechanisms.

Organisations should also produce guidance outlining the rights of staff and how employers will respond where abuse is alleged against them within either a criminal or disciplinary context (see Allegations Against People Working with Children/In Positions of Trust chapter).

2.3 Job advertisements

The advertisement should include the organisation’s policy statement (see 2.1, Commitment to safeguarding). It should also include reference to the requirement for the successful applicant to undertake a Disclosure and Barring Service check, as appropriate.

2.4 Job description

The job description (JD) should be specific about extent of contact and levels of responsibility the post holder will have for children, including prevention of abuse or neglect at operational and / or strategic levels.

2.5 Person specification

The person specification (PS) should include any other requirements the post holder will need in order to perform the role in relation to working with children, including experience specific to the post, for example working with children with learning disabilities. The successful candidate should be able to demonstrate such required competencies and qualities.

2.6 Candidate information pack

The information pack should also highlight that a robust selection process is in place, and include reference to the organisation’s safeguarding policy. It should state proof of identity will be required, as well as a Disclosure and Barring Service check, as appropriate.

2.7 Application form

Employers should only use their own application forms for applicants. It is not good practice to accept curriculum vitae (CV) instead of an application form as this may only contain information the person wants to present rather than all the information the organisation requires to enable shortlisting. The applicant form should again include reference to the organisation’s commitment to safeguarding children.

2.8 Shortlisting

Application forms should be scrutinised for any unexplained gaps in employment history, or other potential concerns in relation to safeguarding. References should be sought on all candidates who are shortlisted for interview.

2.8.1 Requesting references

Where an applicant is not currently working with children, but has done so previously, a reference should also be obtained from the last such employer, in addition to the current / most recent employer. This should include confirmation of the reason why the applicant left the post.

The referee should state:

  • whether they are satisfied the applicant has the ability and is suitable to undertake the job, and if not why;
  • whether they were the subject of any disciplinary sanctions or any allegations made against them, which relate to children (including outcomes).

2.9 Interviews

The interview should assess the merits of the candidate against the JD and PS, and explore their suitability to work with children.

The panel should state to each candidate there will be a requirement to complete an application for a Disclosure and Barring Service check, confirm their identity and receive satisfactory references.

One member of the panel should be trained in safer recruitment practice.

The panel should explore with the candidate:

  • their attitude towards children, including any specific needs, including reasons why they want to work with such children;
  • their ability and commitment to the organisation’s agenda for safeguarding and promoting wellbeing;
  • any gaps in their employment history;
  • discrepancies / concerns in relation to any information provided by either them or a referee;
  • if they wish to declare anything in relation to applying for a Disclosure and Barring Service check;
  • their understanding of appropriate relationships and personal boundaries;
  • emotional resilience in working with in challenging situations.

2.9.1 Participation of children

Children can make very valuable contributions as part of recruitment of new staff positions. Their participation should be built into the process at all levels, from administration posts to senior positions. Their roles should be clarified, so they understand how their views will be considered and what weighting they will be given.

2.10 Conditional Offer of Appointment

Offers of appointment will be conditional on receipt of satisfactory checks and references.

In the following circumstances the applicant should be reported to the police:

  • they are found to be on a list concerning their suitability to work with children / have been disqualified from working with children by a court;
  • they provided false information in relation to their application;
  • there are serious concerns about their suitability to work with children.

2.10.1 Disclosure and Barring Service checks

See Disclosure and Barring chapter

The level of Disclosure and Barring Service check requested should reflect the nature of the post and degree of contact with children or with confidential information.

Types of Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) checks are as follows:

  • basic check: the basic check can be used for any position or purpose. A basic certificate will contain details of convictions and cautions from the Police National Computer (PNC) that are considered to be unspent under the terms of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act (ROA) 1974;
  • standard check: this allows employers to access the criminal record history of people working, or seeking to work, in certain positions, especially those that involve working with children or adults in specific situations. A standard check discloses details of an individual’s convictions, cautions, reprimands and warnings recorded on police systems and includes both ‘spent’ and ‘unspent’ convictions;
  • enhanced check: this discloses the same information provided on a Standard certificate, together with any local police information that the police believe is relevant and ought to be disclosed;
  • enhanced with barred list check: this check includes the same level of disclosure as the enhanced check, plus a check of the appropriate barred lists. An individual may only be checked against the children’s and adults’ barred lists if their job falls within the definition of ‘regulated activity’ with children and / or adults.

For guidance on which  type of DBS check is appropriate for the role being advertised, please see the DBS website.

A record should be kept of the date when the disclosure was obtained, by whom, level of disclosure and unique reference number.

In ‘signing off’ or agreeing a personal budget a local authority may add conditions such as a DBS check as part of its risk assessment of safeguarding in specific cases. The local authority may also require personal budget holders using direct payments to tell them who they employ.

2.10.2 Checks on overseas staff

The same checks should be made on overseas staff as for all other staff, however the Disclosure and Barring Service cannot access criminal records held overseas, so a DBS check may not provide a complete view of an applicant’s criminal record if they have lived outside the UK.

Where an applicant has worked or been resident overseas for 12 months or more (whether continuously or in total) in the last 10 years while aged 18 or over, the employer should obtain a check of the applicant’s criminal record from the relevant authority in that country as well as information about their conduct. It should be noted that not all overseas organisations / countries are able to provide such information. The application process for criminal records checks or ‘Certificates of Good Character’ for someone from overseas varies between different countries. For further information, see Criminal Records Checks for Overseas Applicants (Home Office).

2.10.3 Agency staff

Written confirmation should be provided by the agency that the necessary checks have been undertaken and are satisfactory.

2.11 Record keeping

In relation to each candidate who is appointed, records should be made of:

  • any specific information raised with them (for example gaps in employment history) and their explanation and any corroborating information;
  • the outcome of their Disclosure and Barring Service check including unique reference number and date (please note DBS information should, in general, only be retained for six months after the recruitment decision, then destroyed);
  • reasons for decision to appoint despite criminal convictions, including risk assessment undertaken.

 3. Induction

On starting in a new post, the member of staff should be given written information in relation to:

 4. Supervision and Staff Review and Development

Regular supervision sessions should take place as per the organisation’s policies and procedures, as should annual staff reviews. Both processes aide both the organisation and member of staff by ensuring:

  • staff are up to date with current practices in relation to their specific area of work and safeguarding in general (both local and national issues);
  • identify areas for development;
  • provide opportunities to identify and address any concerns about behaviour and / or attitudes;
  • develop any required action plans and review arrangements.

 5. Disclosure and Barring Service Records Recheck

The DBS also provides an online Update Service, to which staff or volunteers can subscribe and renew annually for a small fee (this may be free for volunteers). This helps them keep their DBS certificate up to date, so it can be taken with them from one job to another, as long as they remain within the same workforce (children, for example).

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

 1. Introduction

Employers need to ensure, to the best of their ability, that the people who they employ – as paid staff, volunteers or contractors – are committed to providing good quality care and support to children and families.

Carrying out robust criminal records checks is part of a number of safer recruitment measures which can help to prevent unsuitable people being employed to work with children.

Thorough recruitment processes, and ongoing training, supervision and appraisal programmes are also key to ensuring safer working practices.

 2. Disclosure and Barring Service

The Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) helps employers make safer recruitment decisions. It is responsible for:

  • processing and issuing requests for DBS checks on individuals;
  • maintaining the Adults’ and Children’s Barred Lists;
  • making decisions as to whether an individual should be included on one or both of these lists and then barred from working in a job that involves regulated activity.

 3. Disclosure and Barring Service Checks

The minimum age at which someone can be asked to apply for a criminal record check from the DBS is 16 years old.

Before an organisation requires a standard or enhanced check through the Disclosure and Barring Service, it is legally responsible for ensuring the job is eligible (see Eligibility, DBS).

The DBS eligibility tool can be used to determine what type of check a particular role could be eligible for: Find out which DBS Check is Right for your Employee.

3.1 Types of checks

There are four different types of checks:

  • a basic check which shows unspent convictions and conditional cautions;
  • a standard check which shows spent and unspent convictions, cautions, reprimands and warnings;
  • an enhanced check which shows the same as a standard check plus any non-conviction information held by local police that’s considered relevant to the role;
  • an enhanced check with a check of the barred lists which shows the same as an enhanced check plus whether the applicant is on the adults’ barred list, children’s barred list or both.

Under the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974, many convictions or cautions become ‘spent’ after a specified length of time, known as the ‘rehabilitation period’. This means that once the rehabilitation period has been completed, they will not show on a basic DBS check. Applicants do not need to tell anyone about a spent conviction unless they are applying for a job where a standard, enhanced, or enhanced with barred lists DBS check is needed.

3.2 Update Service

The DBS provides an online Update Service, to which staff or volunteers can subscribe and renew annually for a small fee (this may be free for volunteers). This helps them keep their DBS certificate up to date, so it can be taken with them from one job to another, as long as they remain within the same workforce unless:

  • an employer asks them to get a new certificate;
  • they need a certificate for a different type of ‘workforce’ (for example, they have an ‘adult workforce’ certificate and need a ‘child workforce’ certificate);
  • they need a different level of certificate (for example, they have a standard DBS certificate and need an enhanced one).

Employers can do immediate online checks of people who have registered with the Update Service. The Update Service is for standard and enhanced DBS checks only (see Section 3.1, Types of checks).

A new DBS check will only be required if the update service check indicates there has been a change in the person’s status, due to new information added.

3.3 If someone does not disclose their conviction/s as part of the application process

See also Disclosing your criminal record (Ministry of Justice)

Staff, including volunteers, who apply for posts that require a standard, enhanced or enhanced with barred lists DBS check must legally disclose a criminal conviction if the employer asks- even it if is ‘spent’. It is vital, therefore, that this is a standard question on application forms for such posts. If the employer asks the applicant and they do not disclose their conviction/s, the employer could later revoke the job offer or the employee could be dismissed if they have already commenced their employment. They could face a further conviction if they are found to have worked, or attempted to work, whilst barred from such positions (see Section 4, Barred Lists and Duty to Refer).

If an applicant discloses previous convictions, they can still be considered for the post They should be asked to meet with members of the interviewing panel to discuss the offences (with dates) for which they were convicted and any other relevant information that will help the panel make a decision their suitability for the post.

 4. Barred Lists and Duty to Refer

There are two barred lists maintained by the DBS, those who are:

  • barred from working with children;
  • barred with working with adults.

A person who is barred from working with children or adults commits a criminal offence if they work, volunteer or try to work or volunteer with the group from which they have been barred.

An organisation which knows they are employing someone who is barred from working with that particular group, will also be committing a criminal offence.

Legally an organisation must make a referral to the Disclosure and Barring Service if two conditions are met:

  • Condition 1 – permission for the person to engage in regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults is withdrawn. Or the person is moved to another area of work that isn’t regulated activity. This includes situations when this action would have been taken, but the person was re-deployed, resigned, retired, or left.
  • Condition 2- there are concerns the person has carried out one of the following:
    • engaged in relevant conduct in relation to children and / or adults. An action or inaction has harmed a child or vulnerable adult or put them at risk or harm or;
    • satisfied the harm test in relation to children and / or vulnerable adults. For example, there has been no relevant conduct but a risk of harm to a child or vulnerable still exists; or
    • been cautioned or convicted of a relevant (automatic barring either with or without the right to make representations) offence.

See the DBS Barring Referral Flowchart

 5. Regulated Activity with Children

Regulated activity is work which involves close and unsupervised contact with children and which cannot be undertaken by a person who is on the DBS Barred List. It includes:

  1. Unsupervised activities: teaching, training, instructing, caring for or supervising children, or providing advice/guidance on well-being, or driving a vehicle only for children;
  2. Work for a limited range of establishments (‘specified places’), with opportunity for contact: for example, schools, children’s homes, childcare premises. Not work by supervised volunteers.
    Work under (i) or (ii) is Regulated Activity only if done regularly (carried out by the same person once a week or more often or on 4 or more days in a 30-day period);
  3. Providing relevant personal care (for example washing or dressing) or health care by or supervised by a professional.

There is a duty on a ‘regulated activity provider’ to find out whether a person is barred before allowing that person to carry out regulated activity tasks in their work.

It is a criminal offence for a person on one of the barred lists to take part in regulated activity, or for an employer / voluntary organisation knowingly to employ a barred person in a regulated activity role.

For more information, see Regulated Activity with Children (DBS)

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

To follow.

Information on the the process for managing allegations and contact details for the Local Authority Designated Officer (LADO) can be found on the Buckinghamshire Safeguarding Children Partnership website.

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!

1. Preface

The death of any child is a tragedy. Every parent has a right to have such an event properly investigated. Many sudden child deaths are the result of natural causes. However, all child deaths need to be appropriately investigated to exclude homicide, to reassure the family and ensure that future children are protected, and to satisfy wider public concerns.

This guideline is provided to support multi-agency staff working within Buckinghamshire following the death of a child or young person. It aims to give an overview of the whole Child Death Review Process and to offer specific operational guidance on the management of child deaths.

A child is defined as anyone who has not yet reached their 18th birthday. ‘Children’ therefore means ‘children and young people’ throughout. The fact that a child has reached 16 years of age, is living independently or is in further education, is a member of the armed forces, is in hospital, in prison or in a Young Offenders’ Institution, does not change his or her status or entitlement to services or protection under the Children Act 1989.

This protocol does not apply to stillbirths, unless the stillbirth occurs within the community, without any medical interventions, and a doctor is not able to issue a death certificate.

This document provides the framework for a comprehensive and sensitive enquiry aimed at establishing the cause of, and factors contributing to, all deaths in all children under 18 years, with particular attention to the management of sudden, unexpected deaths. This guidance is not intended to be prescriptive, but endeavours to provide advice to practitioners who are confronted with these tragic circumstances.

Professionals need to strike a balance between the sensitivities of handling the bereaved parents and securing and preserving evidence, which may aid them in arriving at an understanding of why a child has died.

When dealing with an unexpected or unexplained child death, all agencies need to follow five common, equally important, principles:

  • A sensitive, open-minded and balanced approach
  • An inter-agency response
  • Sharing of information
  • An appropriate response to the circumstances
  • Preservation of evidence.

2. Management of Child Deaths and Child Death Reviews (CDR)

2.1 Overview of the Child Death Review process

The purposes of the Child Death Review process are:

  1. To establish, where possible, cause(s) of death
  2. To identify any potential contributory factors
  3. To provide ongoing support to the family
  4. To learn lessons in order to reduce the risks of future child deaths.

There are two inter-related processes for reviewing child deaths:

  1. A local, multiagency agency review by an appropriate group of key professionals
  2. An overview of all child deaths (under 18 years) in the safeguarding partnership area(s).

Summary of Child Death Review process

(Click on the  image to increase size)

Flowchart showing the steps involved in the Child Death Review process from the point at which a child dies,

2.2 Immediate decision making and notifications

Several decisions need to be made by professionals in the hours immediately following the death of a child. These include:

  • how best to support the family
  • whether the death meets the criteria for a Joint Agency Response
  • whether a death certificate can be issued
  • whether a referral to the coroner is required
  • whether the death meets the criteria for an NHS Patient Safety Incident Reporting Framework (PSIRF) investigation

A number of notifications should also be made: to the child’s GP and other professionals; to the Child Health Information System; and the relevant Child Death Review partners (as a minimum police and social care) and the Child Death Overview Panel (CDOP).

 Investigation and information gathering

Following the notification of a child death, a number of investigations may then follow. These include:

  • Coronial investigation
  • Joint Agency Response
  • NHS Patient Safety Incident Reporting Framework (PSIRF).

Post-mortem examinations may be required in some cases. Which investigations are necessary will vary depending on the circumstances of the individual case. They may run in parallel, and timeframes will vary greatly from case to case.

Child Death Review Meeting (CDRM)

Although investigations following the death of a child will vary, every child’s death should be discussed at a Child Death Review Meeting. This is the multi-professional meeting attended by professionals directly involved in the care of that child during life and those involved in the investigation after death.

The nature of this meeting will vary according to the circumstances of the child’s death and the practitioners involved.

Review of Child Deaths at a Child Death Overview Panel (CDOP)

Child Death Overview Panels (CDOP’s) are responsible for reviewing information on all child deaths. Information from the above investigations is fed into the CDOP for final review. In Buckinghamshire there are two CDOP’s. One operates in Milton Keynes and the other one is a joint Panel between Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire (as per requirements for the minimum numbers of cases).  The CDOP for Buckinghamshire contains representation from the Integrated Care Board (ICB), Children’s Social Care, Thames Valley Police, the Buckinghamshire Coroner’s Office, Public Health, South Central Ambulance Service, Midwifery and Education. In addition the Paediatric Liaison Nurse and Designated Doctor for Child Death Reviews in Buckinghamshire also attend.

Child death review processes have been mandatory since April 2008.

Support for the family

Supporting and engaging the family who have lost a child is of prime importance throughout the whole child death review process. Recognizing the complexity of the process, and the different emotional responses that bereavement can bring, families should be given a single, named point of contact, i.e. the “key worker”, for information on the processes following their child’s death, and who can signpost them to sources of support.

2.3 Immediate actions

Multiagency discussion and planning are required within the first few hours following notification of a child’s death. Necessary discussions may be face-to-face or by telephone and should engage the following professionals:

  • The Medical Examiner
  • Other professionals as appropriate; for example:
    • the on-call paediatrician
    • police
    • duty social worker

Information about the circumstances of the child’s death and medical and social background should be sought to aid with the following:

  1. Identifying how best to support the family
  2. Issuing a Medical Cause of Death Certificate (MCCD). If this is not possible, consider whether the death should be referred to the coroner (see, Section 2.4 Issuing a MCCD referral to the coroner)
  3. Deciding whether a Joint Agency Response is required (see Section 3.2, Joint Agency Response)
  4. Identifying issues relating to health care or service delivery
  5. Determining actions to ensure the health and safety of others (e.g. family or community members, other patients and staff)
  6. In all deaths, these discussions should be recorded on a relevant proforma (see Appendix 1).

The outcome of these discussions should also be fed back to the family.

2.4 Issuing a MCCD referral to the coroner

  •  The cause of death for most children is known, and an MCCD can be issued shortly after death. See Medical certificate of cause of death (MCCD): guidance for medical practitioners (gov.uk).
    • Two versions of the death certificate exist
      • a neonatal certificate (up to 28 days)
      • the standard certificate.
    • In deaths of children with pre-existing complex medical conditions, correct wording of the death certificate may need to be discussed with the specialist team.
    • If it is not possible to sign the MCCD then the case should be referred to the coroner.
    • The Chief coroner has issued guidance on which deaths should be reported to the coroner (see Section 3.1 Coronial investigation). If there is any uncertainty over whether a referral is necessary, the attending doctor should contact the coroner’s office to discuss.

2.5 The Post-Mortem Examination

A post-mortem examination is sometimes required as part of a coronial investigation. If a coroner requires a post-mortem examination parental consent is not required and parents cannot refuse the examination.

In cases where a death certificate can be issued a hospital post-mortem examination (PM) may still provide important information as to why a child has died. It is therefore important to explore the issue with the family at the time of death, even in cases where the coroner does not require a PM.

2.6 Informing the Child Death Overview Panel

This should be completed electronically filling out a notification form within 24 hours of the death (or next working day). This is done via the Oxfordshire Buckinghamshire eCDOP website login using the “Submit Notification form A”:

Image shows the log on page of the Oxfordshire Buckinghamshire eCDOP system

For all deaths essential information regarding demographics, circumstances of death and background medical history should be submitted to CDOP via the reporting form (previously Form B).

2.7 Other notifications

The following people should also be notified within 24 hours (or the next working day) of the child’s death:

  • General Practitioner – inform the GP of the fact and circumstances of the death, so that the GP can support the family
  • Other professionals, as appropriate – community midwives, health visitor, school nurse, hospital/community medical team.

3. Investigating and Information Gathering

The nature of the investigation(s) varies with individual circumstances. They may include:

  • A Coronial Investigation
  • A Joint Agency Response
  • A NHS Patient Safety Incident Reporting Framework (PSIRF)
  • A Local Child Safeguarding Practice Review (LCSPR)

For all deaths essential information regarding demographics, circumstances of death and background medical history should be submitted to CDOP via the Notification Reporting Form A process. Oxfordshire/Buckinghamshire eCDOP website log-in.

3.1 Coronial investigation

Informing the coroner

The coroner’s office must be informed of all ‘unexpected’ deaths via 01494 475505 (call Thames Valley Police on 101 out of hours). Once the death has been declared, the coroner assumes immediate responsibility for the body. Samples may be taken post-mortem as outlined in the BHT Policy.

Anyone can refer a death to the coroner for investigation. Reasons for referral are as follows:

  • the cause of death is unknown
  • the deceased was not seen by the certifying doctor either after death or within 14 days before death
  • the death was violent or suspicious
  • the death was unnatural
  • the death may be due to an accident (whenever it occurred)
  • the death may be due to self-neglect or neglect by others
  • the death may be due to an abortion
  • the death occurred during an operation or before recovery from the effects of an anaesthetic
  • the death may be a suicide
  • the death occurred during or shortly after detention in police or prison custody
  • the death occurred while the deceased was subject to compulsory detention under the Mental Health Act or a Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards authorisation (DoLS)
  • Deaths that may be lined to medical treatment, surgery or anaesthetic
  • for any other concerning feature.

They may order a post-mortem (PM) examination, if necessary. Following the PM, the body of the child is usually promptly released back to their family for the death to be registered and funeral arrangements to be made. Release may however be later if organs or tissues have been taken for analysis, or if a second independent post-mortem examination is required.

Not all deaths reported to the coroner proceed to inquest although most unexplained deaths of children do. The inquest aims to determine the identity of the person that died and how, when and where they came by their death. The coroner will examine the evidence and, commonly without a jury, record the answers to the questions listed on a public document called the Record of Inquest. The details of the coroner’s findings are forwarded to the local registrar.

All agencies holding pertinent information are under a duty to disclose such information.

The family should be informed early on of the coroner’s involvement, and the need for and timing of a post-mortem examination, their right to be represented at the examination should they so wish, whether an investigation or inquest has been opened so that they may attend the inquest opening and the dates of any investigation reviews, pre-inquest reviews and the inquest itself.

Once the jurisdiction of the coroner is engaged, the coroner’s officer is the main point of contact with the family for matters relating to the coronial process.

3.2 Joint Agency Response (JAR)

All deceased children that meet the criteria for a JAR should be transferred to the nearest appropriate Emergency Department (ED) to enable the JAR to be triggered.

A Joint Agency Response should be triggered if a child’s death:

  • is or could be due to external causes
  • is sudden and there is no immediately apparent cause
    • (including Sudden Unexplained Death in Infancy/Childhood);
  • occurs in custody, or where the child was detained under the Mental Health Act
  • suspicion of unnatural causes
  • in the case of a stillbirth with no healthcare professional in attendance

In any of these circumstances, the on-call paediatrician at Stoke Mandeville Hospital, (pager 593), police investigator, and duty social worker should be contacted immediately to initiate the Joint Agency Response.

A Joint Agency Response should also be triggered if such children are brought to hospital near death, are successfully resuscitated, but are expected to die in the following days. This enables an accurate history of events to be taken and, if necessary, a ‘scene of collapse’ visit to occur. Appropriate clinical investigations should also be performed in such cases.

A lead health professional should be assigned. This will usually be the on-call paediatrician. This person will ensure that all health responses are implemented and be responsible for on-going liaison with the police and other agencies.

Flowchart setting out the sequence of events that should unfold in a Joint Agency Response. A Joint Agency Response can be divided into three separate phases:

 

At each stage in the process, explicit consideration must be given as to whether child abuse / neglect may have been a contributory factor.

Immediate response (within a few hours)

    1. Caring for the Family
    2. Initial History taking
    3. Initial examination
    4. Initial laboratory investigations/samples
    5. Immediate Information sharing/planning
  1. Early Response (within a few days) NHS Patient Safety Incident Reporting Framework (PSIRF)
    1. Ongoing information gathering
    2. Home visit by police
    3. Initial Case Discussion Meeting
    4. Post-mortem examination
  2. Late Response
    1. Child Death Review Meeting (See Section 4)

Immediate response

Normally following an unexpected death, a child will be transferred by the ambulance service to Stoke Mandeville Hospital. The emergency providers attending the scene should assess the child and, unless it is clearly inappropriate, should attempt resuscitation and transfer the child and family to hospital. The child should never be taken straight to the mortuary unless directed by the police in consultation with the coroner. In such cases the police are responsible for notifying the consultant paediatrician on-call.

On arrival at hospital, a member of the nursing staff will be allocated to the family. On arrival at the A&E department the consultant paediatrician and/or senior doctor in A&E should be informed. Immediate responsibility for informing and providing appropriate care and support of the family rests with the on-call paediatric team. Resuscitation should continue as appropriate and any decision to stop will be made by an experienced medical practitioner with input from other members of the resuscitation team and in consultation with the family. As soon as practicable after arrival at a hospital, the child should be examined by the consultant paediatrician or delegated senior paediatrician on-call.

When the child is pronounced dead, the paediatric or A&E consultant or delegated senior clinician should inform the parents, having first reviewed all the available information.  S/he/they should explain future police and coronial involvement, including the coroner’s authority to order a post-mortem examination.  This may involve taking tissue blocks and slides to ascertain the cause of death.

Caring for the family

Initial bereavement support will be provided by hospital staff. This is a difficult time for everyone. The time spent with the family may be brief, but actions will greatly influence how the family deals with the bereavement for a long time afterwards. Remember that families are in the first stages of grief. They may be shocked, numb, withdrawn, angry or hysterical. Every effort should be made to conduct discussions in a private and sympathetic environment away from interruptions.

Communication should be clear, sensitive and honest. Parents should be treated with compassion, respect and dignity.

Where parents do not understand and/or speak English well, an independent interpreter should be called – one can be arranged via switchboard. The interpreter should not normally be a family member. However, urgent information about the child could be sought from a family member whilst awaiting an interpreter to arrive.

Staff caring for families after a child’s death should be offered support through a formal debrief system and counselling via the Workplace Health Department, as appropriate.

Ongoing bereavement care is available from a range of agencies. Further details can be found in Appendix 2.

For lactating mothers please consider liaising with the medical team involved for the purposes of possible prescription to supress lactation.

Initial history taking

Most of the medical and social history will be obtained during the initial discussion with the parents in the A&E Department. This is supplemented by information obtained at the home visit. All professionals should record history and background information given by parents/carers in as much detail as possible.

It is crucial that under no circumstances should professionals challenge or make comment on the history given by a parent/carer – if challenged or a comment is made parents/carers may form the impression that their account is not believed and may subsequently change their story. This could hinder any police investigation.

If there are other children, enquire about their whereabouts and who is caring for them. A surviving twin should automatically be offered admission for monitoring and investigation.

Immediate information sharing / planning

A Joint Agency Response meeting for children who normally reside within Bucks and who die in Bucks will be coordinated by the on-call paediatric team at Stoke Mandeville Hospital. These deaths should be notified to the on-call paediatrician by telephone. The consultant paediatrician on-call is responsible for instigating the Joint Agency Response and must ensure that police, social care and other appropriate agencies have been notified.

For children who reside in Buckinghamshire who have died at the John Radcliffe hospital in Oxford the paediatric team at Stoke Mandeville Hospital will coordinate the Joint Agency Response. These deaths should be notified in the first instance to the on-call paediatrician at Stoke Mandeville Hospital, who will then liaise with the Designated Doctor for Child Death Reviews (or in their absence the Named Doctor for Safeguarding).

For children who reside in Buckinghamshire who have died at a tertiary centre other than Oxford (e.g. GOSH, Birmingham etc), the initial response should be dealt with by the team within that centre. The paediatricians at Stoke Mandeville do not coordinate the investigation but may be called upon to attend meetings (e.g. case discussion/case review meetings) at the tertiary centre. They may also be called upon to submit a “Reporting form B” about the child to the Bucks CDOP.

For children dying within Buckinghamshire who normally reside elsewhere, the paediatric team will coordinate a Joint Agency Response as for a Buckinghamshire child, submitting information to the child’s local CDOP as appropriate. The exception to this would be a child from Oxfordshire. These cases should be notified to the SUDIC Paediatrician at the John Radcliffe or to the CDOP administrator for Oxfordshire (both available via the John Radcliffe Switchboard).

If there is any uncertainty about whether a Joint Agency Response is required, or who should convene one, it is imperative that it be discussed with the SUDIC paediatrician as a matter of urgency. If the SUDIC paediatrician is on leave then this should be discussed with the Named Doctor for Child Protection.

Early contact and discussion between key agencies is essential. Discussion should focus on whether the death may have been caused by abuse or neglect. In such cases the safety of siblings must be considered. Consideration should be given to securing the scene where the child died. Discussion about the need for a home/scene visit should take place early on between the police officer and the on-call paediatrician, enabling the prompt recovery of evidence that otherwise could be lost. A home visit will almost always be required in deaths under the age of 2 years. Paediatricians do not currently participate in home visits. The photographs from home visits can be shared and discussed by the team during the Joint Agency Response meeting.

Contact with police and social work should be clearly documented in the notes. No professional should assume they have been contacted. Repeated calls are better than none at all. If the death is suspicious or significant concerns are raised at any stage about the possibility of abuse or neglect, a decision will be taken for the police to become the lead agency and take primacy in the investigation.

On receiving notification of an unexpected child death, a senior police officer will be designated as the Senior Investigating Officer (SIO). It is important to stress to the family that the involvement of the police is routine and does not assume suspicion. However, staff need to be aware that on occasions, in suspicious circumstances, the early arrest of the parents/carers may be essential to secure and preserve evidence as part of an investigation.

Early response (within a few days)

The home or scene visit

For all children less than 2 years of age who have died suddenly and unexpectedly, a home visit should be undertaken within 24 hours (usually the same day). For older children the need for a home visit should be discussed between the police and the paediatric team. The home visit is usually conducted by the police. The home visit provides an opportunity to take a more careful history, to inspect the death scene and to try and alleviate some of the family’s concerns.

The purposes of the home or scene visit are to:

  1. Review the history taken in ED
  2. Evaluate the environment where the child died
  3. Support the family
  4. Update the family on the investigation. The discussion with parents about the details of the post-mortem examination should be done in conjunction with coroner’s officers.

Where the location of the death is different to the home address of the child, an additional visit to the home address may be arranged if deemed necessary. Consideration should be given as to which professionals should attend the visit. Normally this will be the senior investigating officer. Where possible a member of the primary care team, or some other professional known to the family may also attend. There may be situations where, for pragmatic reasons, or because of the nature of the death a joint visit is not possible or appropriate, or where the police need to visit the scene of death early to gather forensic evidence.

Ongoing Information Sharing

Further information will need to be gathered to support the investigation into the cause and circumstances of death. All practitioners play a role in this and must be prepared to share information with other members of the multi-agency team.

The senior investigating officer (SIO) and on-call paediatrician should agree who will take the lead for collating information and sharing this with the coroner. Information will be gathered through a process of history taking, which may require more than one interview with the parents.

As far as possible, repeated questioning by different professionals should be avoided and parents interviewed jointly by police and health staff where appropriate. Information should be gathered from the primary care team and all other professionals who may know the child or family, including The Midwife, Health Visitor, School Nurse, social care and education where appropriate. All relevant records should be retrieved and reviewed by a lead professional in each agency.

The Post-Mortem Examination

Generally, most post-mortem examinations will be performed at the John Radcliffe Hospital in Oxford. If any concerns have been raised about the possibility of neglect or abuse having contributed to the child’s death, or the pathologist becomes concerned about such a possibility during the post-mortem examination, the paediatric pathologist should be accompanied by a forensic pathologist and a joint post-mortem examination protocol should be followed with the attendance of a senior investigating police officer.

Prior to commencing the post-mortem examination, the pathologist should be given a full written briefing on the history and the physical findings at presentation, and the findings of the death scene investigation. The senior investigating officer will ensure child’s ‘red book’ is secured and shared with the pathologist.

Any photographs or video recordings of the child or the scene should be made available to the pathologist. The pathologist should also be provided with a report and/or images from the radiographer for any radiological investigations. If required, skeletal surveys are performed at the time of the post-mortem examination.

The coroner should be provided with a copy of the history proforma. Where possible there should be an information sharing discussion between the consultant paediatrician and the pathologist before the post-mortem examination to identify outstanding issues and to ensure accurate understanding of information.

If the paediatrician has arranged any laboratory investigations before death, the pathologist and the coroner should be informed prior to the post-mortem examination, and the results made available as soon as possible.

Following the post-mortem examination, there should be a further discussion between the paediatrician, the pathologist, the senior investigating officer (SIO), a lead representative from children’s social care and the coroner’s officer to review any preliminary findings and decide on any further investigations required. If initial post-mortem examination findings are shared with the family, this MUST be done with the coroner’s consent.

The final report of the post-mortem examination should be sent to the coroner immediately once the final result is known. With the prior consent of the coroner, a copy of the post-mortem examination report will also be sent simultaneously to the responsible paediatrician.  The post-mortem report will also be shared with Buckinghamshire CDOP (WTSC 23 p.149).

The Joint Agency Response (JAR) Meeting

The on-call Paediatrician or a deputy will convene a Joint Agency Response Meeting. This meeting will take place within 2 working days of an unexpected death. It must be convened prior to a post-mortem taking place so that information gathered at this meeting can be shared with the coroner to aid his investigation.

In cases where the process is interrupted by a weekend it may be necessary to hold this meeting early in the following week. This is in order that agencies which may hold information about the child (e.g. GP, Health Visitor, community midwife, ambulance crew, etc) will be able to attend. In these instances, it is critical that police, social work and the on-call paediatrician share information over the weekend period so that any information which comes to light over the weekend can be acted upon promptly. In other words, the JAR Meeting should not be viewed as the first opportunity to share information and if an agency becomes concerned it should share those concerns immediately.

The Joint Agency Response Meeting may include representation from:

  • Health
    • The on-call Paediatrician/SUDC Paediatrician
    • Senior members of the children’s nursing team
    • Ambulance service/A&E staff/Intensive care/Anaesthetists
    • The named health visitor, children’s community nurse or school nurse
    • The community midwife
    • The general practitioner
    • Children’s/Adult (for parents) Mental Health teams
  • Social Work – The children’s social care team manager or appropriate deputy
  • Police – The Senior Investigating Officer or an appropriate deputy
  • Other contributors
    • coroner’s officer
    • Education (where the child was attending school or nursery)
    • The named professionals for Child Protection
    • Mental health professionals (CPN or consultant psychiatrist)
    • Any other agency known to the child/family e.g. drug/alcohol services.

The meeting should be minuted by one of the paediatric secretaries. A draft agenda for the meeting including specific areas to be covered in the discussion can be found as per the relevant health provider documentation ordinarily used.

The purposes of this meeting are:

  • Information Sharing and Analysis
    • Each agency will share information regarding circumstances of the child’s death and any background information they hold
    • Consider any evidence of child abuse, neglect or poor parental care/supervision.
    • To collate all relevant information to share with the pathologist.
    • To identify factors which may have contributed to the child’s death
  • Investigation Planning
    • To determine which professional/agency will lead the multi-agency investigation.
    • To plan and determine the process of the investigation. Each of the following questions must be asked and their answers recorded.
      • Is the death suspicious, requiring a police investigation?
      • Does the death constitute a serious untoward incident?
      • Is consideration of a Local Child Safeguarding Practice Review required?
    • Management Planning
      • To ensure a coordinated bereavement care plan for the family. This should include nominating a professional to share the results of the post- mortem examination.
      • To enable consideration of any child safeguarding risks to siblings/any other children living in the household and to consider the potential need for child protection procedures.
      • To discuss any need for action in respect of other children in the wider household or family (e.g. health overview).

If child protection concerns are identified when the information is shared, a Strategy Meeting will be convened by Children’s Social Care as per child protection procedures, and the Director of Children’s Social Care or equivalent will be notified.

Approved minutes will be shared with each of the attendees, the coroner’s office, the SUDC paediatrician and the Child Death Overview Panel as per Social Care CDOP Reporting Form B returns. They should be distributed within 1 week of the meeting for comments/amendment. The minutes should then be saved as part of the child’s medical record.

Parental consent is not required for this information to be passed to the designated paediatrician and CDOP. However it should only be shared with those who need to know governed by the Caldicott Principles, the Data Protection Act and Working Together.

Agency Report Form (Previously Form B)

Following the JAR meeting it is the responsibility of the on-call paediatrician to ensure that an Agency Report Form is submitted to Buckinghamshire CDOP and that any professionals who have not contributed to the JAR Meeting are identified. They should be invited to complete an independent agency report form on CDOP. This can be coordinated through the Buckinghamshire CDOP admin team. The Buckinghamshire CDOP admin team will send an invitation to fill out the reporting form via email. The reporting form should be completed online within 28 days of the child’s death.

DATIX and Serious Incidents

All unexpected deaths should be reported via internal agency reporting systems for managerial consideration.  The lead handler for these incidents in BHT is the SUDC paediatrician. It is the responsibility of the consultant paediatrician to ensure that this happens.

The Healthcare Safety Investigations Branch

Healthcare Safety Investigations Branch (HSIB) carries out independent investigations into safety concerns within NHS funded care in England. It aims to be thorough, independent and impartial in its approach without apportioning blame or liability.

Separately, HSIB investigate NHS Serious Incident Investigation cases of

  • intrapartum stillbirth
  • early neonatal deaths
  • severe brain injuries from 37 weeks gestation

These investigations will continue to be characterized by a focus on learning and not attributing blame, and the involvement of the family is a key priority.

Co-ordination across investigations

It is easy for families to become lost in the parallel investigations following their child’s death. Effective co-ordination and good communication are vital to avoid additional distress to bereaved parents.

A “key worker” should be assigned to every bereaved family, to act as a single point of contact in relation to the child death review process.

In deaths where there is more than one investigation, NHS trusts should appoint a “case manager” to have oversight of procedures: ensuring that those involved are objective e.g. through engaging the Patient Advice and Liaison Service (PALS), have an understanding of statutory requirements, follow appropriate timescales, ensure parents have an opportunity to input into the process and establish how they would like to receive feedback. This is distinct from the key worker, who acts as an ongoing single point of contact for families.

4. The Child Death Review Meeting

4.1 Introduction

The CDRM is a multi-professional meeting where all matters relating to an individual child’s death are discussed by the professionals directly involved in the care of that child during life and their investigation after death. It was previously known as a final case discussion meeting

The nature of this meeting will vary according to the circumstances of the child’s death and the practitioners involved.

Circumstances of death CDRM format
Sudden unexpected death Final case discussion involving health, police and social care
Expected death in PICU Morbidity and mortality meeting in PICU with input from local team if appropriate
Expected death in Neonatal Unit Perinatal mortality (PMRT) review meeting
Expected death for child with life limiting illness Morbidity and mortality meeting

The CDRM should be:

  • flexible and proportionate
  • focused on local learning
  • undertaken for all Deaths (expected and unexpected)

It may be appropriate for the review to be quite brief or for the meeting to discuss one child or several children. In every case, the CDR Analysis Form C is drafted after all Form B’s are received and consolidated. Learning identified and actions points are confirmed by the Designated Dr for child death and discussed at the CDOP meeting.

4.2 Aims

In all cases, the aims of the CDRM are to:

  • review the background history, treatment, and outcomes of investigations, to determine, as far as is possible, the likely cause of death
  • ascertain contributory and modifiable factors in the following areas
    • service delivery
    • child
    • social and physical environment
  • describe learning arising from the death and associated actions
  • review the support provided to the family
  • ensure that the family are provided with
    • the outcomes of any investigation into their child’s death
    • an explanation of why their child died along with any learning from the review meeting. If the family’s first language is not English this may require a face-to- face meeting with a translator.
  • ensure that CDOP and, where appropriate, the coroner is informed of the outcomes of any investigation into the child’s death
  • review the support provided to staff involved in the care of the child.

4.3 Attendees and chair

It is the responsibility of the organisation responsible for the declaration of death to arrange the CDRM. The exception to this is when a Joint Agency Response has occurred, in which case responsibility defaults to the lead health professional.

Each child’s death requires unique consideration and where possible, should engage professionals across the pathway of care. The following professionals may be invited, depending on their ability to contribute meaningfully to a discussion on the circumstances of the child’s death:

  • hospital or community healthcare staff involved with the child at the end of his/her life, and those known to the family prior to this event
  • pathologist, if a post-mortem examination has taken place
  • other professional peers from relevant hospital departments and community services
  • patient safety team if a serious incident investigation has taken place
  • coroner’s officer, if the case has been referred to the coroner
  • senior investigating police officer, if there is a Joint Agency Response; or
  • other practitioners for example social work, ambulance and fire services, primary care clinicians, school nurse, head teacher, representatives from voluntary organisations.

NHS Trusts should note that, where practically possible, children’s deaths should be discussed at an individualized meeting, and that matters of morbidity should be considered separately. It is only through such a comprehensive approach that the contributory factors to death can be understood. (See case examples at Appendix 1 for further illustration).  If certain professionals are unable to attend, they might be invited to submit a report to the meeting.

The CDRM should be chaired by the designated doctor for child death reviews, unless he/she/they was/were directly involved in the case. At the beginning of each meeting the Chair should inquire as to conflicts of interest among the attendees. In rare cases, it may be necessary to seek a chair external to the organisation; for example, when trust has broken down between the family and health care team in the organisation where death was declared. The designated doctor for child deaths might advise in such circumstances.

4.4 Location and timing

In general, children who die in hospital should be discussed within the department where the child died and considered an integral part of wider clinical governance processes.

Children who die in the community might be discussed at the local GP surgery, and children who die in a hospice discussed in that centre. However, the location of the meeting might also be informed by practical considerations relating to where most of the child’s treatment took place.

CDRMs require planning and co-ordination. Organisations should ensure that those responsible for reviewing child deaths have the proper resources to ensure that meetings are held in a timely and coordinated fashion.

The meeting should take place once investigations have concluded, and reports from agencies and professionals unable to attend the meeting have been received.

The meeting should take place as soon as is practicable, ideally within three months, although serious incident investigations and the length of time it takes to receive the final post-mortem report will often cause delay.

In order to best capture the views of those directly involved, it may be beneficial to start the process as soon as possible, prior to the formal CDRM.

The CDRM should occur before any coroner’s inquest, and before the CDOP meets.

The CDRM may proceed in the context of a criminal investigation, or prosecution, in consultation with the senior investigating police officer. The meeting cannot take place if the criminal investigation is directed at professionals involved in the care of the child, when prior group discussion might prejudice testimony in court.

4.5 Family engagement

The CDRM is a meeting for professionals. This allows full candour among those attending, and any difficult issues relating to the care of the child can be discussed without fear of misunderstanding. Parents should not attend this meeting. However, parents should be informed of the meeting by their key worker and have an opportunity to contribute information and questions through their key worker or another professional.

At the meeting’s conclusion, there should be a clear description of what follow-up meetings have already occurred with the parents, and who is responsible for reporting the meeting’s conclusions to the family. This would generally be the child’s paediatrician, or in the case of a neonatal death, obstetrician/neonatologist. In a coroner’s investigation, such liaison should take place in conjunction with the coroner’s officers.

5. Child Death Overview Panel

5.1 Introduction

Buckinghamshire CDOP review the deaths of all children normally resident within the relevant local authority area. The Panel ordinarily meets five times a year and has representation from health (primary and secondary care), the Integrated Care Board, police, education, social care, the local safeguarding partnership and public health.

CDOP’s should conduct an anonymised secondary review of each death where the identifying details of the child and treating professionals are redacted. This review should be informed by a standardised output, the draft Panel Analysis Form C, from the CDRM.

5.2 Panel responsibilities

The functions of CDOP include:

  • collation of information about each child death
  • analysis of this information to
    • confirm or clarify the cause of death
    • determine any contributory factors
    • identify learning arising that may prevent future child deaths
  • to make recommendations to all relevant organisations which may prevent future child deaths
  • to notify the local Safeguarding Partners in cases involving abuse or neglect
  • to provide data to the National Child Mortality Database
  • to produce an annual report for CDR partners outlining
    • patterns and trends in child deaths
    • lessons learnt and actions taken
    • effectiveness of the wider child death review process; and
  • to contribute to local, regional and national initiatives to improve child death reviews.

6. Family Engagement and Bereavement Support

Families have the right to have their child’s death reviewed to

  • identify the cause of death
  • learn lessons to prevent further children’s deaths

Parents and carers should be informed about and involved in the review process

Appendix 2 includes contact details for national organisations offering bereavement support.

Professionals in all agencies have a duty to support bereaved parents. When there are issues with the quality of care healthcare organisations have a “duty of candour” to explain what has happened, to apologise as appropriate, and to identify lessons to reduce the likelihood of a repeat incident.

Whether the child’s death is sudden or follows a long illness, the requirement for the following roles is universal:

  • A key worker
  • A medical lead

6.1 The team around the family

The ‘key worker’

All bereaved families should be given a single, named point of contact to whom they can turn for information on the child death review process, and who can signpost them to sources of support.

It is the responsibility of the organisation where the child was certified dead to identify a key worker for the family.

The role could be taken by a range of practitioners. For example:

Circumstances of child death Possible key worker
Sudden unexpected death Paediatric matron or member of bereavement support team
Expected death in child with life limiting illness Team leader of children’s community nursing team or hospice team
Child with long term condition e.g. oncology patient Clinical nurse specialist
Death of baby in Neonatal Unit Matron for NNU / bereavement lead for NNU
Child who dies in community, not known to hospital team e.g. a suicide Coroner’s office, family liaison officer (police)

Regardless of professional background this person should:

  • be readily accessible point of contact for the family after the death
  • help co-ordinate meetings between the family and professionals as required
  • be able to provide information on the child death review process and the course of any investigations pertaining to the child
  • liaise as required with the coroner’s officer and police family liaison officer
  • represent the ‘voice’ of the parents at professional meetings, ensure that their questions are effectively addressed, and to provide feedback to the family afterwards; and
  • signpost to expert bereavement support if required.

An appropriate consultant neonatologist or paediatrician should also be identified after every child’s death to support the family.

This is distinct from the key worker, and might either be the doctor that the family had most involvement with while the child was alive or the designated professional on-duty at the time of death. This individual should liaise closely with the family’s key worker and arrange:

  • follow-up meetings at locations and times convenient to the family; and
  • clinical expertise (via other professionals if necessary) to be able to:
  1. answer questions relating to the medical, nursing or midwifery care of the child
  2. explain the findings, where relevant, of the post-mortem examination and/or other investigations and
  • report back the outcome from the CDRM.

Other professionals

At the time of a child’s death, other professionals may also provide vital support to the family; these include (but are not limited to) the GP, clinical psychologist, social worker, school, family support worker, midwife, health visitor or school nurse, palliative care team, chaplaincy and pastoral support team.

In all cases, it is the duty of the key worker to ensure that there is clarity regarding each professional’s role; that the family does not receive mixed messages; and that communication is clear.

6.2 What can bereaved families expect when their child dies?

It should be remembered that bereaved parents may be in state of extreme shock when their child has died. They may not be able to process or retain information and it is common that information needs to be repeated over time. Information pertaining to the statutory process to be followed should be available in an accessible format to all bereaved families or carers (When a Child Dies – A Guide for Parents and Carers.)

Providers should be familiar with its contents in order to ensure that bereaved families and carers receive the best support possible. Staff involved with the care of a child should also be offered appropriate support.

When their child dies, bereaved parents or carers should:

  • have the opportunity to spend time with the child’s body in a quiet and private environment
  • have the opportunity to make memories including taking photographs, hand and footprints and a lock of hair
  • expect a member of staff to remain with them, to provide comfort, and to ensure their basic needs are met. In cases where there are suspicious circumstances it will be necessary to have a staff member with the body of the child when the parents are present.
  • be given the contact details of their key worker and the identity of their medical lead, be informed who will be contacting them and when they will be contacted after they leave the hospital or hospice (and what to do should they have any questions in the meantime)
  • know how to make arrangements to view their child’s body
  • be given information on death registration and the coronial process (if applicable)
  • understand why a post-mortem examination may be indicated and, if so, where it is taking place, and when the results might be expected. In the event of a coroner’s case this responsibility falls to the coroner’s officer
  • be supported to understand the child death review process and how they are able to contribute to it
  • be given practical advice in respect to organising the child’s funeral
  • have the key worker accompany them to meetings to provide practical and emotional support
  • be able to access expert bereavement support if required (see Appendix 2).

6.3 Planning prior to death for life-limiting conditions

Children with life-limiting conditions sometimes die following prolonged illnesses. In these situations, “parallel planning” means planning for the end-of-life care, even while active treatment is still being pursued. It often involves a palliative care team. It may involve:

  • identifying a ‘team around the family’
  • writing an advance care plan
  • giving thought to cultural and religious requirements

For detailed guidance relating to the planning and management of end-of-life care in children with life-limiting conditions see:

6.4 When a child dies in the emergency department (ED)

  • When children die or are certified dead in the emergency department (ED) there will usually be a Joint Agency Response (see Section 3.2, Joint Agency Response). In such circumstances, the same expectations apply relating to identifying a ‘team around the family’.
  • Responsibility for ensuring that appropriate care is provided to the family falls to the organisation in which the child is certified dead. Detailed guidance relating to support for the family in such situations is provided in the SUDI/C Guidelines.

6.5 When a child dies and a Patient Safety Incident Response Framework (PSIRF) is instigated

  • Where concerns about service delivery have been raised a PSIRF investigation may be required. Parents can provide vital insight into the circumstances of the death and quality of care received.
  • In such cases, a “case manager” will support the key worker in having oversight of the various processes, tracking timelines, and ensuring commitments to the family are met.

6.6 Support for parents, families and carers

Appendix 2 includes contact details for national charities who offer bereavement support for families. Local NHS services and CDOP’s may also offer specific bereavement services. The key worker should be able direct families to the most appropriate support service.

Appendices

Appendix 1 – Immediate decision making proforma (opens in Word)

Appendix 2 – Sources of family support (opens as a PDF)

Appendix 3 – Joint Agency Response Agenda (opens as a PDF)

 

Was this helpful?
Yes
No
Thanks for your feedback!